Conference Agenda

Overview and details of the sessions of this conference. Please select a date or location to show only sessions at that day or location. Please select a single session for detailed view (with abstracts and downloads if available).

Please note that all times are shown in the time zone of the conference. The current conference time is: 1st June 2024, 07:09:54am GMT

 
Filter by Track or Type of Session 
Only Sessions at Location/Venue 
 
 
Session Overview
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Capacity: 63 persons
Date: Monday, 21/Aug/2023
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 03 L: Policy Studies and Politics of Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Elsa Lee
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Can a Public-Private Education Policy Transform the Lives of Disadvantaged Children? Private School Inclusion via India’s Right to Education Act

Inderjit Bains

University of Birmingham, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Bains, Inderjit

Background

The Right of Children to Free and Compulsory Education Act of 2009 (known as the Right to Education Act or RTE) symbolises India’s commitment towards providing learning for all children. The RTE’s enactment means a statutory framework is now in place for the first time to ensure all children between the ages of 6 – 14 receive a compulsory education (Maithreyi and Sriprakash, 2018). This policy has so far been instrumental in increasing school enrolment (Bhattacharjee, 2019) while reaffirming India’s recent drive towards becoming a nation which embraces inclusive education.

The RTE is also striking for acknowledging the role of the private sector in realising an education for all. RTE Section 12(1)(c) is an innovative public-private policy instrument which mandates unaided private schools allocate 25% of school places to economically weaker / disadvantaged children (Sarin et al., 2017). The clause therefore echoes the sentiment of UNESCO’s recent Global Education Monitoring Report, “Non-state actors in education: Who chooses? Who loses?”, which highlights how meeting shared education goals may require close collaboration between state and non-state actors (UNESCO, 2021).

Yet in spite of the huge growth of the private sector and an increasing number of children accessing school places, whether the Section 12(1)(c) reservation (hereafter, the 25% provision) is universally applied and supportive of disadvantaged children remains in doubt. Although the provision applies nationally, only 17 out of 36 states are currently admitting children under its remit (Indus Action, 2021) and many elite private schools have resisted admissions or attempted to evade the system by contesting the constitutionality of the clause through the Supreme Court (Sarangapani et al., 2014).

Aims and Research Questions

The present qualitative study aims to evaluate how private schools under RTE Section 12(1)(c) support disadvantaged children with their learning, and the extent this learning can be deemed inclusive. It seeks to investigate this issue by exploring the views and experiences of different actors connected to private schools, namely pupils, parents, teachers and non-teaching staff.

Research in this area is needed because there remains a paucity of qualitative studies examining learning under Section 12(1)(c), particularly regarding the concept of inclusive education. Furthermore, given the absence of evidence regarding children’s experiences of the 25% provision (Lafleur and Srivastava, 2019), it would be interesting to explore this topic through the perspectives of child and adult actors experiencing the policy in their daily lives. This PhD project therefore assesses whether disadvantaged children under the 25% provision are treated and taught in the same way as their peers, or instead experience forms of discrimination or segregation. The following main research questions will aid this inquiry:

  • What is the current role of India’s RTE 25% provision in enabling inclusive education for disadvantaged children in private schools?
  • How is the RTE 25% provision experienced by various actors in private schools (students, parents, teachers and non-teaching school staff)?

Theoretical frameworks

The project relies on two frameworks to evaluate inclusive education elements under the 25% provision: Bronfenbrenner’s ‘Bioecological systems theory of human development’ (Bronfenbrenner and Morris, 2007) and Save the Children’s ‘Quality Learning Framework’ (QLF) (2022). Bronfenbrenner’s theory depicts the role of individuals, their activities and interactions across different levels of an ‘ecological system’, namely the microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem, macrosystem and chronosystem. Thus, the framework provides the possibility of mapping, exploring and understanding the connections and interconnections that influence inclusive education (Anderson et al., 2014). The QLF is distinctive due to its incorporation of widely-accepted elements of inclusion in relation to education for all. It provides detailed guidance on crucial features of inclusive education, such as access to learning, teaching, community involvement and school leadership issues.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Research Approach and Sample
The research will principally be qualitative and will explore first-hand perceptions and experiences of individuals intimately involved with the 25% provision.  Furthermore, the study adopts a multiple case study approach for examining learning and inclusion issues in three private schools which adopt the provision.  Case study research allows an in-depth exploration of a variety of issues (Bhatta, 2018), and three schools are examined given evidence from multiple cases is considered more robust than simply focusing on one case (Yin, 2018).
  
The schools have been chosen purposefully, and a cross-case comparison of schools with varying fee-structure will enable a more holistic understanding of learning and inclusion issues.  Data collection will thus take place in:

- one low-fee paying unaided private school
- one mid-fee paying unaided private school
- one high-fee paying unaided private school

Methods
Methods typically used in case study research include observations and interviews.  Classroom observations of learning practices will be conducted to create the possibility of gaining a rich, comprehensive, contextualised understanding of social action and behaviour (Pole and Morrison, 2003).  Furthermore, interviews (both focus group and individual) will be utilised for exploring how individuals experience and view issues pertaining to learning and inclusion.  Pupils in this study will be older children aged between 12 – 16 years old; and a combination of diary-keeping and focus group interviews will be used for this target group since these methods are more sensitive to older children’s developmental needs and abilities (Gibson, 2012).
 
In addition, documentary analysis of policies, plans and records from various sources, e.g. government documents and school websites, will also provide valuable evidence for investigating the research topic at the school, community and state/national levels.  Overall, a multi-layered examination of concepts, policies, systems, practices and other factors at the microsystem, mesosystem, exosystem and macrosystem fits in with the practice of drawing on various sources of information in case study research (Creswell, 2013).  

Data Analysis
Data collection is due to commence in March 2023 and, once evidence is gathered, thematic analysis will be used to identify, organise, analyse and report on themes (Braun and Clarke, 2006).  Hence, in connection with the various levels of the ecological system, themes will be drawn inductively to obtain theories and explanations from the data (Patton, 2015); and these will be evaluated against QLF criteria to appraise the role of the 25% provision in facilitating inclusive education.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The project hopes to add to two areas of empirical research.  Firstly, to the more extensive literature regarding inclusive education which in India has hitherto focused predominantly on issues around children with disabilities (Singal, 2019), whereas in Europe is recognised as referring to all children more generally (Kefallinou et al., 2020).  Secondly, to the more limited literature concerning private school inclusion through RTE Section 12(1)(c).
  
Overall, the study seeks to gain a clearer understanding of the shape and form of learning and inclusion elements in policies and systems at the state and community levels; and how these translate into practices within schools and classrooms.  Analysis within and beyond schools (from the micro- to the macrosystem) will hopefully yield a deeper understanding of inclusion issues which may tentatively be used to comment on the private schooling sector both in India and international contexts.  Thus, by applying Bronfenbrenner’s Bioecological framework and the QLF, the project aims to develop and expand on existing theory and may potentially inform national and international debates regarding learning and inclusion processes

In terms of outcomes, this research has the potential for generating new knowledge and approaches to understanding inclusive education issues with respect to multiple forms of disadvantage.   Furthermore, it might help improve outcomes for disadvantaged children in the Indian context by raising awareness and understanding of school- and community-wide oppressive and exclusionary practices on the one hand, and beneficial and inclusive ones on the other.  

The aim of this conference paper is to elaborate on the research design and methods used for investigating the 25% provision and private school learning and inclusion.  Moreover, the presentation intends to provide an assessment of the adopted frameworks, outline early emerging themes and findings, and consider the implications of implementing public-private education policy initiatives in support of disadvantaged children.

References
Anderson, J., Boyle, C., Deppeler, J. 2014. The ecology of inclusive education: Reconceptualising Bronfenbrenner. In Zhang, H., Wing, P., Chan, K. & Boyle, C. (Eds.), Equality in education: Fairness and inclusion (pp. 23–34). Rotterdam: Sense Publishers.

Bhatta, T. P. 2018. Case Study Research, Philosophical Position and Theory Building: A Methodological Discussion. Dhaulagiri Journal of Sociology and Anthropology, 12, 72-79.

Bhattacharjee, S. 2019. Ten Years of RTE Act: Revisiting Achievements and Examining Gaps. ORF Issue Brief, (304).

Bronfenbrenner, U. & Morris, P. (2007). The bioecological model of human development. Handbook of child psychology.

Braun, V. & Clarke, V. 2006. Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3 (2), 77-101.

Creswell, J. W. 2013. Qualitative Inquiry & Research Design: Choosing Among Five Approaches. Los Angeles: SAGE Publications.
 
Gibson, J. E. 2012. Interviews and focus groups with children: Methods that match children’s developing competencies. Journal of Family Theory & Review, 4, 148-159.

Indus Action. 2021.  Bright Spots Report 2021: Status of Inclusion through the Lens of RTE Section 12(1)(c). Indus Action.

Kefallinou, A., Symeonidou, S., Meijer, C.J.W. 2020. Understanding the value of inclusive education and its implementation: A review of the literature. Prospects. 49:135-152.

Lafleur, M., & Srivastava, P. 2019. Children’s accounts of labelling and stigmatization in private schools in Delhi, India and the Right to Education Act. Education Policy Analysis Archives. 27(135).

Maithreyi, R. & Sriprakash, A. 2018. The governance of families in India: education, rights and responsibility. Comparative education, 54 (3), 352-369.

Patton, M. Q. 2015. Qualitative research & evaluation methods: integrating theory and practice. 4th ed.: SAGE Publications, Inc.

Pole, C. & Morrison, M. 2003. Ethnography for Education. Berkshire: McGraw-Hill Education.

Sarangapani, P. M., Mehendale, A., Mukhopadhyay, R. & Namala, A. 2014. Inclusion of marginalized children in private unaided schools: The RTE Act, 2009: An Exploratory Study. New Delhi: Oxfam India.

Sarin, A., Dongre, A. & Wad, S. 2017. State of the Nation: RTE Section 12 (1)(c). Ahmedabad, India: IIM Ahmedabad.

Save the Children. 2022. Quality Learning Framework. London: Save the Children. Available: https://resourcecentre.savethechildren.net/document/quality-learning-framework/

Singal, N. 2019. Challenges and opportunities in efforts towards inclusive education: reflections from India. International journal of inclusive education, 23 (7-8), 827-840.

UNESCO. 2021. Non-state actors in education.  Who chooses?  Who loses?  UNESCO, Global Education Monitoring Report. Available: https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000379875

Yin, R. K. 2018. Case Study Research and Application: Design and Methods. 6th Ed. Thousands Oaks: SAGE Publications.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The State of Critical Thinking in Algerian EFL Classes between Policy Discourse and Policy Implementation: University Teachers’ Perceptions

Sarra Hocini

The University of the west of scotland, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hocini, Sarra

Critical thinking - the educational ideal of higher education - has become a mandatory objective that academics and educators seek to develop within their students as a crucial skill for their academic success, in the university setting and even beyond in the workplace (Davis, 2011). Critical thinking has become increasingly prominent in language education in the 21st century (Li, 2016).

With the demands of the twenty-first century, many countries in the world – in addition to western countries - have initiated educational reforms trying to ameliorate the students’ learning experiences, along similar lines (Bell, Stevenson and Neary, 2009). However, in Algeria, critical thinking has not received the same attention as other basic skills (Melouah, 2017; Kheladi, 2019). It has not been seriously supported by the educational system, and there is little evidence of it being infused into the curriculum (Benmati, 2008). Djamaa (2016, p.252) claims: ‘. . . critical thinking, however the cornerstone of higher education worldwide nowadays, seems lost in the shuffle in Algeria, particularly in the EFL classroom’.

Therefore, this study aims to explore the real state of critical thinking in the the Algerian university, nowadays, from different dimensions to identify where the actual problem lies. More specifically, this research aims the explore the extent to which critical thinking is integrated in the policy documents communicated by the Ministry of Higher Education. It aims also to explore EFL teachers’ conceptualisations of critical thinking, whether or not they have a deep understanding of the concept, how they view the significance of incorporating critical thinking in different subjects, and what teaching approaches and potential practices they employ to infuse it in their pedagogy, if there are any, highlighting the obstacles and challenges that prevent them from implementing critical thinking in their classes. Lastly, this study aims to investigate whether critical thinking has moved from the educational agenda to actual educational practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To achieve these aims, this study adopts a qualitative methodology using an exploratory case study design. Case study research design was particularly chosen to provide a holistic picture of the state of critical thinking in Algerian higher education using multiple methods of data collection.  Adeyemi (2008) argues that combining multiple research tools reduces the risk of bias in the research outcomes, minimises threats to the validity and reliability of the research findings, and hence maximises the trustworthiness of the study.  Therefore, three research instruments were employed in the study: document analysis, classroom observation, and semi-structured interviews. Three curriculum documents of English language were analysed. Data were gathered from ten EFL university teachers using purposive and convenience sampling strategies, and ten classroom observation sessions were conducted. Inductive thematic analysis was used to analyse the collected data following the six phases of thematic analysis outlined by Braun and Clarke (2006).
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Overall, the results indicated that the curriculum documents do not emphasise critical thinking as an educational objective, most of the objectives are related to lower cognitive skills. it was also revealed that there is a significant lack of knowledge and understanding of the concept of critical thinking among teachers. Therefore, it is very unlikely for teachers who do not have knowledge about critical thinking, and who do not practise and model critical thinking to be able to develop it in students. Although, teachers were aware of the importance critical thinking inside and outside the classroom, they believed that it is not meant for everyone. They argued that critical thinking is an intricate concept that can be possessed by or developed only in intermediate or advanced students. Moreover, teachers highlighted a number a challenges they deemed to be impeding to the cultivation of critical thinking. Lack of motivation and resistance to challenging activities were among student’s related issues. Teachers also perceived shortage of time and the length of syllabuses, along with the system’s marginalization of critical thinking as hindrances to the development of critical thinking. The findings imply that teachers focus more on the content, and on transmitting  all aspects of the language, but they neglect the ultimate goal that any university across the globe aim at: to teach the students how to think critically about the knowledge they receive and not only what to think about.
Despite the claim of adopting new innovative teaching approaches, it was revealed that the exam-centric education and the teacher-centered approach are still dominating our educational system which leaves no room to the cultivation of critical thinking.

References
Adeyemi, A. D. (2008) Approaches to teaching English composition writing at junior secondary schools in Botswana. PhD thesis. University of University of South Africa. Available at: http://hdl.handle.net/10500/2340 (Accessed: 9 June 2021).
Benmati, K. L. A (2008) Is the Algerian educational system weakening? An investigation of the high school curricula and their adequacy with the university curricula. PhD Thesis. Mentouri University Constantine .Available at: file:///C:/Users/77901060/Downloads/Benmati%20(2008)%20Algerian%20education%20system.pdf (Accessed: 26 November 2019)
Benmoussat, N. D. and Benmoussat, S. (2018a) ‘ELT in Algeria: The hegemony of the teach-to-the-test approach’, English Language and Literature Studies, 8(2), pp.63-68. http://doi.org/10.5539/ells.v8n2p63.
Braun, V. and Clarke, V. (2006) ‘Using thematic analysis in psychology’, Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), pp. 77-101. http://dx.doi.org/10.1191/1478088706qp063oa
Davies, M. (2015) ‘A model of critical thinking in higher education’, in Paulsen, M. (ed.) Higher education: handbook of theory and research. Switzerland: Springer, Cham, pp 41-92.
Djamaa, S. (2016) ‘Reading the book versus ‘reading’ the film: cinematic adaptations of literature as catalyst for EFL students’ critical thinking dispositions’, Journal of Language Teaching and Research, 7(2), pp. 252-263. http://dx.doi.org/10.17507/jltr.0702.03
Norris, S. P. (1985) ‘Synthesis of research on critical thinking’, Educational Leadership, 42 (8), pp.40-45. https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED290196


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Role for Trade Unions on the Promotion of Lifelong Learning and Education

Christa Van Oostende

Antwerp University, Belgium

Presenting Author: Van Oostende, Christa

This paper aims to assess the trade unions’ alignment with the European Union (EU)’s skills strategy and the priority that trade unions give to the promotion of lifelong learning across all segments of the Belgian (future) workforce. Trade Unions hereby find themselves in competing social dialogues regarding Education, Employment and Social policy-making. The leading research question of this article is: how do trade unions contribute to promoting lifelong learning in Belgium?

For the last two decades scholars and policy-makers, knowledgeable in the disciplines of (Adult) Education and Social Sciences, have addressed the diversity of (adult) learners, and have warned for the risk of creating a dual society, between ‘those who know’ and ‘those who don’t know’ (Boeren, 2009; Desjardins & Ioannidou, 2020). Possessing agency to participate to (adult) learning in the new Information Society, is not an equal challenge for all (Boeren, 2017; Eynon & Malmberg, 2021; Iñiguez-Berrozpe & Boeren, 2020).

The EU’s Pillar of Social Right urges social partners, including trade unions, to put equal access to lifelong learning higher on the collective bargaining agenda (CEC, 2021; CEDEFOP, 2020) while Adult Education Surveys tell that employers distribute investments in adult learning unequally across their groups of employees. Vulnerable employees, are likely to participate less in learning in an unfavourable learning climate (Boyadjieva & Ilieva-Trichkova, 2017; Fugate, Heijden, Vos, Forrier, & Cuyper, 2021; Vansteenkiste, Kimps, Penders, Deschietere, & Van Cauwenberghe, 2022; Vansteenkiste, Verbruggen, Forrier, & Sels, 2014).

Policy-makers and business practitioners introduce upskilling and reskilling measures against the contested paradigms of full employment, and the imperfect matching of skills (de Beer, 2022; B. E. Kaufman, 2010). They blend concepts such as 21st century skills, STEM education, lifelong learning and employability in contemporary work-of-the-future-narratives, and push educational curricula and teaching methods into reforms to modernise economy on the Industry 4.0 highway (Bughin, Lund, & Hazan, 2018; Federal Government, 2018; Krajcik, Sahin, & Mohr-Schroeder, 2019). The EU’s positioning of adult learning goals in economic competitiveness strategies, and the increased focus on quantitative benchmarking, tend to narrow down lifelong learning to lifelong earning goals (Boeren & Íñiguez-Berrozpe, 2022).

Educators often see their role with a humanistic scope, and fear that the social function of education is crowded out under business needs (Rasmussen & Lolle, 2022) while employers complain that school leavers lack a lifelong learning mentality and skillset to transit smoothly from school to work, and to adapt quickly to changing skill demands in the workplace (De Rick, 2010; Hvinden et al., 2019; K. Kaufman, Sahin, & Mohr-Schroeder, 2019).

Scholars find that growing effective lifelong learners before they enter the world of work, requires an integrated approach, and diverse learning experiences and diversity interactions from teachers (Loes, Pascarella, & Umbach, 2012). Goodman et al. recommend that instructors obtain training and support to adapt their teaching approach, and integrate diversity in view of improving learning for all students (Goodman & Bowman, 2014). Culver et al. have found -especially for students with lower grades when starting college- that a combination of in-class rigor and intellectually challenging assignments for first-year students benefits their critical thinking skills in the fourth year of college and throughout their careers (Culver, Braxton, & Pascarella, 2019).

Providing diversified education curricula demands considerable efforts from teachers, and leads to teachers’ trade union opposition (Barrett, 2020). Trade unions experience paradoxical tensions between debates of educational modernisation on one hand, and implementation of citizenship education frameworks, boosting equal access to 21st century skills’ provision on the other hand. This research will describe and explain the pathways and instruments that trade unions in Belgium use to implement emerging lifelong learning legislation.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper takes a qualitative approach. Partially explanatory, it builds on five types of data sources: policy documents by International Organizations (OECD, EU), Belgian legislation, collective labour agreements, a review of academic literature at the intersection of the primary multidisciplinary research fields, and semi-structured interviews with Belgian trade union representatives from all involved governance levels, for four different sectors, which each face similar and different skill challenges, under the influence of digitisation and the EU’s 2030 learning targets and skills strategy (Construction, Food industry, Transport and Logistics, and Education).
The document study from the above mentioned sources and the semi-structured interviews critically and empirically analyse how collective labour agreements and employee representation effectively translate the EU’s skills strategy, with a fairness and diversity lens, targeted at an inclusive educative workplace. Mechanisms and measures which contribute to equal access and reduce obstacles to participation are identified as ‘inclusive’. Worker and workplace characteristics that are decisive for the entitlement of training rights are coded as either inclusive or exclusive.
In order to be able to assess and explain the complexity and contested contributions of trade unions in the Belgian ecosystem of (adult) learning and education, the paper reverts to Varieties of Capitalism, Corporatism, and Industrial Relations literature, in which the role of the state, institutional complementarities, and the tensions between stakeholders and their competing interests, are central. The findings from the five types of independent data sources are brought together in a discussion section.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Building a learning society all the way to the entire future and current workforce requires many steps of alignment amongst units of advisory, decision-making and executional bodies in their complex setting of subnational, national, sectoral and regional levels with varying competencies, autonomy and narratives.
The challenges for the Education sector and its entire workforce are paramount. Teachers are urged to adapt educational curricula and training approaches more rapidly, in order to respond to labour market and business needs. Educational reforms launched by Education Ministries expect from teachers to incorporate ‘diversity’ as a leverage to enable all type of learners to acquire 21st century skills and lifelong learning appetite, and to equip young graduates, regardless of their educational level, with competences to adapt to changing skill demands in the workplace throughout their career and adult life. This huge ambition on the shoulders of teachers will require training and support for teachers, especially for those teachers who experience difficulty themselves to reskill and upskill in their subject fields. Teachers, in fact, are expected to behave as lifelong learners as well.
The findings which this research will deliver, aim to describe and explain the pathways and instruments that trade unions in Belgium use to contribute actively -or not- to the effective implementation of European, federal and regional legislation with regard to lifelong learning and educational challenges, more specifically to enhance ‘equal access’ for all learners to lifelong learning. In doing so, this study aims to contribute to the literature of industrial relations and adult learning collective bargaining.
It invites scholars, policy-makers and business practitioners, active in the disciplines of adult learning, 21st century skills, labour market effectiveness and trade unionism to further co-construct the adult learning and educational ecosystems and to elaborate on the issues put forward in this work.

References
Barrett, M. (2020). The Council of Europe's Reference Framework of Competences for Democratic Culture: Policy context, content and impact. London Review of Education, 18, 1-17.
Boeren, E. (2017). Understanding adult lifelong learning participation as a layered problem. Studies in Continuing Education, 39(2), 161-175.
Boeren, E., & Íñiguez-Berrozpe, T. (2022). Unpacking PIAAC’s cognitive skills measurements through engagement with Bloom’s taxonomy. Studies in Educational Evaluation.
Boyadjieva, P., & Ilieva-Trichkova, P. (2017). Between Inclusion and Fairness:Social Justice Perspective to Participation in Adult Education. Adult education quarterly, 67(2), 97-117.
Culver, K. C., Braxton, J., & Pascarella, E. (2019). Does teaching rigorously really enhance undergraduates’ intellectual development? The relationship of academic rigor with critical thinking skills and lifelong learning motivations. Higher Education, 78(4), 611-627.
Desjardins, R., & Ioannidou, A. (2020). The political economy of adult learning systems—some institutional features that promote adult learning participation. Zeitschrift für Weiterbildungsforschung, 43(2), 143-168.
Fugate, M., Heijden, B. v. d., Vos, A. D., Forrier, A., & Cuyper, N. D. (2021). Is What’s Past Prologue? A Review and Agenda for Contemporary Employability Research. Academy of Management Annals, 15(1), 266-298.
Goodman, K. M., & Bowman, N. A. (2014). Making Diversity Work to Improve College Student Learning. New Directions for Student Services, 2014(147), 37-48.
Hvinden, B., Hyggen, C., Schoyen, M. A., Sirovátka, T., Imdorf, C., Shi, L. P., Yfanti, A. (2019). Youth Unemployment and Job Insecurity in Europe: Problems, Risk Factors and Policies.Edward Elgar Publishing.
Iñiguez-Berrozpe, T., & Boeren, E. (2020). Twenty-First Century Skills for All: Adults and Problem Solving in Technology Rich Environments. Technology, Knowledge and Learning, 25(4), 929-951.
Kaufman, B. E. (2010). The Theoretical Foundation of Industrial Relations and its Implications for Labor Economics and Human Resource Management. ILR Review, 64(1), 74-108.
Kaufman, K., Sahin, A., & Mohr-Schroeder, M. J. (2019). STEM Education 2.0: Myths and Truths – What Has K-12 STEM Education Research Taught Us? In What Skills Do 21st Century High School Graduates Need to Have to Be Successful in College and Life? (pp. 337-349): Brill.
Loes, C., Pascarella, E., & Umbach, P. (2012). Effects of Diversity Experiences on Critical Thinking Skills: Who Benefits? The Journal of Higher Education, 83(1), 1-25.
Rasmussen, A., & Lolle, E. L. (2022). Accessibility of General Adult Education An Analysis of the Restructuring of Adult Education Governance in Denmark. Adult education quarterly, 72(1), 24-41.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm99 ERC SES 04 L: Social Justice and Intercultural Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Minge Chen
Session Chair: Hosay Adina-Safi
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Factors influencing teachers’ identity in Indigenous rural contexts: The FITIRIS Model

Angela Baeza Pena

Queensland University of Technology, Australia

Presenting Author: Baeza Pena, Angela

Teacher identity is shaped by the interaction between the teacher and the community of practice (Loo, 2021). Teachers’ personal experiences, as well as their emotions and interactions with students, colleagues and the entire educational community, influence their identity (Nichols et al., 2017; Walker-Gibbs et al., 2018). A crucial element of teaching identity is their professional (pedagogical) identity, which can be understood as how teachers define and assume their duties and comprehend their relationships with others who perform the same responsibilities (Avalos & Sotomayor, 2012). One of the main determining factors in teacher identity is the context; through interactions with the environment, identities are reconstructed socially and culturally (Baeza, 2022; Loo, 2021). Understanding teacher identities in rural Indigenous contexts is key to reviewing teacher education programs and professional development. Moreover, one of the leading causes of teacher attrition is the lack of preparation educators have to work in multicultural contexts. This situation is a global concern, as reported in countries such as Spain, Britain, Sweden, Canada and Australia (UNESCO, 2009). However, a limited number of studies have explored teachers’ identity in rural contexts and with a high Indigenous population. Some of these studies suggest that some essential components of teacher identity are the power relationship established with students and their knowledge of their learners (Perso & Hayward, 2015; Walker-Gibbs et al., 2018; White, 2015). The size of the school and the community can also influence their identity. For example, in small towns there are limited options for professional development (Walker-Gibbs et al., 2018).

The relationship with the local community is also essential to teacher identity. Several studies found the best way for teachers to understand their students’ culture is by working closely and collaboratively with the local community (Harrison & Murray, 2012). However, similarly to other countries affected by European colonization, in Chile, education has reproduced the dominant western culture, ignoring the incorporation of Indigenous traditional knowledge into school (Quilaqueo et al., 2014; Vera et al., 2017). Children are receiving a decontextualized and racist education, which is against preserving Indigenous culture and constructing a multicultural society (Mendoza & Sanhueza, 2016).

Theoretical framework

This study adopts an Indigenous decolonized approach, informed by the United Nations (2008) Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous People. This declaration acknowledges the impact Indigenous communities have suffered from the effects of colonization, such as the loss of their ancient land and discrimination in their access to justice and education. It also emphasises the right of Indigenous children to receive an education that respects their local culture. Furthermore, the Indigenous decolonizing perspective highlights the knowledge of minorities affected by colonization in finding solutions to local concerns. Indigenous knowledge is shaped by interaction with nature and the relationship with other community members and the local context (McKenna et al., 2021). Consequently, Indigenous knowledge cannot be separated from the place in which this is generated (Higgins & Kin, 2018). In the interaction between Indigenous wisdom and research focused on social justice and democracy, Indigenous knowledge is built (Chilisa, 2012; Smith, 2012). From this point of view, this research includes the voice of Indigenous community members as the first source of information

This study intends to contribute to the knowledge about the experiences of rural teachers in Indigenous contexts. Through hearing the voices of teachers working in rural schools in the Atacama Desert in Chile, and members of the Atacameños Indigenous community, this research answers the question: How do the lives and pedagogical experiences of teachers in Indigenous rural contexts determine their professional identity?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative study was conducted using a combination of decolonizing Indigenous methodology (Chilisa, 2012; Nakata, 2014; Rigney, 1999; Smith, 2012) and constructivist grounded theory (GT; Charmaz, 2014). The decolonizing approach considers the voices of minorities in colonized contexts as primary sources of information. This study acknowledges how research participants have been affected by colonization as Indigenous traditional culture has been undervalued (Battiste & Henderson, 2000), and Chilean teachers have been educated in an educational system based on Western knowledge and approach (Baeza, 2022).
Meanwhile GT was used with the aim to generate new theory in a context of social inequality (Birks & Mills, 2012; Charmaz, 2014). GT has been widely used for research in rural settings and Indigenous education (see Ma Rhea et al., 2012; Starr & White, 2008). It is expected the results of this study will support the improvement of Indigenous education, particularly in the Atacameño context.    

Participants
Participants of this research include five non-Indigenous teachers working in a rural school in the Atacama Desert and five members of the Atacameños community. Atacameños people are one of the Indigenous groups recognised in the Indigenous Law of Chile (Ministry of Planning and Cooperation of Chile, 2017). They represent 2% of the Chilean population (Chilean National Institute of Statistics [INE], 2017), who live primarily in rural communities close to the Cordillera de Los Andes (high altiplano).
The teacher participants were chosen with the collaboration of the local Director of Education, and Indigenous participants were recruited using snowball sampling, supported by Atacameños Elders and leaders. This methodology was chosen because it respects the local protocols and included the community in the research (Chilisa, 2012).

Information gathering and analysis
The postcolonial approach used in this study “promotes the use of Indigenous interview strategies that invoke Indigenous world views” (Chilisa & Phatshwane, 2022, p. 232). Accordingly, life story interviews were used as the main source of information, which is recommended as one of the best methods in Indigenous research (Kovach, 2009). Interviews were conducted in the first language of participants (Spanish) and audio-recorded individually with each participant. Memo writing was also used to register information, such as informal conversation with participants and comments from the interviews.
The analysis of responses used GT technics, which included: transcription of the audio records; member checking, and improvement of participants’ transcriptions according their feedback; analysis of transcription using emerging topics and categories; and focused analysis.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This research aimed to understand how the lived and professional experience of educators in Indigenous rural contexts reshapes their teacher identity. Through participants’ responses, the research exposed the lack of teacher preparation to work in rural schools, which is even more limited when schools are located in Indigenous settings. The study also revealed the need to incorporate Indigenous knowledge and vision into teaching, which entails working collaboratively with the local community and developing strategies and protocols to integrate Indigenous community members into schools.
The stories of teachers and Indigenous participants were the main source of information to create the FITIRIS model (Factors Influencing Teachers Identities in Rural Indigenous Settings). This model reveals four crucial dimensions, both internal and external, that influence teacher identity and experiences in Indigenous rural schools: external support, personal resources, the relationship with the members of the local community, and the school context. Limited studies have explored teacher identity in Indigenous rural contexts. Therefore, this model represents a contribution to the literature that could be useful to understanding teachers’ experiences in Indigenous rural contexts. Likewise, the model could be used to review the current teacher preparation at universities and investigate how teacher preparation could be improved to provide adequate training to teachers working in Indigenous rural contexts.
Finally, this research contributes to giving voice to Indigenous peoples living in remote areas of Chile and highlights their perceptions as an invaluable source to understand the meaning of being a teacher in an Indigenous school.  

References
Ávalos, B., & Sotomayor, C. (2012). How Chilean teachers percive their identity [Cómo ven su identidad los docentes chilenos]. Perspectiva Educacional, formación de profesores, 51(1), 57-86.
Baeza, A. (2022). Indigenous education in rural and remote areas in Chile: Exploring teacher and community experiences. Queensland University of Technology.
Charmaz, K. (2014). Constructing grounded theory (2nd ed.). SAGE.
Chilean National Institute of Statistics [INE]. (2017). Census of population and living places. http://www.ine.cl
Chilisa, B. (2012). Indigenous research methodologies. SAGE Publications.
Higgins, M., & Kim, E. (2018). De/colonizing methodologies in science education: Rebraiding research theory–practice–ethics with Indigenous theories and theorists. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 1–17. doi:10.1007/s11422-018-9862-4
Loo, S. (2021). Professional development of teacher educators in further education: Pathways, knowledge, identities and vocationalism. Routledge.
Ma Rhea, Z., Anderson, P., & Atkinson, B. (2012). Improving teaching in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander education. Australian Institute for Teaching and School leadership website https://www.aitsl.edu.au/
Kovach, M. (2009). Indigenous methodologies: Characteristics, conversations, and contexts. University of Toronto Press.
Mendoza, I., & Sanhueza, S. (2016). Captive diversity in the interculturality of Chilean intercultural education policy. Revista Educadi, 1(2), 83–98.
Nakata, M. (2014). Disciplining the savages, savaging the disciplines. Aboriginal Studies Press.
Nichols, S. Schutz, P., Rodgers, K., & Bilica, K (2017). Early career teachers’ emotion and emerging teacher identities. Teachers and Teaching, Theory and Practice, 23, 406–421.
Quilaqueo, D., Quintriqueo, S., Torres, H., & Muñoz, G. (2014). Saberes educativos Mapuches: Aportes epistémicos para un enfoque de educación intercultural. Chungara, Revista de Antropología Chilena, 46(2), 271–283.
Smith, L. (2012). Decolonizing methodologies: Research and Indigenous peoples (2nd ed.). Zed Books.
UNESCO Institute for Statistics. (2009). Projecting the global demand for teachers: Meeting the goal of universal primary education by 2015 (Technical Paper No. 3).
United Nations. (2008). Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples. http://www.un.org/esa/socdev/unpfii/documents/DRIPS_en.pdf
Vera, J., Rodríguez, C., Calderón, N. Cárdenas, C., & Duarte, C. (2017). The perception of Indigenous students about the sociocultural context in rural high school, a longitudinal study. Educacion Superior intercultural: trayectorias, experiencias & perspectivas. Colegio de Postgraduados.
Walker-Gibbs, B., Ludecke, M., & Kline, J. (2018). Pedagogy of the Rural as a lens for understanding beginning teachers’ identity and positionings in rural schools. Pedagogy, Culture & Society, 26(2), 301–314.
White, S. (2015). Extending the knowledge base for (rural) teacher educators. Australian and International Journal of Rural Education, 25(3), 50–61.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Applicability of Intersectionality in the Scottish Education System

Sarah-Jane Hamilton

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Hamilton, Sarah-Jane

The brutal murder of African American George Floyd in Minneapolis in the United States of America at the hands of a white police officer led to the largest global racial justice protest since the civil rights movement (Smith, 2021) However, concurrently, political leaders across the globe were also grappling with unforeseen statistics, which highlighted that Black Asian and Ethnic minority (BAME) groups had between a 10 and 50 % per cent higher risk of fatality due to COVID-19 in comparison to their White Counterparts (Smith, 2021. Public Health England, 2020). Subsequently, racism was named as a factor in the unequal deaths of BAME communities due to the ongoing pandemic and global leaders were forced to respond to both “viruses: the pandemic and racism” (Smith, 2021).

In Scotland the Scottish Government established ‘The Race and Equality Framework’, which aimed to ensure that Scotland’s Children and young people were provided with an understanding of the nation’s colonial and slavery history. While also challenging racism, eliminating racial discrimination, and promoting social equality (Scot, Gov 2021). In addition to this and in conjunction with the ‘The race and Equality Framework’, The General Teaching Council for Scotland (GTCS), also introduced the new ‘Professional Standards for teachers. This regulatory body goes on to state that teaching professionals should be committed to social justice through fair, transparent, inclusive, and sustainable teaching in relation to the nine protected characteristics and intersectionality (Ibid). However, in each of the documents discussed above there is no theoretical definition of what intersectionality maybe, its historical roots, or how teaching professionals can successfully implement this framework. Furthermore, the protected characteristics this document refers to, which are taken from ‘The Equality Act (2010) (Scot Gov, 2010) and similar to the EU Charter of Fundamental rights, are listed as a single identity lens which is known to create challenges in applying intersectionality- diminishing the synergy which is inherent in intersectional frameworks (Solanke, 2011). Education systems across the globe are charchterized by their cultural and ethinc diversity, however, education policy must reconcile with indigenous and ethinc groups and be culturally responsive to global and national issues.

Intersectionality is a theoretical paradigm and analytical tool that moves away from single-axis frameworks that view oppressive identity markers such as race, gender, sex, and class as juxtaposed identity groups (Crenshaw, 1998. Hill-Collins, 2016). As a theoretical paradigm, intersectionality is a critical framework that provides us with the language and mindset to identify interdependencies and interconnectedness between socially constructed systems and categories (Atewologun, 2018). However, this paradigm chart moves beyond identifying micro-level specific social locations and is also an analytical tool that helps individuals understand the world’s complexity. This framework unpacks intersecting systems of inequality and subsequently supports the analysis of the domains of power- structural, interpersonal, disciplinary, and cultural and how these domains organise power relations throughout society(Hill- Collins, 2016. Symington, 2004)

This research paper uses critical discourse analysis as an analytical tool to establish where this leaves contemporary policy responses in the field of education and the extent to which they are cognizant with intersectionality. Or if alternatively, contemporary political responses such as the ‘The Race and Equality Framework’ are an example of a pernicious form of doublespeak. A form of language which aims to communicate but does not, language which denies or shifts responsibility and language which conceals or prevents thought. The following sub questions guided this research project:

What approach is taken in Scottish education policy creation in terms of protected groups? Will this support the successful implementation of intersectionality? What role will this framework play in reinforcing, legitimising and reproducing white group dominance?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
It is understood that there are no defining theories or methodologies associated with critical discourse analysis (CDA). The methodologies are eclectic but must be appropriate for the subject under consideration in the analysis ( Wodak, 2001). In terms of the CDA adopted here this paper followed the framework for critical discourse analysis in educational research proposed by (Mullett, 2018)- by loosely following the seven suggested steps these are as follows:  

Step 1: Select the discourse- problem identified in terms of testing the rhetorical claims of Scottish education policy in terms of the applicability of intersectionality.  

Step 2: Locate and prepare data sources- all texts associated with intersectionality were identified, taking two different forays into the data.  

Step 3: explore the background of the text- the type of document and rationale for its inclusion and exclusion was explored- for example, documents with minimal accompanying text or the repetition of the same statement were excluded from the analysis.  

Step 4: Initial thematic analysis- an initial thematic analysis was undertaken, contributing to the inclusion and exclusion criteria. This supported the identification of overarching themes- this was inductive as it looked for lexical items such as overview, rationale, framework, recommendations, vision.  

Step 5: Analyse the external relations to the text (Interdiscursively)- And  

Step 6: Analyse the internal relations to the text- each of these stages was undertaken simultaneously- looking at lexical choices and the reciprocal relationship between texts, genres and styles so identifying relational themes through lexical, semantic and grammar choices.  

Step 7: Interpret and analyse the data- here, the applicability of intersectionality was identified, and the approach the Scottish Government have taken in addressing protected groups via policy responses. Additionally, there was a critical discourse analysis of the race equality and racism framework and the extent to which this supports intersectionality or instead perpetuates and reinforces white group dominance.  

This seven-step framework involved inductive, lexical, intertextual and interdiscursive analysis. However, it also relied on Dijk’s (1998) theoretical framework of the us vs them dichotomy. Dijk (1998) proposed an ideological square to disclose the discursive reproduction of the ideology of positive ‘us’ vs negative ‘them’ dichotomies. The ideological square was detailed as follows:  

Expressing information that is positive about us.  

Or Expressing information that is negative about them.  

Suppressing/de-emphasising information that is positive about them.  

Suppressing/de-emphasising information that is negative about us.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Of the proposed new plans to imbed intersectional thinking into teaching practice through the standards for provisional and career-long registration and the other anti-discrimination policy directives which were analysed- there are opposing ideologies which favour a logic of appearance as opposed to critical engagement with anti-discrimination law.    

In this sense, the Scottish government have a broad framework for tackling discrimination through education. However, this is a pan-equality approach which leaves space for each form of discrimination to be considered separately but makes intersectional marginalisation invisible. This, therefore, ultimately fails to centralise the synergy which is inherent in intersectionality. Furthermore, the use of personal pronouns espouses responsibility -casting the Scottish government as an institution with a heightened moral compass with a fair idea of socially just social conventions (Fairclough, 1993). However, this creates a us vs them dichotomy in which groups who are subjugated to discrimination are charged with leading change in this area- this further leads to the stigmatisation of the other and exacerbates marginality (Ibid).  

The Race and Equality framework holds considerable promise through its critical engagement with discrimination and racial issues, which is fundamental for intersectionality. However, this paper argues that this is indeed a pernicious form of doublespeak which perpetuates white group dominance through its classification of the normative Scottish-white majority and through the adoption of the term minority-ethnic which is known to connotate discrimination.  
The Scottish government, in this instance, utilise discursive strategies to transfer responsibility to teaching professionals while diminishing the inherent role governing bodies play in tackling racism throughout society- which is particularly important when addressing the domains of power framework. In sum, the policy directives which have been chosen for analysis are not only at variance with their purported aims, but they are also a concealed embodiment of othering and white group dominance.  

References
Christoffersen, A (2019) Are we all Baskets of Characteristics? Intersectional slippages and the Displacement of Race in English & Scottish Equality Policy. School of History, Classics and Archaeology. The Palgrave Handbook of Intersectionality. Vol 33. [online] can be accessed at: https://www.research.ed.ac.uk/en/publications/are-we-all-baskets-of-characteristics-intersectional-slippages-an.

Christoffersen, A (2021) The politics of intersectional practice: competing concepts of intersectionality.Policy and Politics. Vol 49 (4). [online] can be accessed at: https://www.ingentaconnect.com/content/tpp/pap/2021/00000049/00000004/art00005.  

Crenshaw, K (1998) Demarginalizing the Intersection of Race and Sex: A Black Feminist Critique of Antidiscrimination Doctrine, Feminist Theory and Antiracist Politics. University of Chicago Legal Forum. [online] can be accessed at: https://chicagounbound.uchicago.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1052&context=uclf.

Dijk, V, T (1993) Principles of critical discourse analysis. Discourse and society. Vol 4 (2). [online] can be accessed at: https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/10.1177/0957926593004002006.

Dijk, V, T (1998). Opinions and Ideologies in the Press. Journal of Media Discourse. [Online] Can be accessed at: https://discourses.org/wp-content/uploads/2022/07/Teun-A.-van-Dijk-1998-Opinions-and-Ideologies-in-the-press.pdf.


Education Scotland (Nd) Equality Act 2010. [online] can be accessed at: https://education.gov.scot/improvement/research/equality-act-2010/.

Education Scotland (2021) Promoting Race Equality and Anti-Racist Education. [online] can be accessed at: https://education.gov.scot/improvement/learning-resources/promoting-race-equality-and-anti-racist-education/.

Hill-Collins, P (1990) Black feminist thought in the matrix of domination. Black feminist thought, knowledge and consciousness. [online] can be accessed at: https://www.scirp.org/(S(351jmbntvnsjt1aadkposzje))/.

General Teaching Council Scotland (2021) Standard for Provisional Registration. [online] can be accessed at: https://www.gtcs.org.uk/professional-standards/Standards-2021.aspx.

Lutz, W. (1990). The world of doublespeak. In C. Ricks & L. Michaels (Eds.), The state of the language
(pp. 254–264). Berkeley: University of California Press.

Mullett, D. R (2018) A General Critical Discourse Analysis Framework for Educational Research. Journal of advanced academics. Vol 29 (2). [online] can be accessed: https://journals.sagepub.com/doi/abs/10.1177/1932202X18758260.

Smith, H, J (2021) The doublespeak discourse of the race disparity audit: an example of the White racial frame in institutional operation. Discourse studies in the cultural politics of education. Vol 15 (1). [online] can be accessed at: https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/epub/10.1080/01596306.2021.1931035?needAccess=true.

Solanke, I (2011) Infusing the Silos in the Equality Act 2010 with Synergy. International Law Journal. Vol 40 (4). [online] can be accessed at https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/ref/10.1080/09620214.2010.516106?scroll=top.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

A Fragmented Sense of Belonging: non-EU Young Adult and Adult Students' Experiences in Finland

Alessandra Aldrovandi, Tuuli Kurki

University of Helsinki, Finland

Presenting Author: Aldrovandi, Alessandra

Migration constitutes an increasingly significant phenomenon in the Western world, and the reasons behind people’s choice to leave their native land are multiple. Most migrants depart from their country of origin to secure a better life for themselves and their offspring; aiming to do so, many of them rely on education. Given how Finland represents an attractive option for foreign students, who form a conspicuous part of its immigrant population (Maury, 2017), it is important to evaluate what shapes their identity and sense of belonging.

This paper contributes to the field of educational research by focusing on young adult and adult students who are from non-EU countries, particularly the ones who are reskilling, upskilling or in courses aimed for them to enter the labour market. My interest lies in how their experiences may contribute to the development of their sense of belonging. Aiming to provide an in-depth view of individuals' narratives, the fieldwork was carried out in adult vocational schools by means of mixed methods combining ethnographic observations and semi-structured interviews.

The article aims to answer the following questions:

  • What are the factors that contribute to young adult and adult migrant non-EU students’ sense of belonging in Finland?
  • What barriers might they encounter and how does this affect their plans?

Previous research focusing on migrants’ experiences through the Finnish educational system show how these may be hindered by racialisation and genderisation (Kurki, 2019; Kurki et al., 2019). ‘Immigrantisation’ and ‘immigrant-ness’ combined with other social dimensions such as race, gender and class position them in a disadvantaged place within the power discourse, defining their subjectivities and their future perspectives.

Drawing on Foucault’s subjectification theories (1982) and Sara Ahmed’s feminist and postcolonial work on ‘Embodied Otherness’ (2000), I argue that temporality combined with racialisation may affect the development of young adult and adult students’ identity and sense of belonging.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper addresses a relevant research agenda in adult education studies and aims to contribute to discussions within the field of migration and adult education. Given that its focus is on human experiences, I collected the data by means of mixed methods combining ethnographic observations and semi-structured interviews through which I aim to give a fair representation of the participants' experiences.
The fieldwork for this article is ongoing: students and staff have been invited to take part after approaching adult education providers in southern Finland. I have observed different groups, on a regular basis and at different times of the academic year, during lessons as well as students' meetings with teachers and staff. In particular, I have been interested in their interaction with colleagues and educators, as well as career or future plans sessions, whether in 1 to 1 or group discussions. Through ethnographic observations, I have been able to relate to the young people and adults involved in the study from a privileged perspective. Furthermore, I have been able to acquire a rich set of data which draws upon a first-hand experience of the participants' world.
I have also interviewed students from a variety of countries of origin as well as teachers and other members of staff. Semi-structured interviews have given the participants an opportunity to give an account of their experiences. They have also been a chance for them to represent their social world, as well as their perception of themselves in relation to other social actors. The analysis of the participants' accounts will delve into the complexity of their identity, providing a valuable insight in relation to their gender, class and ethnic dimension. The data has been coded and analysed using a thematic approach.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
My findings confirm how experiences of racialisation and temporality may hinder non-EU migrant students' sense of belonging.


References
Ahmed, Sara (2000). Strange Encounters: Embodied Other in Post-Coloniality. London: Routledge.
Coffey, A. (1999), The Ethnographic Self: fieldwork and the representation of identity. London: Sage Publications.
Foucault, M. (1982). The Subject and Power. Critical Inquiry, 8(4), 777–795. http://www.jstor.org/stable/1343197
Kurki, T. (2019). Immigrant-ness as (mis)fortune? Immigrantisation through Integration Policies and Practices in Education. Academic Dissertation, University of Helsinki.
Kurki, T., Brunila, K. and Lahelma, E., (2019). Constituting Immigrant Care Workers Through Gendering and Racialising Practices in Education. Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 9(3), pp.329–345. DOI: http://doi.org/10.2478/njmr-2019-0009
Maury, O. (2017). ‘Student-Migrant-Workers: Temporal Aspects of Precarious Work and Life in Finland.’ Nordic Journal of Migration Research, 7(4), pp.224-232
Maury, O. (2021). Punctuated Lives: Student-Migrant-Workers Encounters with the Temporal Border Regime. Academic Dissertation, University of Helsinki.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm99 ERC SES 05 L: Participatory Experiences in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Sofia Eleftheriadou
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Visual Discourse of the Picturebook in the Spatial and Material context-encouraging mutual communication in Early and Preschool Child Education

Ines Strapajević

PhD Student at University of Zagreb, Croatia

Presenting Author: Strapajević, Ines

This paper is about ways of encouraging the development of visual literacy and mutual communication through research children's reading of Picturebooks. In this research, the Picturebook is served as a stimulating medium for influencing the development of the initial impulses of visual literacy so that even if preschool chlidren can not read, throughout visual literacy they can understand the same story of the Picturebook and connect with each other.

Visual discourse, as one of the main components of a Picturebook, should first provide children with an inviting feeling to turn the pages, because "the aim of the Picturebook is not to offer the child a work of art that the child has yet to learn to perceive, but to enable a kind of fun observation process that can have a didactic dimension in the sense of forming a cultivated artistic view, but in this process the activation of the child's ludic ability of visual perception is more important" (Hameršak and Zima, 2015: 169).

Visual perception is not the same for every reader, through visual literacy one gets the possibility to discover the meaning of visual discourse.

The aim of this work is to investigate how a Picturebook can stimulate the development of visual literacy in preschool children, and which pictorial content of a Picturebook children can read and understand regardless of the language they speak. The second goal is to see how to shape the didactics and spatial material environment in the multicultural kindergarten in order to stimulate children's interest in the Picturebook and it's s visual content as much as possible.

Since the questions related to the research goal are asked with the interrogative words "what" and "how", it is clear that we are talking about qualitative research that describes before putting variables into relationships and testing hypotheses (Halmi, 2005: 56).

In order to achieve the objectives of the research, the following research questions are asked:

a) How can we offer preschool children picture books in order to encourage them to self-initiate the development of visual literacy and then talk about it?

b) What kind of spatial and material environment can encourage children to observe the visual contents of a picture book?

c) What meanings do children of preschool age (5-7 years old) recognize in the pictorial contents of picture books regardless of the language they speak?

Because of the visual content, the picture book must be attractive to children with illustrations so that they will start exploring it through internal motivation and interest, because this is the only way we can encourage the child's full participation and, in the process, understand his perception and thoughts. Then we can also support the child's interest in the Picturebook and use that didactics for mutual communication between children.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Used Method: qualitative (action) research. Two female educators of the group and preschool children of one educational group participated in the research (a total of 18 children, of which 11 boys and 7 girls aged 5.0 - 6.8). The research period covered two months (December 2019 and January 2020), in which the researcher spends a certain amount of time in the group documenting the situation, implementing changes and observing their contribution to the educational group in accordance with the research questions.
In this way, answers to questions related to the environment of the research, specifically to the environment and space, and to the questions of what and how led to the changes, are arrived at. The environment, the culture of the institution affect the type of activity, the way of working. (Halmi, 2005, 232).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Understanding and reading is only one component of visual literacy. The second one precisely refers to visual thinking, that is, projecting one's own ideas through visual content. Thus, through visual expression through art media, we also provide children with an incentive to develop visual literacy (Batič, 2019:11).
The impact of the spatial and material environment on the retention and organization of activities in the didactical center of Picturebooks was also observed. In such conditions, the emergence of deeper and more detailed research into the meaning of pictorial discourse during visual reading was noticed in children, which additionally had an effect on the development of their visual literacy and mutual communication about it.

References
1.Alonso, P., Jose, E. (2018). Visualising visual literacy. UBC Theses and Dissertations. Vol 7, 1 – 214. University of British Columbia.

2.Arizpe, E., Styles, M. (2003). Children reading pictures: Interpreting Visual Texts. London, New York: Routledge.

3.Batič, J. (2019). Reading Picture Books in Preschool and Lower grades of Primary  School. CEPS Journal, Vol 554, 1–18. Published online. https://www.dropbox.com/sh/pov717iv9joc0tf/AAAHUkgpa3aX4v8gqDAksiX7a?dl=0&preview=Bati%C4%8D_2019_Reading+PBS+in+Preschool---.pdf

4.Nikolajeva, M. (2014). Picturebooks and emotional literacy. U: The Reading Teacher, Vol. 67, 249 – 254. International Literacy Association. Published online.
https://www.dropbox.com/sh/pov717iv9joc0tf/AAAHUkgpa3aX4v8gqDAksiX7a?dl=0&preview=Nikolajeva_2013-2014_Picturebooks-and-emotional-literacy.pdf

5. Sipe, L. R., (1998). How Picture Books Work: A Semiotically Framed Theory of Text-Picture Relationships. Children’ s Literature in Education 29 (2): 97–108.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Competences for Participation: a Narrative Literature Review

Maria Ratotti

Università degli Studi Milano - Bicocca, Italy

Presenting Author: Ratotti, Maria

This contribution presents the first findings of a narrative review (Baumeister & Leary 1997; Bourhis, 2017) about the development of competences and soft skills for youth participation, in outside school contexts. Competences and soft skills have come into wide use in various fields of knowledge in recent decades and have been used with different and peculiar nuances depending on the context of reference. The aim of the review is to trace the origins and the development of the term “competence”, dwelling on its temporal and spatial origin along with its areas of application, and to unearth the relationship between the discourse of competences and their implications for youth participation in outside school contexts.

Exploring the meanings of the term within the outside school contexts becomes crucial and challenging in our modern world, due to the fact that a lot has been written about competences to be developed within school contexts as well as in the labour market, and a gap in outside school contexts is clearly present.

In recent decades, the interest in the concept of “competence” has intensely grown in various and heterogeneous fields, from economics to business management, from psychology to training, from education to politics, producing an ongoing debate on the topic. Simultaneously, it underwent an interesting development over time, so that we can now recognize a number of definitions that scholars have come up with in the last years (McClelland, 1993; Spencer & Spencer, 1993; Le Boter, 1994, 2000; OCDE, 1996; Levati & Saraò, 1998).

Bearing in mind that different schools of thought have defined the term with meanings not always aligned, the focus will be on how they have been defined specifically in the fields of youth education. Since the mid-1990s of the twentieth century, the EU has also been increasingly interested in competences, considering them as central to education, lifelong learning and work, in the perspective of enhancing "human capital" as a primary factor of development (Conclusions of the Lisbon European Council 23-24 March 2000; Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council, 2006; European Qualifications Framework 2008; 2017; Council Recommendation, 2018).

In this framework, my contribution occurs in a special year for soft skills and competences, since 2023 has been named the European year of Skills, right after the 2022 European Year of Youth which sought to empower, support and engage with young people, including those with fewer opportunities. There is a clear relevance given to the topic as the EU is promoting concrete initiatives to support skills development, such as a European skills Agenda planned to promote lifelong learning, to foster economic growth and employment by enhancing training, accompanying society and businesses towards ecological and digital transitions (Employment and Social Policy Council proposal, 12 October 2022).

One of the most relevant EU objectives is directly related to youth political participation by focusing on the engagment of more young people who are not working and not in education or training. To this end, initiatives such as the Skills Agenda for Europe, the new European Innovation Agenda, and the European Universities Strategy are already in place to achieve these goals, founded by the European Social Fund Plus, the Digital Europe program, the Horizon Europe program, and Erasmus+.

Once more, to foster the importance given to “competence”, we clearly understand that the EU is championing skills policies and investments globally (Global Gateway strategy and the Youth Action Plan, 2002) to prioritise investments in quality education systems in partner countries.

At last, shifting to the international level, the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (2015) needs to be mentioned in relation to this topic.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The narrative literature review (Bourhis, 2017) is organized according to thematic criteria emerging from the research questions concerning first of all the development of competences through youth participation processes in outside school contexts.
The review is being carried out using the most well-known electronic databases in the human sciences, such as EBSCO, Scopus, Eric and Web of Science. Some of the key-words used for the research are: soft skills and competences; youth participation; outside school contexts; political engagement and youth.
Official and milestone publications on this topic and peer-reviewed articles from European and international journals are being analysed, with a specific focus on the last ten years.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the review of the existing literature, it emerges that school learning based on mere and procedural knowledge achieved through repetitive application and exercises does not guarantee the formation of attitudes and skills functional to the demands of life and work, particularly with regard to the skills of problem solving, of taking flexible autonomous initiatives, and of mobilizing knowledge to handle complex situations as well as deal with everyday issues (Perrenoud, 1997; Rey, 1996; Pellerey, 2004).
This contribution aims at presenting the first findings from the literature review, at the end of which it is envisaged to have a better and more systematic understanding of the concept of competence in youth participation, in extra-school contexts.
This review is intended to be the first stepping stone on which to build the theoretical and methodological framework of my doctoral research. Major debates on the issue will then be identified, as well as research conducted in the field, paying attention to how policies can be interrelated with examples of experienced practices.
To conclude, the overall aim of my research is to explore connections around the theme of youth political participation, understood in terms of building a personal life project, thus fostering the potential that outside school contexts may offer.

References
- Baumeister RF, Leary MR. (1997). Writing narrative literature reviews. Rev. Gen. Psychol. 3:311–20
- Bourhis, J. (2017). Narrative literature review. In M. Allen (Ed.), The sage encyclopedia of communication research methods (pp. 10761077). Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE Publications.
- Council Recommendation of 22 May 2018 on the key competences for lifelong learning https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=IT
- European Commission, (2002). Joint communication to the European Parliament and the Council. Youth Action Plan (YAP) in EU external action 2022 2027. Promoting meaningful youth participation and empowerment in EU external action for sustainable development, equality and peace.
- European Commission, (2023). Proposal for a Decision of the European Parliament and of the Council on a European Year of Skills 2023.
- Le Boterf, G. (1994). De la compétence. Essai sur un attracteur étrange. Paris: Les éditions de l’Organisation
- Le Boterf, G. (2000). Construire les compétences individuelles et collectives, Paris: Les éditions de l’Organisation.
- Levati W., Saraò M. (1998). Il modello delle competenze, Milano: Franco Angeli.
- Lisbon European Council 23 and 24 March 2000, PRESIDENCY CONCLUSIONS  https://www.europarl.europa.eu/summits/lis1_en.htm
- McClelland, D. C. (1993). Intelligence is not the best predictor of job performance. Current Directions in Psychological Science, 2(1), 5–6
- OCDE (1996). Qualifications et compétences professionnelles dans l’enseignement technique et la formation professionnelle. Évaluation et certification. Paris.
- Pellerey, P. (2004). Le competenze individuali e il Portfolio. Milano: ETAS.
- Perrenoud, Ph. (1997). Construire des compétences dès l'école. Paris: ESF.
- Recommendation of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 December 2006 on Key Competences for lifelong learning (2006/962/EC), https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32006H0962&from=EN
- Rey, B. (1996). Les compétences transversales en question. Paris : ESF.
- Spencer, L., Spencer, L. (1993). Competence at Work: Models for Superior Performance. John Wiley & Sons Inc.
- UN General Assembly. (2015). Transforming our world: the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development. A/RES/70/1.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

What is the Relevance of a Concept of “Participation” in the Study of Teacher Expectations?

Rune Hejli Lomholt

University of Southern Denmark, Denmark

Presenting Author: Hejli Lomholt, Rune

In this paper, I discuss the conceptual definition of student “participation” in teaching activities in my phd-project. I consider why it is relevant to conceptualise student school “effort” differently, when studying the formation of teacher expectations. In this paper I ask the question; what is the relevance of a concept of “participation” in the study of teacher expectations?

I start with a critical perspective on the way that teachers evaluate and attribute meaning to student effort, if swayed by “meritocratic beliefs” (Mijs, 2016, 2021). In a recent study, Geven et al. (2021) suggests that teachers might consent to educational inequality, because they believe differences in educational attainment is due to fair meritocratic principles of educational attainment. In this paper, I argue that meritocratic beliefs can be problematic for justice in education, because a belief in fair meritocratic selection obscures the structural component of inequality in general (Batruch et al., 2022; Mijs & Hoy, 2022). Meritocracy implies that achievement or success is awarded on the account of merit; for students, innate ability and the effort put into school work is believed to determine opportunities for learning and educational attainment (Batruch et al., 2022). Mijs (2021) argus that education in fact distorts meritocratic ideals, by legitimising a lack of achievement as personal failure. But are all students given the same opportunities to learn and achieve?

Teacher expectancy research consistently presents evidence that non-meritocratic student traits have a significant impact on teacher expectations, indicating that opportunities for learning are not distributed solely on account of effort. This provides support for a critique of meritocratic selection. Recent reviews show consistent evidence that teacher expectations are biased against student gender, ethnicity, or socioeconomic status (Murdock-Perriera & Sedlacek, 2018; Wang et al., 2018). Also, high- and low-expectation teachers tend to create very different instructional and socioemotional classroom environments (Rubie-Davies, 2014; Rubie-Davies, 2007) and present more group work opportunities, assign cognitively harder tasks, give more positive feedback, and provide more instruction to high-expectancy students (Aydin & Ok, 2022; Babad, 2010). This suggests that the stratification of opportunities for learning in classroom teaching can be reproduced by bias in teacher expectations and mediated by teacher differential behaviour. This indicates that, while school effort is a prime indicator of merit for teachers, “merit” is itself determined by non-meritocratic factors and meritocracy violates its own merit principle (Mijs, 2016).

I present findings from an observational study of student participation in teaching activities, suggesting that student effort should not be operationalised disconnected from classroom teaching. My findings indicate that the interpretation of student effort changes according to different expectation structures enacted by teachers throughout the course of a lesson. Further, observations suggests that expectation structures determine the interpretation of student effort as either good or bad, while simultaneously being dependent upon form of teaching. Also, students participate very differently under the same expectation structure.

Conclusively, my findings point to the relevance of a different conceptualisation of effort that aligns better with the volatility of classroom teaching, and attribute agency to students according to what is expected of them at different times during a teaching activity. Geven et al. (2021) investigate teachers’ expectations of student’s chance to attain a bachelor’s degree and examine the impact of student traits, but a disadvantage is that they utilize a narrow conception of effort (p. 7). I propose that a concept of “participation” is relevant in this regard. I argue that it accounts for the complexity and changeable nature of teachers’ evaluation and attribution of meaning to student effort and can have important implications for future vignette experiments.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I utilize a methodology where the relevance of a conceptualisation of student effort as “participation” in teaching activities is investigated as part of a literature review of teacher expectancy research. The proposed operationalisation of student school effort as “participation” in further studies are based on a qualitative observational study of classroom teaching. In observational study I examine forms of participation among primary school students during  different teaching activities, focusing on the school subject’s Danish language and Mathematics. The observational study is conducted in four Danish primary schools selected through a stratified random sampling procedure based on available Danish national school records. Schools are sampled from this procedure, to ensure variation in the student population according to gender (Robinson-Cimpian et al., 2014), ethnicity (Bonefeld & Dickhauser, 2018; Tenenbaum & Ruck, 2007) and socioeconomic status (Geven et al., 2021), which have consistently been found to impact teacher expectations.
In the next phase of the study, I statistically examine variations in primary school teachers’ expectations, by conducting a vignette experiment. The analysis of the qualitative data will inform the operationalisation of different forms of participation and descriptions of the classroom context in an experimental vignette study, conducted at a later stage in my project, to ensure high ecological validity of my design (Krolak-Schwerdt et al., 2018).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following on from the analysis of the qualitative data in my project, the paper concludes by presenting forms of participation observed in my study, with a focus on the classroom context and variations between the school subject’s Danish language and Mathematics. Findings from my observational study indicate that the interpretation of student’s effort change according to different expectation structures enacted by teachers throughout the course of a lesson. The course of a lesson is often characterised by many shifts in the expectation structures, constantly redefining student effort as either good or bad. This shows that expectation structures are volatile. Also, the data indicate that expectation structures are dependent upon form of teaching. This calls for a broader conceptualisation of student effort that align better with the volatility of expectation structures throughout the course of a lesson and during teaching activities, taking this complexity into account. Also, it is important with a concept that attributes agency to students according to what is expected of them at different times during a teaching activity, to account for the complexity and changeable nature of teachers’ evaluation and attribution of meaning to student effort.
The qualitative findings could have several implications for the design of future experimental vignette studies investigating the formation of teacher expectations; 1) Vignettes should be operationalised so that they incorporate different forms of participation and 2) either a) several forms of teaching as a varying vignette dimension or b) a precise definition of a certain form of teaching, to ensure proper interpretation of student effort. These additions to the operationalisation of student school effort could increase the ecological validity of experimental vignette studies investigating influential factors on and latent bias in the formation of teacher expectations.

References
Aydin, Ö., & Ok, A. (2022). A Systematic Review on Teacher's Expectations and Classroom Behaviors. International Journal of Curriculum and Instructional Studies, 12(1), 247-274.
Babad, E. (2010). Teachers' Differential Behaviour in the Classroom. In E. Babad (Ed.), The social psychology of the classroom (Vol. 28, pp. 88-105). Routledge.
Batruch, A., Jetten, J., Van de Werfhorst, H., Darnon, C., & Butera, F. (2022). Belief in School Meritocracy and the Legitimization of Social and Income Inequality. Social Psychological and Personality Science, 0(0), 19485506221111017.
Bonefeld, M., & Dickhauser, O. (2018). (Biased) Grading of Students' Performance: Students' Names, Performance Level, and Implicit Attitudes. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, Article 481.
Geven, S., Wiborg, Ø. N., Fish, R. E., & Van De Werfhorst, H. G. (2021). How teachers form educational expectations for students: A comparative factorial survey experiment in three institutional contexts. Social Science Research, 100, 102599.
Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Hörstermann, T., Glock, S., & Böhmer, I. (2018). Teachers' Assessments of Students' Achievements: The Ecological Validity of Studies Using Case Vignettes. The Journal of experimental education, 86(4), 515-529.
Mijs, J. J. B. (2016). The Unfulfillable Promise of Meritocracy: Three Lessons and Their Implications for Justice in Education. Social Justice Research, 29(1), 14-34.
Mijs, J. J. B. (2021). The paradox of inequality: income inequality and belief in meritocracy go hand in hand. Socio-Economic Review, 19(1), 7-35. https://doi.org/10.1093/ser/mwy051
Mijs, J. J. B., & Hoy, C. (2022). How Information about Inequality Impacts Belief in Meritocracy: Evidence from a Randomized Survey Experiment in Australia, Indonesia and Mexico. Social Problems, 69(1), 91-122.
Murdock-Perriera, L. A., & Sedlacek, Q. C. (2018). Questioning Pygmalion in the Twenty-First Century: The Formation, Transmission, and Attributional Influence of Teacher Expectancies. Social Psychology of Education: An International Journal, 21(3), 691-707.
Robinson-Cimpian, J. P., Lubienski, S. T., Ganley, C. M., & Copur-Gencturk, Y. (2014). Teachers' perceptions of students' mathematics proficiency may exacerbate early gender gaps in achievement. Dev Psychol, 50(4), 1262-1281.
Rubie-Davies, C. (2014). Becoming a High Expectation Teacher.
Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2007). Classroom interactions: exploring the practices of high- and low-expectation teachers. Br J Educ Psychol, 77(Pt 2), 289-306.
Tenenbaum, H. R., & Ruck, M. D. (2007). Are teachers' expectations different for racial minority than for European American students? A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(2), 253-273.
Wang, S., Rubie-Davies, C. M., & Meissel, K. (2018). A Systematic Review of the Teacher Expectation Literature over the Past 30 Years. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3-5), 124-179.
 
Date: Tuesday, 22/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am99 ERC SES 07 L: Vocational Education and Training (VETNET)
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Jana Strakova
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Global Learning in the Workplace – Companies’ Response to Globalization

Julia Hufnagl

Otto-Friedrich-Universität Bamberg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hufnagl, Julia

In order to deal with complex societal challenges such as climate change, globalization, global inequalities, and the scarcity of natural resources, the development of a holistic global understanding and a clarification of one's own role in the transformation process is central (cf. e.g. Veugelers & De Groot, 2019, p. 27; Witt, 2022). Against this background, education for sustainable development (ESD) and global citizenship education (GCE) address SDG 4.7 (UNESCO, 2019, p. 12). Although in the wake of the SDGs there is increasing pressure on companies to contribute to the development of 'global employees', the two concepts have so far remained largely unaddressed in the discourse on workplace learning. This paper therefore explores the role of corporate education and training in the context of global and sustainable developments in companies.
Tried and tested scales and models for capturing the necessary competencies for sustainable and global development are already available (e.g. Morais & Odgen, 2011; Seeber et al., 2019, Wiek et al., 2011). This paper transfers these competency models to in-company education and training and answers the following questions: to what extent do the existing competency profiles of training personnel meet the demands of companies in the fields of ESD and GCE? What potentials do current qualification offers in these two areas offer from the company's point of view and where is there a need for action?
The empirical basis for the article is provided by 10 expert interviews with company HR managers from 10 globally operating large companies from different industries (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). Using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2023), the interviews are evaluated deductively with reference to the above competency models.
The results systematically show the existing competence profiles as well as development needs of company education and training personnel in the field of sustainable thinking and acting. In addition, current requirements for corporate training and development personnel on the part of HR managers are identified and prioritized. The article provides concrete practical recommendations on the extent to which corporate framework conditions must change so that training personnel can meet the new tasks in the context of ESD and GCE, and it identifies necessary qualification offers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The empirical basis for the article is provided by 10 expert interviews with company HR managers from 10 globally operating large companies from different industries (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). Using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2023), the interviews are evaluated deductively with reference to the above competency models.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The empirical basis for the article is provided by 10 expert interviews with company HR managers from 10 globally operating large companies from different industries (Meuser & Nagel, 2009). Using qualitative content analysis according to Mayring (2023), the interviews are evaluated deductively with reference to the above competency models.
The results systematically show the existing competence profiles as well as development needs of company education and training personnel in the field of sustainable thinking and acting. In addition, current requirements for corporate training and development personnel on the part of HR managers are identified and prioritized. The article provides concrete practical recommendations on the extent to which corporate framework conditions must change so that training personnel can meet the new tasks in the context of ESD and GCE, and it identifies necessary qualification offers.

References
Mayring, P. A. E. (2023). Qualitative content analysis. In International Encyclopedia of Education (Fourth Edition) (p. 314–322). Elsevier.
Meuser, M., & Nagel, U. (2009). Das Experteninterview — konzeptionelle Grundlagen und methodische Anlage. In: Pickel, S., Pickel, G., Lauth, HJ., & Jahn, D. (Hg.): Methoden der vergleichenden Politik- und Sozialwissenschaft. VS Verlag für Sozialwissenschaften.
Morais, D. B., & Ogden, A. C. (2011). Initial Development and Validation of the Global Citizenship Scale. Journal of Studies in International Education, 15(5), 445–466.
Seeber, S., Michaelis, C., Repp, A., Hartig, J., Aichele, C., Schumann, M., Anke, J.-M., Dierkes, S., & Siepelmeyer, D. (2019). Assessment of Competences in Sustainability Management: Analyses to the Construct Dimensionality. Zeitschrift für Pädagogische Psychologie, 33(2), 148-158.
UNESCO (2019). Addressing global citizenship education in adult learning and education. Summary Report. UNESCO Institute for Lifeflong Learning, Hamburg.
Veugelers, W., & De Groot, I. (2019). Theory and Practice of Citizenship Education. In: Wiel, V. (Hg.): Education for Democratic Intercultural Citizenship. Leiden.
Wiek, A., Withycombe, L., & Redman, C. L. (2011). Key competencies in sustainability: a reference framework for academic program development. Sustainability Science, 6(2), 203-218.
Witt, A. (2022). Postpandemic futures of Global Citizenship Education for preservice teachers: Challenges and possibilities. PROSPECTS.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

The Sense of Self-Efficacy in VET Teachers

Arturo Garcia de Olalla, Maria Tugores-Ques, Carme Pinya-Medina, Elena Quintana-Murci, Francesca Salvà-Mut

University of the Balearic Islands, Spain

Presenting Author: Garcia de Olalla, Arturo

In recent years, Spain has experienced an increase in the number of students enrolled in Basic Vocational Education and Training (BVET) and Intermediate Vocational Education and Training (IVET). However, 4 years after enrolling, 41.7% of BVET students and 30.7% of IVET students would have dropped out of the degree and educational system (Ministry of education and vocational training, 2022). For these reasons, it is important to explore those variables that would help prevent dropout in Vocational Education and Training (VET).

Numerous studies have indicated that school engagement is one of the central elements in preventing dropout (Cerdà-Navarro et al., 2020). In addition, various investigations have pointed out the decisive role that teachers play in promoting school involvement (Roorda et al., 2011).

The Self-determination Theory (SDT) (Ryan & Deci, 2017), considers the influence of teaching practices on teaching-learning processes, focusing on the types and sources of motivation and their impact on student behaviour. According to SDT, it is essential to consider teachers' perceptions of their professional autonomy, teaching competence, and interpersonal skills as determinants not only of beliefs and intentions, but also of teaching practice and the connection established with students (Deci & Ryan, 2000; Niemiec & Ryan, 2009).

Bandura (1997) defined self-efficacy as the set of individual attitudes and beliefs that teachers have about their ability to accomplish particular activities successfully. Subsequent research has shown that self-efficacy beliefs is related to the ability to teach and facilitate learning process (Tschannen-Moran & Johnson, 2011). Furthermore, high levels of teacher self-efficacy predict better instructional practices (Zee & Koomen, 2016) and closer relationships with students (Hajovsky et al., 2020).

In order to determine which factors influence the feeling of teacher self-efficacy, Klassen and Chiu (2010) argued the influence of years of teaching experience on teachers' self-efficacy is a nonlinear relationship, increasing as more years of teaching experience are attained but decreasing in the last professional stage. However, Fackler & Malmberg (2016) found that years of professional experience do not predict teachers’ sense of self-efficacy. Siciliano (2016) noted that an optimal climate in the school and a good relationship and communication between teachers are factors that positively influence the teachers’ sense of self-efficacy. Finally, Fackler & Malmberg (2016) observed that having opportunities for professional development positively influences the teachers’ sense of self-efficacy.

Taking into account the little existing research on this construct in VET and understanding self-efficacy as an element of vital importance for teaching practice, which helps to improve the relationship with students and strengthens their school engagement, the objective of this research is to delve deeper into this concept, analyzing which factors influence the teaching self-efficacy of VET teachers.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The sample is made up of 287 teachers from different VET centers in the Balearic Islands, Spain. Of the total sample, 153 are women and 133 are men, who have professional teaching experience that fluctuates between 1 and 40 years of experience. It should be noted that 106 teachers belong to BVET and 179 to IVET. In addition, 140 teachers have a technical specialty, and 139 a secondary specialty (general education). Finally, the hours of teacher training in the last 12 months range from 0 to 1800 hours.
Teachers’ feelings of self-efficacy were collected using the Teacher Self-Efficacy Scale (TSES) (Tschannen-Moran and Woolfolk, 2001), which consists of 24 items distributed in 3 subscales: Effectiveness in fostering student engagement, Effectiveness of applied teaching strategies, and Effectiveness in classroom management. The response scale is Likert-type and goes from 1 (not at all) to 9 (very much).
The hours of training, the employment situation of the teaching staff (temporary contract or permanent contract), the qualifications of the teaching staff (university degree or vocational training degree), and the years of professional teaching experience were collected from the data provided by the participating teachers. The variable impact of the training was collected through an item in which teachers were asked if they considered that the training carried out in the last 12 months had had a positive impact.
The sample was collected through an online questionnaire during the first semester of 2021 in vocational training centers, resulting in a total of 287 surveys.
In order to analyze which factors influence teachers' sense of self-efficacy, a linear regression analysis was carried out using teachers' sense of self-efficacy as the dependent variable, and the following variables as independent variables: the sex of the participants, the specialty to which they belong (technical or secondary), the type of VET (BVET or IVET), the impact of the training carried out (positive or negative), the hours of training carried out, the professional teaching experience, the employment situation (temporary contract or permanent contract), and the academic qualifications of the teaching staff (university degree or vocational training degree).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The linear regression analysis showed that the hours of training carried out (β = 0.001, t = 2.89, p = 0.004), the specialty (β = 0.196, t = 1.71, p = 0.090) and the professional teaching experience (β = 0.015, t = 2.30, p = 0.023) are significant predictors of students' academic performance. The preliminary results obtained reveal that teachers with a technical specialty report a greater sense of self-efficacy. In addition, the more training hours completed and the more years of professional teaching experience the greater the teachers' feeling of self-efficacy.
In line with previous research, the results point to professional teaching experience as a positive predictor of teachers’ sense of self-efficacy (Klassen & Chiu, 2010). In addition, teachers' sense of self-efficacy can be strengthened by attending training courses (Fackler & Malmberg, 2016).
In addition, this research shows that those teachers who belong to the technical staff and who practice teaching in VET will have a greater feeling of self-efficacy, evidencing VET as an academic path differentiated from general education, which requires teachers to have a specialty according to the contents of each degree.
The preliminary results coincide with the results obtained in previous research (Fackler & Malmberg, 2016; Klassen & Chiu, 2010) and provide new evidence exploring the sense of self-efficacy in VET.
This work is part of the R&D project PID2019-108342RB-I00, founded by MCIN/ AEI/10.13039/501100011033/

References
Bandura, A. (1997). Self-efficacy: The exercise of control. W H Freeman/Times Books/ Henry Holt & Co.
Cerdà-Navarro, A., Salvà-Mut, F., & Sureda-García, I. (2020). Dropout intention and effective dropout during the first academic year in intermediate vocational education and training: An analysis taking the student engagement concept as a reference. Estudios Sobre Educacion, 39, 33–57. https://doi.org/10.15581/004.39.33-57
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2000). The “what” and “why” of goal pursuits: Human needs and the self-determination of behavior. Psychological Inquiry, 11(4), 227–268. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327965PLI1104_01
Fackler, S., & Malmberg, L. E. (2016). Teachers’ self-efficacy in 14 OECD countries: Teacher, student group, school and leadership effects. Teaching and Teacher Education, 56, 185–195. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2016.03.002
Hajovsky, D. B., Chesnut, S. R., & Jensen, K. M. (2020). The role of teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs in the development of teacher-student relationships. Journal of School Psychology, 82, 141–158. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jsp.2020.09.001
Klassen, R. M., & Chiu, M. M. (2010). Effects on teachers' self-efficacy and job satisfaction: Teacher gender, years of experience, and job stress. Journal of Educational Psychology, 102(3), 741–756. https://doi.org/10.1037/a0019237
Ministry of education and vocational training (2022). Estadística del alumnado de formación profesional, https://www.educacionyfp.gob.es/dam/jcr:4cd62b54-42e8-4c40-97a5-cf9c6ac318ce/nota.pdf
Niemiec, C. P., & Ryan, R. M. (2009). Autonomy, competence, and relatedness in the classroom: Applying self-determination theory to educational practice. Theory and Research in Education, 7(2), 133–144. https://doi.org/10.1177/1477878509104318
Roorda, D. L., Koomen, H. M. Y., Spilt, J. L., & Oort, F. J. (2011). The influence of affective teacher-student relationships on students’ school engagement and achievement: A meta-analytic approach. Review of Educational Research, 81(4), 493–529. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654311421793
Ryan, R.M., & Deci, E.L. (2017). Self-Determination Theory: Basic psychologycal needs in motivation, development and wellnes (1st ed). Guilford Press.
Siciliano, M. D. (2016). It’s the Quality Not the Quantity of Ties That Matters: Social Networks and Self-Efficacy Beliefs. American Educational Research Journal, 53(2), 227–262. https://doi.org/10.3102/0002831216629207
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Hoy, A. W. (2001). Teacher efficacy: capturing an elusive construct. In Teaching and Teacher Education (Vol. 17).
Tschannen-Moran, M., & Johnson, D. (2011). Exploring literacy teachers’ self-efficacy beliefs: Potential sources at play. Teaching and Teacher Education, 27(4), 751–761. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2010.12.005
Zee, M., & Koomen, H. M. Y. (2016). Teacher Self-Efficacy and Its Effects on Classroom Processes, Student Academic Adjustment, and Teacher Well-Being: A Synthesis of 40 Years of Research. Review of Educational Research, 86(4), 981–1015. https://doi.org/10.3102/0034654315626801


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Life’s a Long Song – Educational History and its Impact on CVET Decision-Making

Christopher Zirnig

University of Hohenheim, Germany

Presenting Author: Zirnig, Christopher

This study is an empirical contribution to the explanation of class-specific educational inequality in continuing vocational education and training (CVET). Inequalities in CVET build up or down over the life course. It is in relation to this life course dependency that I want to examine educational behavior in CVET (O'Rand 2006). Class-differentiating educational decisions are related to class-specific differences in the cost-benefit trade-off. Those decisions then - mediated by the selection and allocation function of the educational system and the resources of the parental home - lead to social inequality of educational opportunities. An important conceptual distinction of social educational inequalities is that between primary and secondary effects (Boudon 1974). The latter is aimed in particular at social inequalities that arise outside the education system and already before entry into the (pre-)school education system - i.e., primarily within the family of origin. Inequalities during a person’s life course shape their attitudes towards CVET (Loeng 2020).

In the public and academic debate, a close and direct connection between educational systems and educational decisions is often assumed (Van de Werfhorst and Mijs 2010). Such a connection is of interest mainly because educational institutions are among the factors that are in principle open to political control and can thus be shaped. In contrast to early pre-vocational education, two characteristics become important in the case of CVET. First, educational decisions are no longer made within the framework of institutionally predetermined decision-making latitude, i.e., under specifications of the respective decision alternatives and access criteria. According to educational research, a large part of adult learning processes takes place outside of educational organizations (Livingstone 1999, Livingstone 2001, Holland 2019). The decision for or against CVET and the knowledge of relevant and necessary educational offers are thus even more dependent on the individual and his or her decision-making and subjective and objective knowledge about educational offers. Second, the dimension of standardization ceases to apply. An institutional anchoring of education with predefined (humanistic) educational ideals and determined standards is increasingly being replaced by the practice- and application-oriented perspective on education. Education becomes economically exploitable employability, which is also discussed under the term “subjectification of education” (Ryökkynen, Maunu et al. 2022). In this sense, the term "vocational education" is becoming more diffuse as it is applied to an increasingly wide range of different learning processes and as CVET becomes less and less definable by institutional or content-related criteria. In particular, the specification of forms of "organized learning" (Bildungskommission 1970: 197) can no longer be convincing today in view of the increasing importance of informal learning (Eraut* 2004, Holmgren and Sjöberg 2022).

The paper first provides a brief overview of empirical findings on social inequalities in the (German) CVET landscape in order to clarify key comparative dimensions of the observed educational differences. Then, based on a number of problems identified, the paper outlines the main features of a research program that combines the analysis of CVET with that of an individual decision-making behavior and educational history. The research question is Q: What impact do (parental) educational decisions during school time, bounded rationality/norms and framing of education and the learning environment during school time have on educational decisions on CVET?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I draw data from the German National Educational Panel Study Starting Cohort 4 (SC4) (Blossfeld and Roßbach 2021, NEPS-Netzwerk 2021) to study a cohort of students starting from Grade 9 into work life, when the transition from school to work life and early tracking of CVET is possible. Based on the research question derived from the theory, there are five main variables relevant for this study: The participation in different CVET programs (outcome variable); (parental) educational decisions during school time (predictor), bounded rationality/norms and framing of education (predictor), learning environment during school time (predictor), individual educational history (predictor) and, additionally, social economic status (moderating variables). I use structural equation modeling (SEM) to investigate the influence of educational background to CVET decision-making. Structural equation models are well-suited for analyzing panel data in the field of education (Voelkle, Oud et al. 2012). The ability to examine changes in relationships over time makes SEM a powerful tool for studying educational outcomes. Firstly, SEM can be used to model the impact of family background, peer effects, bounded rationality/norms and framing of education and the learning environment on student achievement. Secondly, SEM can handle both within-individual and between-individual effects, which is important in the analysis of panel data in vocational education. This allows for the examination of changes in individuals' educational behavior over time, as well as differences in behavior across individuals. This can provide valuable insights into the factors that drive vocational educational choices and the mechanisms through which they impact outcomes. Thirdly, SEM can control for unobserved heterogeneity, such as individual abilities and preferences, which may affect both educational behavior and outcomes. This helps in reducing bias and improving the accuracy of the estimates.
With the rational choice concepts of costs and benefits and status preservation I will trace educational decisions of respondents and their parents throughout respondents’ school education. Additionally, bounded rationality/norms and framing of education serves as concepts to measure attitudes and aspirations towards education, both of respondents’ and their parents/familiar background.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
CVET is becoming even more crucial for workers’ employability as the rise of AI technologies shape and change more and more jobs. It is important to better understand inequalities in vocational education, where they come from and how they function, in order to minimize them. Educational trajectories are characterized by episodes and transitions in the individual life course. The social inequality in education changes during the life course due to cumulative selection processes (Mare 1980). The educational status observed in a person at a particular point in time cannot necessarily be explained by current conditions. The decisive factor is often the individual's previous history, and this must also be taken into account when analyzing educational inequalities in CVET. Correlations result from the individual or parental decision-making behavior during the corresponding transition. This behavior is linked to the development of preferences, but also to the individual performance development of the child or adolescent. Therefore, the importance of longitudinal performance measurement becomes apparent. Only this way can it be decided at which levels social selections 'ultimately' take place and to what extent the further development of competencies, the acquisition of certificates and the genesis of educational decisions tend to be mere consequences of previous selection processes.
Along with relative risk aversion theory (Boudon 1974, Breen and Goldthorpe 1997) I assume that expectation of employability has a strong impact on CVET choices. Lower educated workers should see more benefits in directly applicable knowledge. Status maintenance considerations should cause higher educated workers to enter courses that facilitate access to higher status positions. Additionally, they should be better able to navigate through the diffusion of informal educational offers and, hence, use more diverse and informal learning programs. In sum, these decisions factors should contribute to socially selective decision behavior in the choice of CVET programs.

References
Bildungskommission, D. B. (1970). Strukturplan für das Bildungswesen: verabschiedet auf der 27. Sitzung der Bildungskommission am 13. Februar 1970, Bundesdruckerei.
Blossfeld, H.-P. and H.-G. Roßbach (2021). Education as a lifelong process: The german national educational panel study (NEPS). Wiesbaden, Springer.
Boudon, R. (1974). Education, opportunity, and social inequality: Changing prospects in western society. New York, Wiley.
Breen, R. and J. H. Goldthorpe (1997). "Explaining educational differentials: Towards a formal rational action theory." Rationality and society 9(3): 275-305. https://doi.org/10.1177/104346397009003002.
Eraut*, M. (2004). "Informal learning in the workplace." Studies in Continuing Education 26(2): 247-273. https://doi.org/10.1080/158037042000225245.
Holland, A. A. (2019). "Effective principles of informal online learning design: A theory-building metasynthesis of qualitative research." Computers & Education 128: 214-226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compedu.2018.09.026. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0360131518302719.
Holmgren, R. and D. Sjöberg (2022). "The value of informal workplace learning for police education teachers’ professional development." Journal of Workplace Learning 34(7): 593-608. 10.1108/JWL-04-2021-0040. https://doi.org/10.1108/JWL-04-2021-0040.
Livingstone, D. W. (1999). "Exploring the icebergs of adult learning: Findings of the first Canadian survey of informal learning practices." https://eric.ed.gov/?id=ED436651.
Livingstone, D. W. (2001). "Adults' informal learning: Definitions, findings, gaps and future research." Centre for the Study of Education and Work. https://hdl.handle.net/1807/2735.
Loeng, S. (2020). "Self-directed learning: A core concept in adult education." Education Research International 2020(Article ID: 3816132). https://doi.org/10.1155/2020/3816132.
Mare, R. D. (1980). "Social background and school continuation decisions." Journal of the American Statistical Association 75(370): 295-305. 10.1080/01621459.1980.10477466. https://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/01621459.1980.10477466.
NEPS-Netzwerk (2021). Nationales Bildungspanel, Scientific Use File der Startkohorte Klasse 9. Bamberg, Leibniz-Institut für Bildungsverläufe (LIfBi). https://doi.org/10.5157/NEPS:SC4:12.0.0.
O'Rand, A. M. (2006). Nine - Stratification and the Life Course: Life Course Capital, Life Course Risks, and Social Inequality. Handbook of Aging and the Social Sciences (Sixth Edition). R. H. Binstock, L. K. George, S. J. Cutler, J. Hendricks and J. H. Schulz. Burlington, Academic Press: 145-162. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-012088388-2/50012-2.
Ryökkynen, S., A. Maunu, R. Pirttimaa and E. K. Kontu (2022). "Learning about students’ receiving special educational support experiences of qualification, socialization and subjectification in finnish vocational education and training: A narrative approach." Education Sciences 12(2). 10.3390/educsci12020066.
Van de Werfhorst, H. G. and J. J. B. Mijs (2010). "Achievement Inequality and the Institutional Structure of Educational Systems: A Comparative Perspective." Annual Review of Sociology 36(1): 407-428. 10.1146/annurev.soc.012809.102538. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.soc.012809.102538.
Voelkle, M. C., J. H. L. Oud, E. Davidov and P. Schmidt (2012). "An SEM approach to continuous time modeling of panel data: Relating authoritarianism and anomia." Psychological Methods 17: 176-192. 10.1037/a0027543.
 
11:00am - 12:30pm99 ERC SES 08 L: International Perspectives in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Nicola Walshe
Paper Session
 
99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Socioeconomic Status, Parenting Factors and Educational Motivations Among 12-15 Years Old in China: How Do They Relate?

Fang Xu

University of Oxford, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Xu, Fang

Motivation is widely acknowledged as a strong predictor of academic achievement (Cambria, Eccles & Wigfield, 2012). Educational motivation predicts attitudes toward school, class participation, homework completion, test performance, attendance, and grades. It is particularly salient in high school because educational decisions made during high school are consequential as students position themselves in further education and their specific interest in certain subjects (Dweck & Leggett, 1988; Manganelli, et al., 2021). According to self-determination theory, motivation is able to play an important role in helping students from low-wealth situations break out of poverty by raising certain behaviours to overcome the inequality barrier (Ryan & Deci, 2017). However, previous studies have demonstrated that low-socioeconomic status (SES) students endorse lower levels of achievement motivation than high-SES students (Manganelli, et al., 2021). Nevertheless, some low SES students obtain high educational motivations in China, albeit it “against the odds”, and achieve high academic achievements afterwards (e.g. Xie, 2015). Underlining the cultural background of filial piety in China, Guo and his colleagues (2021) also emphasise the role of parenting factors, including parental control and support, on adolescents’ motivations. Thus, it may be that parenting factors, are especially key for young people from low SES backgrounds to be highly motivated. For example, Leung and Shek (2016) have identified that parent-child discrepancy in perceived parental sacrifice influences the motivation of poor Chinese adolescents based on their study of 275 adolescents and their families in Hong Kong. Therefore, it is worthwhile to explore how the parenting factors associate with the SES-academic motivation relationship in China. Moreover, empirical evidence of how disadvantaged adolescents can be more motivated academically could supplement studies of social justice.

Led by the theoretical framework of Coleman’s social capital theory in the family (Coleman, 1988), this study regards educational motivation as a non-cognitive ability outcome, which is considered to be closely related to future academic achievement (Ames, 1992). Coleman’s theory of social capital in the family suggests that financial capital, human capital and social capital all affect educational outcomes jointly and intercorrelate with each other (Coleman, 1988). Following this framework, this study aims to explore the association of parenting factors, SES and educational motivations among 12 to 15 years old adolescents in China using a nationally representative secondary dataset, the China Education Panel Survey (CEPS). This secondary data was collected from around 20,000 secondary school students from 112 schools in 28 counties in mainland China (National Survey Research Centre at Renmin University of China, 2015). Through conducting quantitative analysis, the article aims to answer the following research questions:

1. What is the educational motivation pattern of adolescents in China? What is the difference in educational motivation patterns between Grade 7 (Age 12 to 13) and Grade 9 (Age 14 to 15) students?

2. How do different kinds of parental capital, including occupation, education and home possessions, relate to students’ educational motivations?

3. How do parental capitals incorporate parenting factors as a form of social capital in the family, including parental involvement, parenting styles and parental aspiration, relate to students’ educational motivation?

This study offers empirical evidence from China to further explain Coleman’s theory of social capital, joining the international theoretical conversation from a different country background. Moreover, it includes a broader range of SES and parenting factors and a wider age range than similar studies that have used large-scale data from China. Furthermore, it explores the patterns of educational motivation of adolescents in mainland China and its relationship with SES and parenting factors, which have not been jointly identified in previous large-scale quantitative educational research.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data of this study is from the 2013-2014 wave (Wave 1) of the China Education Panel Survey (CEPS), including around 10,000 students from Grade 7 and 9,000 students from Grade 9. Regarding the ethical approval, the participants and their parents have provided a written informed consent to the National Survey Research Centre (National Survey Research Centre at Renmin University of China, 2015). The descriptive statistics and correlation matrix have been calculated to understand (1) the differences in forms of parenting factors between families of different SES in China and (2) how the SES and parenting factors correlate with educational motivations. Factor analysis will then be conducted on SES and parenting factors to create the scale for further analysis. To understand the relationship among SES, parenting factors and educational motivations, hierarchical regression models have been completed. All variables have been z-score standardised in the analyses. All the analytical procedure was completed using IBM SPSS Statistics (Version 29) software.

•Dependent Variables: Educational Motivation
Following the measurement of educational motivations from Liu and Chiang (2019), the indicators for educational motivation are students’ self-reported motivations in three main subjects: Chinese, Math and English. The 4-point Likert scale of the three responses (“Chinese/Math/English is highly useful for my future”) ranged from 1 (strongly disagree) to 4 (strongly agree).

•Independent Variables:
1. SES: This research followed previous research (e.g Strand,2014) and create a single composite measure of SES derived from the three variables- parental occupational status, parental educational attainment and home possessions (including family self-reported income, family poverty and family assets).

2. Parenting Factors: Following the conceptualisation of the parenting factors, this research selected 21 parental response items. The parenting style items follow Zhang et al. (2020)’s selection of CEPS indicators of parenting style selection and evaluation. For parental involvement indicators, the research takes into consideration of Hill and Tyson’s (2009) conceptualisation of parental involvement, described previously, and the indicators of parental involvement that Li et al. (2020) adopted in their studies using the CEPS dataset. This research also includes parental educational aspiration as part of parenting factors, which has been widely acknowledged to be a correlated and significant predictor of academic achievement in both the Chinese and Western literature.

•Control Variables: This study’s control variables include hukou, gender, ethnicity, whether the student is an only child and parental absence.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The analysis can identify the different motivation patterns for adolescents in different age groups and grades. Considering that those Grade 7 students are freshers for secondary school and Grade 9 students are facing Zhongkao (senior high school entrance exam), choosing whether they would continue to study academically, their educational motivations varied. The study also reveals how parental occupation, parental educational attainment and home possessions are correlated with educational motivations. Moreover, the study also identifies which parenting factor could play a substantial role in the formation of educational motivations. Following Zhang et al. (2020)’s approach using the demandingness and responsiveness scale created by the factor analysis, this research also aims to discover a pattern of the parenting styles’ association with educational motivations. As for the relationship among the SES, parenting factors and educational motivations, the research is expected to claim whether parenting factors can act as mediators or moderators for the SES-educational motivation relationship. In other words, the study is hoping to explore which kind of parenting factors could have positive consequences on motivations for specific SES groups of adolescents. This research can raise important implications for further policy, underlining the importance of certain kinds of parenting factors for educational motivation.
References
Ames, C. (1992) Classrooms: Goals, structures, and student motivation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 84(3), 261-271.

Cambria, Jenna, Eccles, Jacquelynne S, & Wigfield, Allan. (2012). Motivation in Education. In The Oxford Handbook of Human Motivation (Oxford Library of Psychology, The Oxford Handbook of Human Motivation, 2012). Oxford University Press.

Coleman, James S. (1988). Social capital in the creation of human capital. The American Journal of Sociology, 94, S95

Dweck, C. S., & Leggett, E. L. (1988). A social-cognitive approach to motivation and personality. Psychological Review, 95, 256-273.

Guo, Mingchun, Wang, Long, Day, Jamin, & Chen, Yanhan. (2021). The Relations of Parental Autonomy Support, Parental Control, and Filial Piety to Chinese Adolescents' Academic Autonomous Motivation: A Mediation Model. Frontiers in Psychology, 12.

Hill, N. E., & Tyson, D. F. (2009). Parental Involvement in Middle School: A Meta-Analytic Assessment of the Strategies That Promote Achievement. Developmental Psychology, 45(3), 740–763.

Leung, Janet T. Y., & Shek, Daniel T. L. (2016). Parent–Child Discrepancies in Perceived Parental Sacrifice and Achievement Motivation of Chinese Adolescents Experiencing Economic Disadvantage. Child Indicators Research, 9(3), 683-700.

Li, X., Yang, H., Wang, H., & Jia, J. (2020). Family socioeconomic status and home-based parental involvement: A mediation analysis of parental attitudes and expectations. Children and Youth Services Review, 116(February)

Liu, Ran, & Chiang, Yi-Lin. (2019). Who is more motivated to learn? The roles of family background and teacher-student interaction in motivating student learning. The Journal of Chinese Sociology, 6(1), 1-17.

Manganelli, Sara, Cavicchiolo, Elisa, Lucidi, Fabio, Galli, Federica, Cozzolino, Mauro, Chirico, Andrea, & Alivernini, Fabio. (2021). Differences and similarities in adolescents' academic motivation across socioeconomic and immigrant backgrounds. Personality and Individual Differences, 182.

National Survey Research Center (NSRC) at Renmin University of China. (2015). China Education Panel Survey [Dataset]. http://ceps.ruc.edu.cn/English/Home.htm

Ryan, R., & Deci, E. (2017). Self-determination theory : Basic psychological needs in motivation, development, and wellness. New York, New York ; London, [England.]

Strand, S. (2014). Ethnicity, gender, social class and achievement gaps at age 16: Intersectionality and “getting it” for the white working class. Research Papers in Education, 29(2), 131–171.

Xie, A. (2015). Inside the College Gate: Rural Students and Their Academic and Social Success.

Zhang, Haochen, Qin, Xuezheng, & Zhou, Jiantao. (2020). Do tiger moms raise superior kids? The impact of parenting style on adolescent human capital formation in China. China Economic Review, 63.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Understanding Virtual Internationalisation: Perspectives from academic members in higher education

Aysun Caliskan, Zhengwen Qi, Chang Zhu, Ngoc Bich Khuyen Dinh, Yujie Xue

Vrije Universiteit Brussel, Belgium

Presenting Author: Caliskan, Aysun; Qi, Zhengwen

From the beginning of the 21st century, especially after the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, the digitalization process of higher education has been accelerated worldwide, and the inclusion of virtual dimension in internationalisation actions has also gained momentum in academic practices and discussions (Woicolesco et al., 2022) thereby emerging different definitions and exerting a multifaceted impact on internationalisation practices. While the academia kept monitoring the approaches, rationales, activities or stakeholders of internationalisation of higher education, the most accepted definition of internationalisation of higher education was put forward by J. Knight (2004) as ‘the process of integrating an international, intercultural and global dimension in the purpose, functions, delivery of postsecondary education.’ This definition was later revised and enriched by de Wit et al. (2015), with emphasis on the ‘intentional’ process as well as its benefit for ‘all students and staff’ instead of the mobile few. Based on the Knight’s definition, Bruhn et al., (2020) has proposed to view virtual internationalisation as ‘the process of introducing an international, intercultural, or global dimensions into the delivery, purpose or functions of higher education with the help of ICT’. Recently, Liu (2020) also scrutinized Knight's (2004) definition under Chinese context, and highlighted the Chinese national goal as the purpose and functions of Chinese higher education universities for internationalisation.

In addition to varying definitions of virtual internationalization, the digital age has also embraced changes and brought new possibilities for future internationalisation efforts in many areas (Rajagopal et al., 2020). In terms of virtual course delivery, researchers highlighted the enriched access to unprecedented wealth of online information, tools and services and global knowledge in the digital age, which brought benefits both for education and research (Bruhn et al., 2020; Kobzhev et al., 2020; Moore & Kearsley, 2012; Saykili, 2019). Meanwhile, researchers stressed the addition of an international dimension to educational experiences and more possibilities and forms for internationalisation at home or internationalisation of curriculum in the virtual environment (Bruhn, 2017; de Wit & Hunter, 2015; Kobzhev et al., 2020; Woicolesco et al., 2022). However, as Saykili (2019) quoted, knowledge access and dissemination roles are shifting away from higher education at social level. Amirault & Visser (2010) observed the lack of recognition of virtual internationalisation, which made the virtual mobility programs difficult to benefit from the same advantages as in the offline environment, such as recognition of credits, credits transfer, accreditation, etc.

While previous studies have abundant discussion on the possibilities provided by the digital age for internationalisation, new initiatives continue to emerge and thrive globally, especially after the COVID-19 pandemic. However, relevant studies in the post-pandemic period are still in scarcity. Meanwhile, De Wit & Jones (2022) called for a global cooperative strategy to better understand the multifaceted aspects of internationalisation by involving higher education stakeholders in various contexts. Academic members, as major components of the higher education system, have crucial role for the successful initiation and implementation of virtual internationalisation. This indicates a need to understand the various perceptions of virtual internationalization theoretically and practically from academic members in higher education from various contexts. To provide more up-to-date data for future studies as well as a response to this call, this study aims to explore the perceptions of academic members from a diverse context about virtual internationalization

The research objectives that guided this study are:

(1) What is virtual internationalisation as perceived by academic staff members in higher education?

(2) What are the new possibilities for internationalisation in this digital age as perceived by academic staff members in higher education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The present study applied a qualitative research approach to examine virtual internationalisation from the perspectives of academic staff members in higher education institutions. In this study, focus group was adopted as the research method and eight focus groups (five virtual, three face-to-face) were conducted with 46 participants from five countries. The participants are not randomly sampled as this research was conducted under the framework of an EU Erasmus project. The participants were coming from the project partner institutions and related HEIs. The 8 focus groups consisted of participants from five countries (namely Belgium, Portugal, Austria, Turkey and China). All participants were academic members from higher education institutions, including academic leaders (such as head of research groups, director of research centers, rector/dean/vice dean), teaching staff (professor/associate professor/lecturer), or researchers. Among the focus groups, three were conducted face-to-face; and five  were conducted online. Each focus group interview lasted about 50-60 minutes.

All the sessions were audio-recorded with the permission of the participants and later transcribed verbatim. The authors created a coding frame to transform the data into meaningful, manageable, and smaller units as known as codes (Schreier, 2014). This is followed by the processes of structuring main categories and generating the subcategories for each main category (Mayring, 2014). Linked to that, the authors had frequent meetings to discuss the coding frame to analyse the data correctly and comprehensively (Miles, Huberman & Saldana, 1994). They also reached a consensus on themes, sub-themes and codes and resolved any disagreements (Wigginton, Meurk, Ford, & Gartner, 2017).
  
To ensure the inter-rater reliability, the first two authors read all the transcripts on multiple occasions with a view of performing a content analysis on the data. They also coded the data individually and then checked the extent to which they agree (Erlingsson & Brysiewicz, 2017). This assisted with assessing any potential discrepancies in the coding (of which none were identified) and to develop further codes (Campbell et al., 2013). Additionally, all the authors were involved in this study to reach multiple observations and conclusions so that investigator triangulation could be achieved. This kind of triangulation provided not only confirmation of the findings from different perspectives, but also an in-depth understanding of the phenomenon of interest (Denzin, 1978).




Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a response to the call of the previous studies (Bruhn, 2017; Kobzhev, et al., 2020; Villar-Onrubia & Rajpal, 2015), this study makes several contributions to understand Virtual Internationalisation in a comprehensive framework. Thus, it conceptualises a framework that includes the various ways in which ICTs can be used for internationalisation of HE. Among those are the conceptualisation of VI and the changes in the digital age. The findings provided empirical evidence on the definition of virtual internationalisation by moving beyond that of Bruhn (2017); Knight (2013) and Kobzhev et al., (2020). In addition to the international, intercultural, and global dimensions in those studies, the results of this study present the importance of the sustainable development as perceived by academic leaders and staff.  This comprehensive definition could be used in future research to better assess the possibilities of intersecting internationalisation and ICT. With a deeper investigation of the recent studies (Reimers, 2021), this study presents that higher education institutions in the digital era are playing some crucial roles for the success of international competitiveness and technological development of societies. As digitalisation, and an expansion of flexible distance provision continue to be popular trends, it would be worthwhile further investigating the changes in internationalisation. With its diverse context including countries such as Belgium, Portugal, Austria, Turkey and China, this paper serves as a steppingstone for social inclusion, which the combined forms of course delivery, accessibility to different resources and new cultural environment expand the possibilities for virtual internationalisation.
References
Altbach, P. G., & Knight, J. (2007). The Internationalization of Higher Education: Motivations and Realities. Journal of Studies in International Education, 11(3–4), 290–305.
Amirault, R., & Visser, Y. (2010). The impact of E-learning Programs on the Internationalization of the University. In The Impact of E-Learning Programs on the Internationalization of the University (pp. 1–58).
Bruhn, E. (2017). Towards a Framework for Virtual Internationalization. International Journal of E-Learning & Distance Education, 32(1).
Bruhn, E., Zawacki-Richter, O., & Kalz, M. (2020). Virtual internationalization in higher education. wbv Media.
de Wit, H., & Hunter, F. (2015). The Future of Internationalization of Higher Education in Europe. International Higher Education, 83, Article 83.
Erlingsson, C. & Brysiewicz, P. (2017). A hands-on guide to doing content analysis. African Journal of Emergency Medicine, 7(3): 93–99.
Knight, J. (2004). Internationalization remodeled: Definition, approaches, and rationales. Journal of Studies in International Education, 8(1), 5–31.
Kobzhev, A., Bilotserkovets, M., Fomenko, T., Gubina, O., Berestok, O., & Shcherbyna, Y. (2020). Measurement and Assessment of Virtual Internationalization Outcomes in Higher Agrarian Education. Postmodern Openings, 11(1Sup1), 78–92.
Liu, W. (2020). The Chinese definition of internationalisation in higher education. Journal of Higher Education Policy and Management. https://doi.org/10.1080/1360080X.2020.1777500
Miles, M.B., Huberman, A.M. & Saldana, J. (1994). Qualitative Data Analysis: A Methods Sourcebook (3rd Edition). New York: SAGE Publications.
Moore, M. G., & Kearsley, G. (2012). Distance education: A systems view of online learning (Vol. 72). Wadsworth Cengage Learning.
Rajagopal, K., Firssova, O., Op de Beeck, I., Van der Stappen, E., Stoyanov, S., Henderikx, P., & Buchem, I. (2020). Learner skills in open virtual mobility. Research in Learning Technology, 28(0).
Saykili, A. (2019). Higher Education in The Digital Age: The Impact of Digital Connective Technologies. Journal of Educational Technology and Online Learning, 1–15.
Woicolesco, V. G., Cassol-Silva, C. C., & Morosini, M. (2022). Internationalization at Home and Virtual: A Sustainable Model for Brazilian Higher Education. Journal of Studies in International Education, 26(2), 222–239.


99. Emerging Researchers' Group (for presentation at Emerging Researchers' Conference)
Paper

Teacher Characteristics and Student Math Achievement the Case of Saudi Arabia

Ahmad Abotalib

University of Glasgow, United Kingdom

Presenting Author: Abotalib, Ahmad

Teacher effectiveness has been one of the most common topics in education for several decades. There has been a noticeable increase in studies examining teacher effectiveness during the past 20 years. One way to examine teacher effectiveness is by investigating the correlation between teacher characteristics as independent variables and student performance in standardised tests as a dependent variable. This study aims to add to existing knowledge by exploring the relationship between teacher characteristics and student math achievement in Saudi Arabia. This study examines teacher characteristics including gender, age, formal education, degree major, experience, and professional development. TIMSS 2019 is the primary data source for this study. The strategy for examining the correlation between teacher characteristics and student achievement in Saudi Arabia relies on including several student and school controls by utilising the Ordinary Least Squared (OLS) to explore this relationship for fourth and eighth-grade students. The findings of this study show that, on average, students with female teachers performed better than those with male teachers in both grades. Also, teachers' age and professional development are positively and significantly correlated with student math achievement in both grades. In addition, teacher major is positively and significantly associated with student achievement only in 4th grade. The estimations for teacher experience were very close to zero in both grades. Furthermore, it was not applicable to examine teacher formal education due to the small sample size. One explicit limitation arises due to missing data, which could bias the results of this study. One way to deal with it is to rerun the model after excluding variables that present high missing values. This model presents the same results. These findings are relevant to education policy discussion since teachers are hired and paid based on these characteristics.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The primary data source is the Trends in International Mathematics and Science Studies (TIMSS 2019) dataset. Since 1995, TIMSS has been conducted in several countries every four years, which makes TIMSS 2019 the seventh version of TIMSS. In Saudi Arabia, five types of questionnaires were administered: home, school, teacher, student, and curriculum questionnaires. TIMSS uses stringent school and classroom sampling methodologies to estimate student achievement accurately. They use a two-stage random sample design, with a first stage of selecting a sample of schools and a second stage of choosing one or more intact classes from each sampled school (Martin et al., 2020). As part of the first stage, each sampled school is pre-assigned two substitute schools.
All fourth and eighth-grade students in Saudi Arabia are the target populations for TIMSS 2019. Before identifying the sample, TIMSS divides schools in Saudi Arabia based on gender (boys & girls) and school type (public, private & international). There are two types of exclusions from the sample: at the school level and within schools. Exclusion at the school level comprises very small schools, special needs schools, non-Arabic or non-English speaking schools, and schools in three different cities: Jizan, Najran, and a portion of Asir. Within schools, students with intellectual or functional disabilities and non-native language speakers were excluded from the sample. The final sample includes 5,453 students from 220 schools in fourth grade and 5,680 students from 206 schools in eighth grade.
TIMSS 2019 uses five plausible values to estimate the performance of students. These five plausible values are "random draws from a conditional normal distribution." (Martin et al., 2020, p. 546). For this study, the average score of the five plausible values will be used as an indicator of student performance. TIMSS 2019 includes student variables such as gender, birth location, age, attending pre-primary education, parents' level of education, number of books at home, absence, home support, and extra lessons. Also, TIMSS 2019 provides several school variables such as class size, socio-economic status, area of location, degree of teacher absenteeism, principals' experience at the same school, and principals' level of education.
Following the model used by Hanushek & Luque (2003), I will use Ordinary Least Square (OLS) to examine the correlation between teacher characteristics and student math achievement in fourth and eighth grades in Saudi Arabia. The model is as follows:
Y_ij^PV=β_0^PV+β_1^PV 〖stu〗_ij^PV+β_2^PV 〖tea〗_ij^PV+β_3^PV 〖sch〗_ij^PV+ε_ij^PV

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
This study explores the relationship between several teacher characteristics and standardised student achievement in mathematics in Saudi Arabia. TIMSS 2019 is secondary data that is used to examine this relationship. The strategy of this study is to include as many control variables as possible. Including several student variables reduce the bias caused by omitted variables (Clotfelter et al., 2006). In addition, it eliminates the bias that might occur because of using a cross-sectional dataset since prior student achievement is unavailable. It is essential to notice that the level of the model used in this study is inferior to the value-added model that includes data on prior student achievement (Hanushek & Luque, 2003). The findings of this study show some variations in student achievement that could be attributed to teacher characteristics. One explanation for female superiority over male students could be attributed to the same-gender effect since education in Saudi Arabia is segregated by gender. Some studies show that female students perform better when female teachers teach them (see Paredes, 2014 & Lee et al., 2019). Also, the small estimations for experience might be due to measuring experience as a continuous variable (linear relationship). The literature shows that examining the non-linear relationship between experience and student achievement produces higher estimations than a linear relationship (e.g., Ladd & Sorensen, 2017; Canales & Maldonado, 2018; Bhai & Horoi, 2019; Toropova et al., 2019). Due to the tendency of the Ministry of Education in Saudi Arabia during the past years to raise the level of education by raising the academic degree for teachers (bachelor), the diversity of teachers' educational degree has been confined to a certain degree. Therefore, testing the relationship between teacher formal education and student achievement was not feasible.
References
Bhai, M., & Horoi, I. (2019). Teacher characteristics and academic achievement. Applied Economics, 51(44), 4781-4799.
Canales, A., & Maldonado, L. (2018). Teacher quality and student achievement in Chile: Linking teachers' contribution and observable characteristics. International Journal of Educational Development, 60, 33-50.
Clotfelter, C. T., Ladd, H. F., & Vigdor, J. L. (2006). Teacher-student matching and the assessment of teacher effectiveness. Journal of Human Resources, 41(4), 778-820.
Hanushek, E. A., & Luque, J. A. (2003). Efficiency and equity in schools around the world. Economics of Education Review, 22(5), 481-502.
Ladd, H. F., & Sorensen, L. C. (2017). Returns to teacher experience: Student achievement and motivation in middle school. Education Finance and Policy, 12(2), 241-279.
Martin, M. O., von Davier, M., & Mullis, I. V. (2020). Methods and Procedures: TIMSS 2019 Technical Report. International Association for the Evaluation of Educational Achievement.
Toropova, A., Johansson, S., & Myrberg, E. (2019). The role of teacher characteristics for student achievement in mathematics and student perceptions of instructional quality. Education Inquiry, 10(4), 275-299.
 
1:15pm - 2:45pm27 SES 01 B: Technology in Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Anne Kjellsdotter
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Technology In a Inclusive Learning Environment with Room for All

Atle Kristensen1, Bente Forsbakk2

1Nord universitet, Norway; 2Nord universitet, Norway

Presenting Author: Kristensen, Atle; Forsbakk, Bente

McLoughlin & Lee (2008) describe that in a society, which is increasingly adopting a variety of high-speed technologies, students have access to a variety of resources, ideas and communities to support their learning environment. In order for individuals to participate and engage in democracy and citizenship, they should be able to use relevant digital tools (UtdanningsdirektoratetNorwegian Directorate for Education and Training, 2017). To allow students to become active and engaged in their own learning, teachers need to understand how technology can support communication, creativity and innovation. In addition, teachers need to be aware of the opportunities, limitations, effects and risks of using technology (European Commission, 2019). Students digital competence is expressed as knowledge, skills and attitudes through coincident technology in school and in leisure time (Vuorikari et al., 2022).

In teacher's selection of learning resources, an understanding of technology as part of the students' learning environment should be based on the same understanding of how digital technology can add value to the students' learning. Kolb (2017) refers to three main reasons for adopting digital technology. Technology must engage and help students stay focused on tasks or activities. Furthermore, technology can contribute to increased motivation and learning outcomes. By changing view from passive receiving to active contributing in their own learning, Technology also give students opportunities to learn in new ways beyond their typical school life through changing their role from passive receiver to active contributors in their own learning. Learning with technology does not happen because a particular tool, or application, revolutionizes education, but when teaching and learning are connected to technology.

Through the lens of The Tree P's of pedagogy for the Networked society (McLaughlin & Lee, 2008), students’ learning is driven by personal needs, ability to collaborate with others, and active participation in their own learning. More engaging, socially based learning is needed to replace the traditional classrooms, which emphasize the institution and the instructor. Customized learning refers to the idea that learning should be tailored to each student's individual needs, interests, and abilities. This can be achieved by selected use of technology, which can adjust the content and pace of learning, based on the student's prerequisites, gender, cultural and linguistic affiliation. Overall, there are a plethora of learning resources that support user autonomy, increased levels of socialization, interactivity, and creativity. Different resources provide access to open communities and peer-to-peer networks to move beyond instructor-centered classroom environments. This is in contrast to prescribed curricula and content that are often restricted through learning management systems.

Norwegian municipalities report that they encounter a jungle of digital learning resources, which is largely based on analog formats, from both national and international providers. 36 % of schools in Norway lack a systematic plan for competence enhancement in digital competence (Kunnskapsdepartemenet, 2020). The emergence of digital learning resources has made access to learning materials unclear and challenging for the teacher when choosing and using technology in the students' learning environment. Without expertise and competence on what is to be purchased, the purchases risk becoming random (Kunnskapsdepartemenet, 2020).

The challenge for teachers is therefore judging the quality and choosing appropriate technology. The teacher should have knowledge of how technology changes and expands the subject's content, the pedagogical methods and have an overview of how technology can add value in the students' learning environment (Koehler & Mishra, 2014).

The study has the following research question: What do teachers emphasise when choosing digital learning resources in a learning environment with room for all students?

The issue is operationalized into three areas:

  • the teacher's awareness of digital learning resources based on the students' learning assumptions and resources (individualization)
  • gender
  • cultural and linguistic affiliation.

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This qualitative interview study is designed in the understanding that knowledge is a social construct created between people. Through language, a representation of reality is created, a socially constructed representation (Wadel & Wadel, 2007). Understanding and knowledge is developed in an interaction between researchers and teachers in the interview situation. Thus, this study is placed within the social constructionist tradition, where knowledge, and all meaningful reality, is based on interactions between people in a context (Crotty, 1998). The study is inspired by a phenomenological starting point where we as researchers are concerned with issues and delimitations. The emergence of teachers' descriptions will primarily provide experiential material that is rich and detailed (Van Manen, 2014, p. 316).
Through interviews with experienced teachers, we seek knowledge and understanding of teachers' selection of digital learning resources for the students' learning environment. The study follows guidelines for research ethics and has been approved by NSD (Norsk senter for forskningsdata). Through question triggers (Krumsvik, 2014) based on topics from our theoretical framework, an interview guide was designed and semi-structured research interviews planned to be conducted (Postholm & Jacobsen, 2018). In interviews, teachers will have the opportunity to refer to their own experiences through retrospective descriptions of experiences and opinions related to these (Giorgi, 1985).
The order of topics and questions in a semi-structured interview may vary from interview to interview (Johannessen, et.al., 2016), which is also common in the semi-structured interview. The interviews are therefore intended in an informal style so that the informants can supplement with their own input (Krumsvik, 2014). In this way, we move back and forth in the interview guide to get answers to the questions "what" and "how"; what is experienced in consciousness, and how or under what conditions, is the phenomenon or event experienced (Van Manen, 2014).
In the analysis of the empirical data, we are using Kolb (2017)'s Triple E model. Our  empirical data will be coded and thematized in meaningful findings on the basis of this framework.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Expected outcomes/results

Results of the study are expected to be concentrated on developing knowledge about three main areas:

1) Knowledge of teachers' choice of digital learning resources based on principles related to differentiated instruction. In particular, we expect the study to construct knowledge about teachers' conscious choices related to the individual pupil's aptitudes for learning through personalization.

2) Knowledge of teachers' selection of digital resources to create a flexible, personal and inclusive learning environment when technology is adopted. Students have different needs and teachers can meet the needs of all students and provide differentiated instruction by using different digital learning resources that take into account the students' gender, cultural and linguistic affiliation.

3) Knowledge of teachers' awareness of digital resources that can create activity and creativity in flexible learning groups based on students' needs and interests.
 
Descriptions from teachers through semi-structured interviews are assumed to provide insight and knowledge about different qualities within the chosen areas of study. It is assumed that the study will be able to provide sufficient results from the empirical material based on interpretations in light of the theoretical framework from Kolb (2017) and McLaughlin & Lee (2008).

References
References

European Commission (2019). Key competences for lifelong learning. Publications Office of  
the European Union.  https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2766/569540
 
Crotty, M. (1998). The foundations of social research: Meaning and perspective in the research process. SAGE  

Giorgi, A. (1985). Phenomenology and psychological research: essays. Duquesne University Press.

Johannessen, A., Christoffersen, L. & Tufte, P. A. (2016). Introduksjon til samfunnsvitenskapelig metode (5. utg.). Abstrakt.

Koehler, M. J. & Mishra, P. (2014). The Technological Pedagogical  
Knowledge Framework. I J. M. Spector (Red.), Handbook of Research on Educational Communications and Technology (s. 101-111). Springer. https://www.punyamishra.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/08/TPACK-handbookchapter-2013.pdf  

Kolb, L. (2017). Learning First, Technology Second: The Educator's Guide to Designing Authentic Lessons. International Society for Technology in Education.

Krumsvik, R. J. (2014). Forskningsdesign & kvalitativ metode -en introduksjon. Fagbokforlaget.

Kunnskapsdepartementet (2020). Handlingsplan for digitalisering i grunnopplæringen (2020-2021).  https://www.regjeringen.no/contentassets/44b8b3234a124bb28f0a5a22e2ac197a/handlingsplan-for-digitalisering-i-grunnopplaringen-2020-2021.pdf

McLoughlin, C. & Lee, M. J. W. (2008). The Tree P’s of pedagogy for the Networked society: Personalization, participation and productivity. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 20, 10-27. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/284125788_The_three_P's_of_pedagogy_for_the_networked_society_Personalization_participation_and_productivity

Postholm, M. B. & Jacobsen, D. I. (2018). Forskningsmetoder for masterstudenter i lærerutdanningen. Cappelen Damm akademisk.

Utdanningsdirektoratet Norwegian Directorate for Education and Training (2017). Overordnet del – verdier og prinsipper for grunnopplæringen. https://www.udir.no/lk20/overordnet-del/?lang=nob

Van Manen, M. (2014). Fenomenologi av praksis: meningsgivende metoder i fenomenologisk forskning og skriving. Left Coast Press.

Vuorikari, R., Kluzer, S. & Punie, Y. (2022). DigComp 2.2: The Digital Competence Framework for citizens - With new examples of knowledge, skills and attitudes. Publications Office of the  European Union. doi:10.2760/490274

Wadel, C. C. & Wadel C. (2007) Den samfunnsvitenskapelige konstruksjonen av virkeligheten. Cappelen Damm.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Aesthetic Experience in Technology Education – A Case Study of Robotic Programming

Maria Andrée1, Per Anderhag1, Sebastian Björnhammer1, Niklas Salomonsson2

1Department of Teaching and Learning, Stockholm university, Sweden; 2Education and Administration, City of Stockholm, Sweden

Presenting Author: Andrée, Maria; Anderhag, Per

This study focuses on the aesthetic dimensions of the learning of technology; taking the stance that the doing of technology - in and out of schools - is inseparable from aesthetic experiences. In technology education, aesthetics has been emphasized as foundational to design and appreciation of aesthetical qualities in technological artifacts related to personal identity and lifestyle (DeVries, 2016). Previous research has however primarily attended to aesthetics in technology education in terms of student attitudes and motivation towards different aspects of the technology subject based on student reports in surveys (Potvin & Hasni, 2014). The studies are usually motivated by the important relation between student interest and learning (del Olmo-Muñoz et al., 2021; Witherspoon et al., 2016), observed gender differences in attitudes (Virtanen et al., 2015), the need of a qualified workforce and societies need of technological literate citizens (Ardies et al., 2015). Since most of previous research on student attitudes builds on Likert-type questionnaires, such as the PATT-survey, the knowledge of the role of aesthetics and taste for student learning technology is largely based on students’ recollections of their experiences of technology class. To our knowledge, only rarely have attitudes and identity work been contextualized as situated and so describing aesthetic experiences as constituted in classroom action. What role aesthetics has for student learning and identity work in technology class is thus little investigated. The aim of the study is therefore to explore aesthetics and technology education, and more specifically we ask: What role has aesthetics for learning when students are programming robots in technology class? The study thus focuses on programming activities where aesthetic experiences are not so much related to exterior design features but more with the processes designing functional programming solutions. In the Swedish technology syllabus, programming is part of the core content methods for developing technological solutions and in years 1-3 (age 7-9) the students are supposed to learn to control objects, such as a robot, using programming. In years 4-6 (age 10-12) the students should learn to control their own constructions or other objects by using programming, and in years 7-9 (age 13-15), the students are supposed to use programming for controlling and regulating their own constructions. Programming is thus primarily a tool for controlling objects and a progression in terms of knowledge in programming is not formulated in the technology syllabus.

The study is grounded in a pragmatic and anti-representational perspective on meaning-making (eg. Kelly et al., 2012), words and actions are thus not understood as ready-made once for all but rather approached as gaining their meaning through their use and consequences as part of activities. Here we primarily draw on previous studies within the pragmatic perspective that have approached the teaching and learning of a school subject as constituting a process in which cognition, norms and values (aesthetics) are intertwined (eg. Wickman, 2006)


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data for the study comes from two lower secondary technology classrooms in Stockholm, Sweden. One of the authors was the teacher of one of the student groups participating. The students (year 9, ages 15-16) were working with a task of pair-programming Lego robots that should perform specified movements, such as following a curved line. Every group screen recorded while they were coding which resulted in films showing how the program gradually emerged. This in situ programming activity and associated student talk constitutes the data of the study. In total 7 screen recorded films, 4 from School A and 3 from school B, were transcribed verbatim and analyzed. The length of the films varied from 30 to 60 minutes. The transcribed films were initially analyzed to identify aesthetic situations, primarily evident when students made taste distinctions (Author et al., 2015) and aesthetic evaluations while they were programming. These situations were categorized and further analyzed using Practical Epistemological Analysis (PEA) (Wickman & Östman, 2002). PEA is grounded in a situated perspective on meaning making and learning is operationalized as discourse change as part of an activity (Kelly et al., 2012). We primarily used three of the analytical concepts of PEA, stand fast, gap and relation, to identify the role of aesthetics for student learning. Relations are established by the participants in an activity between the words and action that make sense, that is stand fast, in the situation and what is not. Analytically, this is described as the participants establishing a relation to fill a gap. A gap is evident in student talk and actions as they ask questions or acknowledge that there is something that they do not understand, such as for example what a loop is or why the use of a loop may solve a certain coding dilemma. Here we are primarily interested in situations where taste distinctions and/or aesthetic judgements are used by the students and the teachers to acknowledge or fill gaps.  
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results show that aesthetics contribute to student learning in several ways, for example were aesthetic judgements used by the students and their teacher for evaluating distinctions on ways to proceed and so orienting learning towards the purpose of the activity. The students and their teacher negotiated and aesthetically evaluated norms concerning what constitutes functional code but also ways-to-be to be in the programming activity. The aesthetic language thus played an important part in socialization and how the students would position themselves as programmers or as non-programmers. Throughout the activity, expectations and evaluations of the code's construction and the robot's behavior became visible through students' expressions of frustration, anger, resignation, laughter, joy, and humor. An interesting finding was that student talk and doings revolved around the construction of the code in terms of its functionality. This became evident when the students executed their programs and used aesthetic expressions evaluating the extent to which the robot behaved as anticipated. Through aesthetic expressions, the students thus continuously evaluated the functionality of their programs (did the codes do what was intended, i.e. moving the robot in a specific way). Our findings contribute to the understanding of aesthetic experiences in technology education as contributing to the processes of learning and meaning-making and not only connected to design features of the artifacts produced.
References
Author et al., 2015
Ardies, J., De Maeyer, S., Gijbels, D., & van Keulen, H. (2015). Students attitudes towards technology. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25, 43–65
del Olmo-Muñoz, J., Cózar-Gutiérrez, R. & González-Calero, J.A. (2022). Promoting second
graders’ attitudes towards technology through computational thinking instruction. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 32, 2019–2037
Kelly, G. J., McDonald, S., & Wickman, P.-O. (2012). Science learning and epistemology. In K. Tobin, B. J. Fraser & C. J. McRobbie (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Science Education (pp. 281–291). Dordrecht: Springer Netherlands.
Potvin, P., & Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at
K-12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research. Studies in Science Education, 50(1), 85-129.
Virtanen, S., Räikkönen, E. & Ikonen, P. (2015). Gender-based motivational differences in
technology education. International Journal of Technology and Design Education, 25,197–211
Vries, M.J. de (2016). Teaching about Technology an Introduction to the Philosophy of Technology
for Non-philosophers. (2nd ed. 2016.) Cham: Springer International Publishing.
Wickman, P.-O. (2006). Aesthetic experience in science education: learning and meaning-making as
    situated talk and action. Mahwah, N.J.: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates.
Wickman, P.-O. & Östman, L. (2002). Learning as discourse change: A sociocultural mechanism.
    Science Education, 86, 601-623.
Witherspoon, E.B., Schunn, C.D., Higashi, R.M. & Baehr, E.C. (2016). Gender, interest, and prior
experience shape opportunities to learn programming in robotics competitions. International Journal of STEM Education, 3, 18, 1-12


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Developing Student’s Skills in Creating Technological Start-Up Projects Based on the Thinking Design Algorithm.

Ibaly Toktamyssova1, Laura Bekeshova1, Damir Yerkmaliev2

1Aktau NIS, Kazakhstan; 2Almaty NIS, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Toktamyssova, Ibaly; Bekeshova, Laura

The main purpose of the study is to teach high school students how to prepare their Start-Up projects in accordance with modern requirements. Through the design thinking algorithm, you can develop the skills of preparing a startup project. In the empathy stage, teams were formed among the students, in the analysis and synthesis section, each team identified a problem that needs to be solved in the future, and in the third stage of design thinking, each group identified ways to solve the problem and started preparing a prototype (MVP). During the tests of the created prototype, the teams were able to find a timely solution to the identified obstacles. And in the last stage, each startup team presented their products at a fair held inside the school and received feedback from the audience. As a result, each team participates in various competitions and presents its products in the direction of a business idea.

The main goal of the research work is to use the thinking design algorithm to guide students in grades 9-11 to develop technological startup projects, identify the obstacles encountered and offer solutions.

Research questions:

- What do startup projects teach students in grades 9-11?

- What are the obstacles to improving the project and what actions have been taken to eliminate them?

- What is the effectiveness of the thinking design algorithm in developing technological startup projects for students?

In order not to lose motivation and interest in learning, it is important for teachers not only to conduct interesting lessons, but also to lead them to research projects. In order to implement modern business ideas, students ' desire to engage in startup projects is developing rapidly. In the process of developing startup projects, students develop skills of communicative, constructive thinking, problem solving through the accumulation and analysis of information. Therefore, in this study, an algorithm for thinking design was selected to train students to engage in startup work. D. Kelly states that thinking design relies on the natural ability to be intuitive, find patterns, and come up with ideas that are not only emotionally attractive but functional, so thinking design is an effective tool for developing creativity and skill [1]. The design of thinking is based on the ability of a person to feel intuitively, to create ideas that have not only a functional, but also an emotional component [2]. Thinking design is good for everyone because it goes beyond simple things, stereotypes, and patterns to solve and, as a result, helps open up new paths, opportunities [3]. Using 6 stages of the thinking design algorithm in the development of technological startup projects, you can hone students ' love for the complex and creative skills.

Methods of startup development. A startup is a way to test new product ideas with real customers and constantly adjust the business model to get started. In 2011, Eric Rees proposed the Lean Startup approach in his book business from scratch [4].


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Three startup teams of three students participated in this research work with different topics. One group studied and prepared their technology startup project for two years, the other two groups developed it for a year and presented the results to competitions of different levels. Three research methods were selected for this study: interviewing students, monitoring the process of creating a startup project, and analyzing the rational and irrational aspects of each group's project [5]. The questions of interviews with students were aimed at obtaining information about the rational points of the thinking design method in the preparation of students ' startup projects and the difficulties that occurred during the process and their solution. And the development of students ' technological startup projects was controlled using a thought design algorithm. It was based on interviewing members of the group and analyzing the project, developing students ' critical thinking skills, communication skills, and information collection and analysis found in startup projects. The development of these skills was aimed at students ' positive results in competitions using the thought design algorithm selected during the analysis of the study. During the project control, the difficulties identified in testing the prototype (MVP) at the sixth stage of thinking design were analyzed and the rational aspects of the project were proposed solutions to the difficulties [6]. These selected methods can be used at the beginning of the process of preparing startup projects, in the middle, and in the final sections of the study to achieve results, helping to assess the growth of students ' research skills.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
At the initial stage of empathy, students ' shared interests in the field of technology were identified and teams were formed depending on the project directions. Since it is important to identify the problem, as Williamson said in his 2015 study of starting and running start-up projects, as a result of Interview Questions aimed at identifying the problems, the consistency of the preparatory process of students in the design of the project, ways to make improvements to the project through the analysis of new information, and the strengthening of a cooperative environment between students were identified as rational points of this method [7]. Research environment in the process of monitoring the team activities of students, the third stage of thought design was the presentation of ideas aimed at solving the problem by team members. In an interview, students noted that with the help of an algorithm of thinking design, students were rational in identifying the problem that motivated their business ideas, determining the consistency and role of each team member in proposing solutions, and contributing to the formation of a system in dealing with research. At the stage of prototyping, we distributed tasks according to the abilities of each student and monitored the timely completion of the work. During the testing of the created prototype, problems were identified in each team, for example, in the startup project "Blind Klavish" for blind people, created by a team of 11th grade students, the size of the prototype was too large to cause problems in use. We decided to reduce the size of the keyboard by conducting an analysis. At the final stage of thought design, students used their communication skills to defend their projects, defended them in a limited time, and each group achieved the desired result.
References
1.Kelly, D. (2015). Creative confidence.: How to release and realize your creative powers. ABC-Atticus, 278-282.
2.Goldman, S., & Zielezinski, M. B. (2016). Teaching with design thinking: Developing new vision and approaches to twenty-first century learning. Connecting science and engineering education practices in meaningful ways: Building bridges, 237-262.
3.Kashitsyn, A. S., Belov, S. V., & Bezmenov, A. A. (2013). Development of students' research skills in physics lessons. Bulletin of the Nizhny Novgorod University. NEITHER Lobachevsky, (5-2), 76-80.
4.Ros, B. (2017). The Habit of achieving: How to apply design thinking to achieve goals that seemed impossible to you. "Mann, Ivanov and Ferber", 188.
5.Ris, E. (2014). Business from Scratch: A Lean Startup method for quickly testing ideas and choosing a business model. Alpina Publisher, 45-54.
6.Wilson, J. R., & Pritsker, A. A. B. (1978). A survey of research on the simulation startup problem. Simulation, 31(2), 55-58.
7.Williamson, B. (2018). Silicon startup schools: Technocracy, algorithmic imaginaries and venture philanthropy in corporate education reform. Critical studies in education, 59(2), 218-236.
 
3:15pm - 4:45pm27 SES 02 B: Language Learning and Interaction
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Exploring Through Dialogue: Structured Reciprocal Peer Tutoring (‘SYKL’) in Danish L1

Kenneth Reinecke Hansen

University College Copenhagen (KP), Denmark

Presenting Author: Hansen, Kenneth Reinecke

Introduction

In school, one of the most widely applied teaching methods is the conversation in pairs in the form of peer learning or peer tutoring (Thurston et al., 2020). However, often these conversations lack sufficient structure and scaffolding, and frequently the teaching method, e.g. Cooperative Learning, is detached from the subject area (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022). This can result in unqualified and superficial pair work (Gillies, 2013).

At University College Copenhagen (UCC) we investigate how to qualify peer tutoring through an intervention project called SYKL, an abbreviation for Systematized Reciprocal Peer Tutoring. SYKL has already been developed for and implemented in science and mathematics and is currently being carried out in Danish L1 in all 4th grade classes (students aged 10-11 years) at the 7 schools in Hillerød Municipality in Denmark. This presentation is about the ongoing SYKL project, and it seeks to investigate the students’ dialogic pair work and possible benefits and challenges of SYKL in Danish L1.

Background

Research into peer tutoring in L1 has mainly focused on literacy in general and reading in particular. Several such studies have documented that peer tutoring has a positive effect on both basic reading skills, reading comprehension and self-regulated reading activities (e.g. Spörer & Brunstein, 2009; Tsuei et al., 2020). However, our knowledge is more restricted when it comes to how peer tutoring can be applied, and with what effects, when working with more complex L1 skills such as deep understanding and critical thinking.

Research suggests a close connection – and possibly even causality – between social and academic benefits of peer tutoring (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022; Thurston et al., 2020). Accordingly, in SYKL, students are paired based on social as well as academic criteria. Thus, the intent is inclusion through the subjects, which in SYKL is referred to as socio-academic inclusion (Schmidt, 2015).

Research into socio-academic inclusion is sparse. In a review of structured reciprocal peer tutoring from a combined social and academic perspective between 2011 and 2021, Tiftikci (2021) finds only two such studies with direct relevance for Danish L1, both encouraging: Tymms et al., (2011) document positive effects regarding reading for both cross-age and same-age interventions (ES = 0.2 for both). Willis et al. (2012) find in a qualitative cross-age study notable benefits, both for the literacy skills of the tutees (mentees) and the communication, problem-solving and leadership skills of the tutors (mentors).

SYKL in Danish L1

In the SYKL intervention, we view Danish L1 widely as both a language, literacy, text and Bildung subject, and we build upon contemporary research on student communication and reflection (Holmberg, et al. 2019). In this context, we seek to scaffold investigative and explicitly reflective conversation for the students, also known as exploratory talk, which is “hesitant and incomplete because it enables the speaker to try out ideas, to hear how they sound, to see what others make of them, to arrange information and ideas into different patterns” (Barnes, 2008, p. 5). The objective is that such exploratory and dialogic oracy eventually becomes part of the students’ socio-academic norms (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022), in order to strengthen the students’ social relationships as well as their deep L1 understandings and strategies.

Research Question

The research question for this presentation is thus:

RQ: What characterise the students’ (speech) acts during SYKL interactions – and what do they reveal about the establishment of socio-academic norms in Danish L1?

The terminology (speech) acts illustrates that the focus of the presentation is the students’ talk and dialogue as well as body language and gesture.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Intervention design
The teachers who participate in the SYKL intervention have received training in peer tutoring techniques, including how to support and scaffold exploratory dialogue in Danish L1. The intervention lasted 16 weeks in the autumn of 2022, each week with one SYKL lesson (45 minutes) structured in the following way:

1. The teacher’s introduction to the topic of the task (5 minutes).
2. Pair work with the first part of the SYKL-task, where one student acts as tutor, the other as tutee (15 minutes).
3. Pair work with the second part of the SYKL-task, where the student roles are reversed (15 minutes).
4. Whole class discussion, both on the academic content and the students’ collaboration (10 minutes).

The pair work is structured around 6 generic scaffolding prompt cards with headings such as “Remember to encourage your partner!” and “Think aloud!” Moreover, the tutor is provided with a task sheet, specific to the Danish L1 context, containing a brief text (excerpt), e.g. a poem, the task itself, e.g.: “Investigate how the language creates atmosphere in the poem,” and some didactic hints in the form of scaffolding questions, prompts or suggestions, e.g.: “Is there anything you wonder about in the poem?”

Data collection
Based on the socio-demographics of the schools, 4 classes at 4 schools were selected, and the following video-recorded and transcribed data were collected:
- During intervention: observations of 12 randomly selected SYKL lessons across the semester: 3 lessons in each of the 4 classes.
- Post intervention: 4 semi-structured focus group interviews with SYKL pairs: 1 randomly selected pair in each of the 4 classes.

Data analysis
Both observations and focus group interviews are to contribute to elucidate the (speech) acts that are the RQ focal point. The observations show the pair work, while the interviews contain the students’ reflections on the pair work.

All data are handled qualitatively. The students’ (speech) acts are coded thematically based on an inductive principle, “reading the transcriptions line by line using an open coding approach, noting emergent and recurring perceptions and observations that were repeated” (Willis et al., 2012, p. 178). The (speech) acts are analysed for dominant patterns in relation to their academic and social nature (cf. Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022). Selected dialogues are excerpted for close, mainly linguistic, analysis, drawing on pragmatic speech act and politeness theory (Dalton-Puffer, 2005) and the conversation analysis concepts of turn management and repair (Koole, 2013).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data have not yet been fully analysed. However, as mentioned, SYKL has already been implemented in science and mathematics.

From this research, a mainly quantitative study (Falkenberg & Petersen, 2022) shows that the students are on task approximately 90% of the time and that the work is characterized by a negative environment in only 1% of the time. Even the occasional digressions off topic are found to be, socially and academically, conducive most of the time.

A mixed study of how conversational actions foster the socio-mathematical norms during SYKL (Rasmussen & Schmidt, 2022) documents the intertwinement of ‘social’ and ‘mathematical’ actions as they develop over time: “Encouragements are exchanged for a general positive disposition to each other and attempts to create meaning in the tasks are exchanged for a more daring propensity to propose solutions, even if [the students] risk making mistakes along the way.” (p. 7).

Based on these findings and our preliminary analyses, we expect SYKL in Danish L1 to strengthen the students’ development of socio-academic norms through equal and exploratory collaboration. However, the preliminary analyses point to a challenge concerning the tutor’s contribution to the pair work. Because when the tutor is in possession of pre-produced hints and is also obliged to encourage the partner, how can the tutor facilitate a more critical investigation?

Finally, obvious differences between SYKL in relation to science, mathematics and Danish L1 should be noted. Regardless of subject, the task itself and the associated hints are decisive for the pair work. SYKL research finds benefits for working with concrete artifacts in science and mathematics (Falkenberg & Petersen, 2022). Danish L1, on the other hand, evolves around texts and more phenomenological-hermeneutic (speech) acts at the core of the socio-professional norms. In addition to the main results, such comparative findings will be discussed.

References
Barnes, D. (2008). Exploratory Talk for Learning. In: N. Mercer & S. Hodgkinson (Eds.) Exploring Talk in School (pp. 1-15). SAGE.
Dalton-Puffer, C. (2005). Negotiating interpersonal meanings in naturalistic classroom discourse: Directives in content-and-language-integrated classrooms. Journal of Pragmatics, 37(8), 1275-1293.
Falkenberg, L. L., & Petersen, S. K. (2022). Elevers faglige og sociale talehandlinger i SYKL. In M. C. S. Schmidt & S. Thygesen (Eds.) “Når jeg hjælper andre, kan jeg bedre forstå det selv” (pp. 25-38). UCC.
Gillies, R. M. (2013). Productive academic talk during inquiry-based science. Pedagogies: An International Journal, 8(2), 126-142.
Holmberg, P., Krogh, E., Nordenstam, A., Penne, S., Skarstein, D., Karlskov Skyggebjerg, A., Tainio, L., & Heilä-Ylikallio, R. (2019). On the emergence of the L1 research field. A comparative study of PhD abstracts in the Nordic countries 2000-2017. L1-Educational Studies in Language and Literature, 19, 1-27.
Koole, T. (2013). Conversation analysis and education. In Carol A. Chapelle (Ed.) The encyclopedia of applied linguistics, 977-982. Blackwell Publishing.
Rasmussen, K., & Schmidt, M. C. S. (2022). Together in adidactic situations – Student dialogue during reciprocal peer tutoring in mathematics. International Journal of Educational Research Open, 3, 1-8.
Schmidt, M. C. S. (2015). Sociofaglig inklusion og elevfællesskaber. Til didaktiseringen af kammerathjælp i matematikundervisning på folkeskolens begyndertrin. Nordisk Matematikkdidaktikk, 20(2), 27-52.
Spörer, N., & Brunstein, J. C. (2009). Fostering the reading comprehension of secondary school students through peer-assisted learning: Effects on strategy knowledge, strategy use, and task performance. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 34(4), 289-297.
Thurston, A., Roseth, C., Chiang, T.-H., Burns, V., & Topping, K. J. (2020). The influence of social relationships on outcomes in mathematics when using peer tutoring in elementary school. International Journal of Educational Research Open.
Tiftikci, N. (2021). SYstematiseret KLassekammerathjælp (SYKL). En brief systematisk forskningskortlægning over studier, der undersøger socialt og fagligt udbytte af SYKL. UCC.
Tsuei, M., Cheng, S. F., & Huang, H. W. (2020). The effects of a peer-tutoring strategy on children’s e-book reading comprehension. South African Journal of Education, 40(2), 1-12.
Tymms, P., Merrell, C., Thurston, A., Andor, J., Topping, K., & Miller, D. (2011). Improving attainment across a whole district: school reform through peer tutoring in a randomized controlled trial. School effectiveness and school improvement, 22(3), 265-289
Willis, P., Bland, R., Manka, L., & Craft, C. (2012). The ABC of peer mentoring – what secondary students have to say about cross-age peer mentoring in a regional Australian school. Educational Research and Evaluation, 18(2), 173-185.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Developing Older Adults’ Autonomous Learning Through One-To-One Language Counselling

Emese Schiller, Helga Dorner, Zoltán, András Szabó

Eötvös Loránd University, Hungary

Presenting Author: Schiller, Emese

Baddeley and his associates (2010) outlined that the learning behavior of older adults is different from that of younger generations. The World Health Organization (2015) and the United Nations Department of Economic and Social Affairs (2017) claim that there is a continuing growth of elderly population in demography, which basically concerns citizens who are 60 years old or above. As found, for instance, altered cognitive abilities may impact their learning progress and their memory, attention, or perception (Grein, 2013). Further, their potentially negative learning experiences triggered by frontal teaching methods and a rather autocratic approach to classroom management may have also influenced their attitudes toward learning (Grein, 2018). These factors are likely to affect their ability to learn in an effective and independent way. Hence, promoting older adults’ learning by enhancing their learner autonomy should play a key role in continuing education, since the evolvement of their autonomous learning behavior can also contribute to the acquisition of skills and attitudes that play an important role in active social participation and experienced independence (Bélanger, 2016; Ciechanowska, 2015). In so doing, foreign language learning (FL) has emerged as an important developmental opportunity among senior citizens in the international context as well as in Hungary (Kaczor, 2011; Berndt, 2003).

One-to-one counselling for autonomous learning is a useful method to develop learner autonomy in adulthood (Karlsson et al., 2007; Mozzon-McPherson & Vismans, 2001). It is described as a solution-centered approach that acknowledges learners’ capacity for self-direction and focuses on promoting their self-development (Mynards & Carson, 2012). One-to-one counselling for autonomous learning specifically emphasizes the evolvement of effective teacherless learning by determining individual learning needs or purposes and enforcing possible courses of action for learning enhancement (Karlsson et al., 2007).

This exploratory study, therefore, focuses on developing English as a Foreign Language (EFL) learning autonomy of older learners through language learning counselling. The aim was to investigate the different supporting strategies applied by adult educators and to study participating older learners’ learning paths throughout the counselling program. Panel surveys were applied to explore the possible long-term effectivity of counselling on participants’ autonomous learning behavior. Hence, the research questions are (1) how EFL teachers can contribute to the development of older adults’ learner autonomy with the help of applying one-to-one counselling of autonomous learning, (2) how do older learners conceive of their learning experiences during the counselling program, and (3) how do older learners reflect on their independent learning experience over time, three and six months after the counselling program.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
We collected and analyzed data by using a hybrid form of Grounded Theory Approach (GTA) (Corbin & Strauss, 2008) that consisted of a dual code system subsuming theory-based, deductive codes and subordinated inductive elements.  The software ATLAS.ti was used for the investigation, and our analysis concerned open and axial coding (Swain, 2018). The axial coding was designed to find out more about the level of interconnectedness of the coded elements by considering their quotation-based co-occurrences. Their degree of significance was based on the centrality measurement by using yEd graph-editor software. We also investigated the re-occurrence of the given inductive elements by calculating the ratio of the number of quotations of the coded construct. In order to assess the consistency of the analysis, we applied intracoder reliability by re-coding the whole set of emerging data by one of the authors two weeks after the first cycle of coding, which resulted in an f value of 0.93 (Dafinoiu & Lungu, 2003; Holsti, 1969). The results are based on the second coding phase.
The counselling program involved volunteering older EFL learners (N = 25) and their educators (N = 5) based in Hungary. The data collection was concluded in 2021. The selection was conducted by applying cluster sampling (Cohen et al., 2002). Counselling began with a needs analysis that was designed to investigate participants’ independent learning-related perceptions, that is, they first filled in a paper-based questionnaire concerning their attitudes to learner autonomy and then counselors and their counselees met three times over the ten-week-long counselling program (Authors, 2021). Participants and their counselors used reflective diaries (Hardeland, 2013; Mozzon-McPherson, 2000) to document the materials and strategies used, and their reflective accounts on the effectiveness of the counselling sessions. Participating learners filled out an open-ended questionnaire three and six months after the end of the program. The open-ended questionnaires incorporated two main parts that concerned older adults’ perception about the effectivity of language counselling on their learning behavior and on study areas other than language learning.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As coding revealed, the most central codes were related to metacognitive awareness (degree of interconnectedness: 0.83; ratio: 28% of all the documents within the inherent deductive unit), and cognitive stimulation (interconnectedness: 0.58; ratio: 21%), which implies that older learners’ desire to develop knowledge and effective learning management play a crucial role when developing independent learning through one-to-one counselling. The analysis of educators’ reflective diaries showed that their perceptions of learners’ increased self-awareness (interconnectedness: 1; ratio: 14%) were the most central inductive elements with a larger number of interconnections and reoccurrence. This suggests that a conscious and systematic approach to enhancing older learners’ awareness of strategies to develop independent learning is necessary, which must constitute educators’ repertoire of counselling skills.
The post hoc studies also imply that the most central inductive element which attained both high ratio and interconnectedness among coded constructs concerned learners’ perceived cognitive stimulation (interconnectedness: 1; ratio: 20%). That is, the continuous experiencing of cognitive enhancement played an important role in participants’ autonomous learning-related development in the third and sixth months past the program. Additionally, the use of online practice materials appeared as significantly useful (interconnectedness: 0.89; ratio: 18%), which highlights the importance of non-book learning materials contributing to participants’ independent learning practice even after the counselling program.

References
Selected list of references
1.Baddeley, A. D., Eysenck, M. W., & Anderson, M. C. (2010). Memory. Psychology Press.
2.Bélanger, P. (2016). Self-construction and social transformation: Lifelong, lifewide and life-deep learning. UNESCO Institute for Lifelong Learning.
3.Berndt, A. (2003). Sprachenlernen im Alter. Eine empirische Studie zur   Fremdsprachenpedagogik [Learning foreign languages at an old age. Empirical study concerning foreign language learning]. IUDICIUM Verlag.
4.Ciechanowska, D. (2015). The importance of autonomous self-development of adult learners. In the theory of transformative learning by J. Mezirow. Zeszyty Naukowe Wyższej Szkoły Humanitas. Pedagogika, 10, 101–110. http://cejsh.icm.edu.pl/cejsh/element/bwmeta1.element.desklight-2c8ddd77-ca8f-42e1-b97d-d5a1df913f3c
5.Corbin, J. & Strauss, A. (2008): Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory (3rd ed.). Sage Publications Inc.
6.Dafinoiu, I. & Lungu, O. (2003).Research Methods in the Social Sciences / Metode de cercetare în ştiinţele sociale. Frankfurt am Main: Peter Lang, Europäischer Verlag der Wissenschaften.
7.Grein, M. (2013). Fremdspachenlernen im Alter [Learning at an old-age]. In E.  Feigl-Bogenreiter (Ed.), Mehrspraching statt Einsilbig: Sprachen lernen bis ins hohe Alter (pp. 5-13).  Verband Österreichischer Volkshochschulen.
8.Hardeland, H. (2013).  Lerncoaching und Lernberatung. Lernende in ihrem Lernprozess wirksam begleiten und unterstützten. Ein Buch zur (Weiter-)Entwicklung der theoretischen und praktischen (Lern-)Coachingkompetenz [Learn coaching and one-to-one learning support. Assisting and supporting leaners in their leaning process in an effective way. A book for the (further)-development of theoretical and practical coaching skills]. Schneider Verlag Hohengehren.
9.Holsti, O. R. (1969). Content analysis for the social sciences and humanities. Addison-Wesley.
10.Kaczor, A. (2011). Az ötven év felettiek nyelvtanulási motivációi és lehetőségei Magyarországon [The second language learning motivation and language learning opportunities of people over the age of 50 in Hungary]. Gerontedukáció, 2011(11), 44-66. http://foh.unideb.hu/sites/default/files/upload_documents/5.19.pdf
11.Karlsson, L., Kjisik, F., & Nordlund, J. (2007). Language counselling: a critical and integral component in promoting an autonomous community of learning. System, 35(1), 46-65. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0346251X06001187
12.Mozzon-McPherson, M. (2000). An analysis of the skills and functions of language learning advisers. Links and Letters, 7(1), 111-126. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/38997688.pdf
13.Mozzon-McPherson, M., & Vismans, R. (Eds.). (2001). Beyond language teaching towards language advising. Centre for Information on Language Teaching and Research.
14.Mynard, J., & Carson, L. (2012).  Intorduction. In J. Mynard & L. Carson (Eds.) Advising in language learning: Dialogue, tools and context (pp. 3-25).  Routledge:Pearson Education.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Effects of quiz games on learning motivation of adult learners of Online DaF Courses: An Intervention Study

Amine Merve Ercan, Ping Xie

Friedrich Schiller University Jena, Germany

Presenting Author: Ercan, Amine Merve; Xie, Ping

Various studies state that quiz games like Kahoot or Quizz foster motivation in foreign language learning and are perceived as effective tools by both instructors and students (e.g. Degirmenci, 2021; Halim et al., 2020). Online quiz learning games promote specifically intrinsic motivation and get students involved in educational activities more (Iaremenko, 2017).

However those studies mostly focus on English as a foreign language (e.g. Degirmenci, 2021), handle a specific type of quiz game instead of comparing them (e.g. Dellos, 2015 ), or conducted through quantitative method (e.g. Halim et al., 2020). Therefore, this study will be a qualitative study focusing on German as a foreign language, handling three different quiz games in the same instruction. To variate the sort of games, in addition to the existing games, an online quiz game was also developed by the course instructor considering the language level of students. With this purpose, the following research questions will be examined;

  1. How do adult learners of Online DaF (German as Foreign Language) Courses perceive the effects of Gamification on their learning motivation under the conditions of distance education?
    1. How does Gamification affect the learning motivation of adult learners of Online DaF (German as Foreign Language) Courses under the conditions of distance education?

Studies about learning motivation, divide motivation into two categories as intrinsic and extrinsic motivation (Reiss, 2012). They state that intrinsic motivation does not require any prods or contingencies. Therefore, it causes autonomous or self-determined behaviors (Deci & Ryan, 2013). On the other hand, extrinsic motivation need external factors. It is the practice of activity for purposes other than its intrinsic merits and it comes in a variety of forms, each with varying levels of autonomy or self-determination. External regulation, introjected regulation, identified regulation, and integrated regulation range from low to high autonomy (Ryan & Deci, 2000).

Deci and Ryan (1993) draw a theoretical framework that relates intrinsic learning motivation with competence, autonomy, and social involvement. Studies about language learning through quiz games also demonstrate a direct relationship between competition and increased motivation (Dellos, 2015; Halim et al., 2020). Therefore, this study is based on the self-determination theory of Deci and Ryan (1993) which is a conceptual framework that contains smaller theories as an umbrella framework (Olson & Jiang, 2004). It supports the idea that all human beings bring autonomous tendencies. However, those tendencies are the sources of motivation and should be supported by the environment for the autonomous continuation of extrinsic motivation. Because of that reason, teachers should support the autonomy of students. To do that three ways were suggested; providing a rationale, acknowledging, and providing choices instead of controlling (Deci & Ryan, 2013).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This is a qualitative phenomenology study through which an intervention was conducted and data were through content analysis and interviews collected. During the research period, students play various quiz games. All sessions including lecturing and game-paly had been recorded throughout the semester. At the end of the semester, interviews were deployed to examine the perceptions of volunteer participants (f:4, m:2), and video records of all sessions will be analyzed to compare gameplay and lecturing sessions. Consent forms were signed to record sessions and interviews. Participants still have the right to withdraw from the study.
Convenience sampling was used by collecting data from the researcher's students for time efficiency and participants' confidence concerns.
Instruments
An observation protocol based on the self-determination theory of Deci and Ryan (1993) was developed. The protocol was reviewed and updated by an adult education expert. The final observation form is composed of 11 parts including time, phases, learning line, learning activity, social form, material and media, teacher activity, didactic-methodological commentary, competence commentary, social integration commentary, and autonomy commentary.  Both gameplay sessions and lecturing sessions of video records were watched and the observation protocol was filled by two observers to provide an agreement to increase the reliability of the observation.
The first draft of the semi-structured interview protocol was generated in light of the theoretical framework of Deci and Ryan (1993). An education expert reviewed the protocol to strengthen the content validity of the instrument. After the revision, the final interview protocol included 5 parts such as demographic questions and questions related to competence, autonomy, social integration, and feedback about gameplay. One-to-one interviews that took between 15-26 minutes were recorded with the allowance of participants. The whole interview collection process was handled by the researcher who was also the lecturer of the participants so that participants feel more comfortable. Recorded data were transcribed through an automatic transcription tool and the correctness of the transcribed data was controlled by researchers.
Data Analysis
The observation protocols will be analyzed by two observers following the content analysis method (Fraenkel, Wallen & Hyun, 2015). Both latent and manifest content in the video records will be analyzed.
20% of transcribed interviews will be analyzed by two different coders and the code books of the coders will be compared. After agreeing with more than 80% of analyzed data, one coder will continue to analyze the rest of the data.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Until now, 20% of interviews were analyzed by one coder, and a codebook was generated. Initial results of the interview indicated that students perceive that game-play as a way of determining their language level. Quiz games affected their perception of their language level. One student states that she felt frustrated when she lose the games. On the other hand, she also states that it helps her to understand the topic better. She became more aware of her mistakes and the game helped her to focus more on the vocabulary she could not know. At that point, the effect of the game on autonomy can be interpreted. On the other hand, one participant states that she never compared herself with others. Hence, it can be expected from the initial results that although the quiz games affect self-competence, they did not affect the competence among learners. Further results will be analyzed after the coding comparison between coders will be completed. However, in any case, it is expected that results will guide foreign language teachers in activity selection. Teachers can add or remove quiz games into their learning activities or revise their existing quiz games.
The main limitation of the study is the sampling technique. Since a convenience sampling method was used, results are not generalizable; therefore, future studies can reconduct the study under different conditions.

References
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (1993). Die Selbstbestimmungstheorie der Motivation und ihre Bedeutung für die Pädagogik. Zeitschrift für Pädagogik, 39(2), 223-238.
Deci, E. L., & Ryan, R. M. (2013). The importance of autonomy for development and well-being. Self-regulation and autonomy: Social and developmental dimensions of human conduct, 19-46.
Dellos, R. (2015). Kahoot! A digital game resource for learning. International Journal of Instructional technology and distance learning, 12(4), 49-52.
Degirmenci, R. (2021). The Use of Quizizz in Language Learning and Teaching from the Teachers' and Students’ Perspectives: A Literature Review. Language Education and Technology, 1(1), 1-11.
Halim, M. S. A. A., Hashim, H., & Yunus, M. M. (2020). Pupils' Motivation and Perceptions on ESL Lessons through Online Quiz-Games. Journal of Education and E-Learning Research, 7(3), 229-234.
Iaremenko, N. V. (2017). Enhancing English language learners’ motivation through online games. Інформаційні технології і засоби навчання, (59, вип. 3), 126-133.
Olson, I. R., & Jiang, Y. (2004). Visual short-term memory is not improved by training. Memory & Cognition, 32, 1326-1332.
Reiss, S. (2012). Intrinsic and extrinsic motivation. Teaching of psychology, 39(2), 152-156.
 
Date: Wednesday, 23/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am27 SES 04 B: Didactic Perspectives in Higher Education and Teacher Education
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: László Horváth
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Diverse Subject Didactics and General Didactic Perspectives in Teacher Education

May Jehle, Marion Plien, Anja Müller, Kerstin Pohl, Julia Hasselwander, Susanne Geiger

Johannes Gutenberg University Mainz, Germany

Presenting Author: Jehle, May

At the outset of the establishment of the Network 27 on Didactics, Learning and Teaching, the field of didactics, learning and teaching, and teacher education was characterized by its fragmentation. Thus, there was a strong motivation to overcome this fragmentation by searching for common ground (Hudson/Schneuwly 2007; Hudson/Meyer 2011). In a similar way the German discourse on teacher education regards the fragmentation of the whole course of teacher education as a constant challenge (Korthoff/Terhart 2013; Blömeke 2009). This fragmentation between distinct phases and institutions, but also between the various disciplines involved lead to a fragmentation of the professional pedagogical, general and subject-specific didactical knowledge and to a lack of a common terminology which impedes a coherent course of teacher education (Grammes 1998; Reusser 2008). In addition, some observe a trend in the recent discourse which promotes cross-disciplinary work instead of disciplinary teaching (e. g. Dussel 2020). At the same time, there are still references to positions which emphasize the importance of specialized knowledge and warn against a risk of deprofessionalization (Young/Moller 2016; Reh/Caruso 2020). The efforts to develop a general subject didactic (Bayrhuber et al. 2017; Rothgangel et al. 2020) might also be interpreted as a response to these lines of discussion (Reh/Caruso 2020).

Against this backdrop, we can formulate as a core challenge in teacher education, how to link the knowledge of the subject-specific didactics in teacher education to develop professional practical competencies across the disciplines as well as to deepen the subject-specific knowledge?

This question was also an initial point for the project presented in this paper. In this project we have set up an interdisciplinary team which consists of members of the didactic departments in the social sciences, geography and German. Our aim is the development of interdisciplinary multimedia online learning units for teacher education which address selected core aspects of both subject and general didactics: subject-specific concept of education (Bildung), subject-specific culture of exercises, language in specific subjects, fostering of competencies, structuring lessons, and media. These multimedia online learning units contain various materials as short video clips, podcasts, interview sequences with teachers and students, appropriate specialist literature, further reading suggestions, and training and reflection exercises. The materials should be suitable to be used in courses of teacher education as well as for the purpose of independent studies. By using the learning units pre-service teachers should deepen their subject-specific competencies and also develop an interdisciplinary didactical perspective.

The course of the project follows a step plan for the discussion and development of the learning units (for more details see the paragraph on methodology). In our paper, we will present preliminary results of the first phases of our projects and further questions and perspectives for the following phases.

Specifically, we will focus on results, questions, perspectives relating to the question to the common ground and subject-specific characteristics within the selected core aspects:

What do we learn from these results about the aim of fostering professional practical competencies across the disciplines in the context of teacher education? In general, what can we learn about the aim of an interdisciplinary perspective in teacher education as such? More specifically, in which aspects can an interdisciplinary perspective in teacher education support the development of subject-specific competencies? In which aspects does it support an interdisciplinary didactical perspective? Finally, how can we integrate these results in the online learning units for teacher education?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
By embedding the whole project into the course of teacher education, we adopt an approach of action research for higher education didactics (Altrichter/Posch 2007; Reason/Bradbury 2008; Noffke/Somekh 2009). The methodological procedure follows a “spiral of cycles” (Elliot 1991, 69) what means consecutive steps of exploration, discussion, development, implementation, and evaluation that repeatedly follow each other.
In the first phase, we integrate selected core aspects of the learning unit as focal points into subject-specific courses of teacher education and organize additional interdisciplinary workshops. In the second phase we continue with the detailed work on these learning units in which we also implement interdisciplinary courses related to these key themes. While the subject-specific courses focus on subject-specific characteristics of these core aspects, the interdisciplinary workshops and courses include the collective work on lesson planning and teaching materials as well as developing models to depict the common ground and subject-specific characteristics within these aspects.
By the integration of the discussion and the development of the learning units into subject-specific and interdisciplinary courses and workshops in teacher education we intend to include as many various perspectives on the specific issues been negotiated (Posch/Zehetmeier 2010). During the subject-specific and interdisciplinary courses and workshops one part of the team serves as participant observers and documents the discussions in the working phases. Moreover, we document all materials produced by the participating pre-service teachers in the working phases. Additionally, we enrich these sources and materials with guided expert interviews about the six thematic foci of the online learning modules which we conduct with students and teachers.
Within our interdisciplinary team, we conduct comparative analyses of all documents and materials in relation to the subject-specific discourses. On that basis, we identify similarities and differences between the various perspectives as well as a possible common ground and subject-specific characteristics within the six thematic foci of the online learning units. Parallel to these discussions we will develop the learning units and evaluate the implementation of materials and exercises in progress.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The first aim of our project is the development of the multimedia online learning units and the generation of appropriate materials and exercises. Moreover, we intend accompanying research and an interdisciplinary discussion to contribute to the theoretical discourse on a possible common ground and subject-specific particularities in lesson planning (Hopman 2007; Hudson 2007). The selected core aspects of the learning units enable a topical comparative analysis as regards subject matter. Based on that, we can identify thematic aspects that facilitate or complicate the discussion of a common ground and an integrative didactical perspective. The discussions within the courses and workshops in teacher education as well as the conducted interviews enable the consideration of various, also practice-related, perspectives. Based on that, we can identify the needs of pre-service teachers and develop appropriate materials and exercises for the online learning units. In doing so, we finally can contribute to the ongoing discussion how to integrate subject didactic research into the practice of teacher education.
References
Altrichter, Herbert/Posch, Peter (2007): Lehrerinnen und Lehrer erforschen ihren Unterricht. Unterrichtsentwicklung und Unterrichtsevaluation durch Aktionsforschung. Bad Heilbrunn.
Bayrhuber, Horst/Abraham, Ulf/Frederking, Volker/Jank, Werner/Rothgangel, Martin/Vollmer, Helmut Johannes (2017): Auf dem Weg zu einer Allgemeinen Fachdidaktik. Allgemeine Fachdidaktik Band 1. Münster, New York.
Blömeke, Sigrid (2009): Lehrerausbildung in Deutschland. In: PÄD-Forum: unterrichten erziehen 37/28 (1): 5-8.
Dussel, Ines (2020): The Shifting Boundaries of School Subjects in Contemporary Curriculum Reforms. Towards a Post-Disciplinary Curriculum? In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 66, 5: 666-689.
Elliot, John (1991): Action research for educational change. Buckingham.
Grammes, Tilman (1998): Kommunikative Fachdidaktik. Politik – Geschichte – Recht – Wirtschaft. Opladen.
Hopmann, Stefan (2007): Restrained Teaching: the common core of Didaktik. In: European Educational Research Journal, 6, 2: 109-124).
Hudson, Brian (2007): Comparing Different Traditions of Teaching and Learning: what can we learn about teaching and learning? In: European Educational Research Journal, 6, 2: 135-146.
Hudson, Brian/Meyer, Meinart A. (Eds.) (2011): Beyond fragmentation: Didactics, Learning and Teaching in Europe. Opladen, Farmington Hills.
Korthoff, Hans-Georg/Terhart, Ewald (2013): Teacher education in Germany. Traditional structure, strengths and weakness, current reforms. In: Scuola Democratica 3: 1-9.
Noffke, Susan E./Somekh, Bridget (Eds.) (2009): The SAGE Handbook of Educational Action Research. Los Angeles et al.
Posch, Peter/Zehetmaier, Stefan (2010): Aktionsforschung in der Erziehungswissenschaft. In: Enzyklopädie Erziehungswissenschaft Online. Weinheim, München. DOI: 10.3262/EEO07100148.
Reason, Peter/Bradbury, Hilary (Eds.) (2008): The SAGE Handbook of Action Research. Participative Inquiry and Practice. Los Angeles et al.
Reh, Sabine/Caruso, Marcelo (2020): Entfachlichung? Transformation der Fachlichkeit schulischen Wissens. Zur Einführung. In: Zeitschrift für Pädagogik 66, 5: 611-625.
Reusser, Kurt (2008): Empirisch fundierte Didaktik – didaktisch fundierte Unterrichtsforschung. Eine Perspektive zur Neuorientierung der Allgemeinen Didaktik. In: Zeitschrift für Erziehungswissenschaft 10, Sonderheft 9: 219-237.
Rothgangel, Martin/Abraham, Ulf/Bayrhuber, Horst/Frederking, Volker/Jank, Werner/Vollmer, Helmut Johannes (Eds.) (2020): Lernen im Fach und über das Fach hinaus. Bestandsaufnahmen und Forschungsperspektiven aus 17 Fachdidaktiken im Vergleich. Allgemeine Fachdidaktik Band 2. Münster New York.
Young, Michael/Muller, Johann (2016): Curriculum and the specialization of knowledge. Studies in the sociology of education. New York, London.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Can We Cross? Exploring the Epistemic-Linguistic Line in an In-service Teacher Education Context

Sanna Riuttanen, Johanna Ennser-Kananen, Saara Jäntti

University of Jyväskylä, Finland

Presenting Author: Riuttanen, Sanna; Ennser-Kananen, Johanna

The objective of this study is to explore possibilities and practices of translanguaging for epistemic equity in teacher-researcher workshops. More specifically, we report on a series of 4 in-service teacher workshops on translanguaging that we, three researchers and teacher educators, held in an adult basic education (ABE) center in small-town Finland. We analyze our data (audio recordings) through a lens of knowledge and translanguaging theory with the goal of understanding the potential for working towards pedagogies of epistemic justice with the teachers.

De Sousa Santos (2007) understands “Modern Western thinking” as “abyssal thinking” as it “consists of a system of visible and invisible distinctions'' (p. 45) that draw a line, an abyss, beyond which knowledges do not exist. According to de Sousa Santos, it is particularly “popular, lay, plebeian, peasant, or Indigenous knowledges” (p. 47) that exist beyond this epistemic abyss, to which we would add the knowledges of another epistemically marginalized group: adult learners from African, South American, West Asian, and Eastern European countries, who come to Finland as refugees or migrants, often with a history of interrupted formal education. As de Sousa Santos contends, the abyss of epistemic erasure serves to justify and perpetuate the colonial project of epistemic imperialism, where so-called “Western” educational institutions aim to impart their accredited knowledges onto those perceived as lacking them. Scholars in the area of language education have applied his framework to linguistic practices (García et al., 2021) and explained how continued colonial logic bans certain linguistic practices beyond the abyss by considering them, if at all, to be inadequate (e.g., non-academic).

To challenge this abyssal thinking, they have suggested to adopt translanguaging as a pedagogy and political stance: “Translanguaging rejects abyssal thinking; it is a way to understand the vast complexity and heterogeneity of language practices, avoiding [...] their evaluation in the negative terms of the colonial imaginary line” (García et al., 2021, p. 208). We build on this existing work in our attempt to design linguistically and culturally sensitive teacher education (Lucas & Villegas, 2013; Paris, 2012), which aims to support teachers in crossing the pervasive epistemic line (i.e. engage in what we refer to as “line crossing”) by understanding students’ linguistic and other epistemic resources as assets and tapping them for their learning. In line with a translanguaging-as-a-polticial-stance (Wei, 2022) approach, our workshops did not merely focus on recognizing diverse linguistic resources, but also on questioning the norms and standards that reify linguistic compartmentalization (e.g. separation into named languages or language families) and on bringing marginalized languages and knowledges to the center of educational activities.

Some work focuses on translanguaging as a practice, describing linguistic practices that surface in any context where multilinguals interact, such as trilingual families (Paulsrud & Straszer, 2018), CLIL classrooms (Jakonen, Szabó & Laihonen, 2018), or businesses (Räisäinen, 2018). Research in the translanguaging-as-practice paradigm from Finnish contexts that focuses on normalizing multilingual interaction in educational spaces, may include findings that show potential for embrittling linguistic norms (e.g., Jakonen, Szabo & Laihonen, 2018; Lehtonen, 2019; Nikula and Moore, 2016), but typically refrains from tapping into antioppressive scholarship. Some recent work has taken up translanguaging as a political stance and brought it in dialogue with budding research on Finnish coloniality (author, 2022; author, 2023). This study contributes to this line of work as it explores the potential of translanguaging for epistemic justice in an ABE context. We ask:

  • What constitutes “the epistemic line” in an ABE in-service teacher education context?

  • How did teachers and researchers navigate (the possibility of) line crossings in the workshops?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports on a series of 4 workshops for in-service teachers at a community college for ABE in small-town Finland, which serves a linguistically and culturally diverse population of adults with migrant or refugee experience, including some students with emerging print literacy and many with interrupted formal education (sometimes referred to as “LESLLA”).

ABE in Finland is organised by schools, municipalities, or third sector operators, and is financed by the Ministry of Education and Culture. ABE teachers serve one of the most heterogeneous groups of students in Finland, particularly in terms of their linguistic, cultural, and educational backgrounds. They typically do so without any targeted education, even though research has found continuous education for these teachers to be crucial (Hos, 2016). Following Vinogradov’s  (2013) advice on developing LESLLA teachers’ knowledge on early literacy instruction, teaching, refugee/migrant experiences, language acquisition, and adult learning, we designed workshops on translanguaging, which were aimed to encourage the teachers’ to support their students’ multilinguality and challenge monolingual and raciolinguistic ideologies that limit their opportunities for participating in school and society.

During 4 afternoons (12 hours), three researchers (the authors) from the closest university (120 km) worked with 9 teachers (of Math, Literacy, Finnish, Culture Courses, History, Science, and Biology) on issues around translanguaging. The workshops were part of a larger critical ethnographic study that is currently ongoing at the school and examines the discursive construction of epistemic il/legitimacy (Who knows? Academy of Finland, 2020-2025). We were thus able to draw on long-standing relationships and ongoing fieldwork to identify participants and familiarize ourselves with the school context. The workshops included activities such as discussions of research, reflection on personal and professional experiences, material design, and peer observations.

Data for this paper stems from transcripts of audio-recordings and fieldnotes from the workshops, as well as open-ended, semi-structured interviews with the teacher participants. After organizing and transcribing the data, we collaboratively identified instances of “line recognition” (i.e. participants’ acknowledgments of an epistemic line) through close reading of half of the data set and discussion. We then looked for such instances more systematically across all transcripts and fieldnotes and merged them into the themes of “describing the line”, “considerations for (not) crossing”, and “crossings”, which enabled us to uncover some of the complex pedagogical, social, and interpersonal negotiations that became evident in the participants’ discourse from the workshop sessions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
A preliminary data analysis suggests that teachers were familiar with translanguaging as a classroom practice, whereas translanguaging as a pedagogy and political stance was more elusive and controversial.

Teachers seemed torn between their empathy for the students and pressure to comply with curricular and workplace expectations (describing the epistemic line). As they spoke about the challenge of eliciting (standard) written or spoken Finnish from students, they reflected on their willingness to accept or reward non-standard student output as a potential disservice to their students. While they identified “understanding of second language users” as a skill they had developed, they also argued that overusing this skill would not prepare their students for their workplace practicum or working life (considerations for not crossing the line).

The discourse of “preparing students for working life” ties in with neoliberal ideologies of multilingualism as commonly represented in EU policies and debates, which serve the purpose of creating “a common European citizen who could communicate across languages to trade, sell, and enlarge markets” (García et al, 2021, p. 217) and is thus in opposition to the decolonial effort of translanguaging. A crossing of the line would imply an orientation against neoliberal ideologies that permeate ABE contexts (author, 2020). However, our analysis also revealed instances of line crossing as translanguaging, for instance, when teachers strategically encouraged multilingual interaction to negotiate meaning, co-developed practices for creating translanguaging spaces, and recognized existing yet unfamiliar epistemic repertoires (e.g., students being able to solve math problems correctly in a way the teacher did not understand).

We discuss our findings and implications for policy and practice, as well as a reflection on our own positionalities as white, European, middle-class academics. The finished paper will be submitted to Teaching and Teacher Education, Nordic Studies in Education, or the International Journal of Multicultural Education.

References
Creese, A., & Blackledge, A. (2010). Translanguaging in the bilingual classroom: A pedagogy for learning and teaching?. The modern language journal, 94(1), 103-115.

García, O., Johnson, S. I., Seltzer, K., & Valdés, G. (2017). The translanguaging classroom: Leveraging student bilingualism for learning. Philadelphia, PA: Caslon.

García, O., Flores, N., Seltzer, K., Wei, L., Otheguy, R., & Rosa, J. (2021). Rejecting abyssal thinking in the language and education of racialized bilinguals: A manifesto. Critical Inquiry in Language Studies, 18(3), 203-228.

Hos, R. (2016). Caring is not enough: Teachers’ enactment of ethical care for adolescent students with limited or interrupted formal education (SLIFE) in a newcomer classroom. Education and Urban Society, 48(5), 479-503.

Jakonen, T., Szabó, T. P., & Laihonen, P. (2018). Translanguaging as Playful Subversion of a Monolingual Norm in the Classroom. In G. Mazzaferro (Ed.), Translanguaging as Everyday Practice (pp. 31-48). Springer. Multilingual Education, 28.

Lehtonen, H. (2019). Monikielisyys koulussa - yksikielisestä instituutiosta limittäiskieliseen opetukseen. Kielikello, 4. https://www.kielikello.fi/-/monikielisyys-koulussa.

Lucas, T., & Villegas, A. M. (2013). Preparing linguistically responsive teachers: Laying the foundation in preservice teacher education. Theory into practice, 52(2), 98-109.

Nikula, T. & Moore, P. (2016). Exploring translanguaging in CLIL. International Journal of Bilingual Education and Bilingualism, 22(2), 237-249.  

Paris, D. (2012). Culturally sustaining pedagogy: A needed change in stance, terminology, and practice. Educational researcher, 41(3), 93-97.

Paulsrud, B. & Straszer, B. (2018) “We know the same languages and then we can mix them”: A child’s perspectives on everyday translanguaging in the family. In G. Mazzaferro (Ed.), Translanguaging as Everyday Practice (pp. 49-68). Springer. Multilingual Education, 28.

Räisänen, T. (2018). Translingual Practices in Global Business : A Longitudinal Study of a Professional Communicative Repertoire. In G. Mazzaferro (Ed.), Translanguaging as Everyday Practice (pp. 149-174). Springer. Multilingual Education, 28.

Santos, B. S. de (2007). Beyond abyssal thinking: From global lines to ecologies of knowledges. Review (Fernand Braudel Center), 30(1), 45–89.

Vinogradov, P. (2013). Defining the LESLLA teacher knowledge base. In Low-educated second language and literacy acquisition. Proceedings of the 8th symposium. Jyväskylä: Jyväskylä University Printing House (pp. 9-24).

Wei, L. (2022). Translanguaging as a political stance: implications for English language education. ELT Journal, 76(2), 172-182.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teaching Sustainable Development and Social Responsibility (SDSR) in Higher Education: What Diversity in Teaching Practices?

Jana Quinte, Sophie Kennel

Université de Strasbourg, France

Presenting Author: Quinte, Jana

In order to address the Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) set by the United Nations in 2000, the French Ministry of Higher Education, Research and Innovation developed the Green Plan (2009) as well as the national reference system for Sustainable Development and Social Responsibility (SDSR). During the last couple of years, the French Higher Education institutions have thus been seriously working out the ways of teaching their students the SDSR. The author of the recent ministerial report Jean Jouzel (2022) urged the universities to raise students’ awareness on these matters.

In this study carried out in one of the French universities, we are interested in the teaching practices used by higher education teachers and pedagogical teams in response to this “supranational political injunction” (Barthes & Alpe, 2012, p. 3). Among other things, we refer to the UNESCO (2017) report outlining learning objectives aimed at reaching Sustainable Development goals, as well as pedagogical approaches addressing Education for Sustainable Development (ESD). Various studies have identified teaching practices that can foster the Sustainable Development Competences (SDC) (Cavicchi, 2021; Lozano et al., 2017).

In addition to identifying teaching practices, this study allows us to clarify how one can integrate the topics of SD and SDG in different higher education training programmes (Lozano et al., 2015). We will confront these results with students’ perceptions of teaching practices aimed at fostering SD competences (Cavicchi, 2021).

More generally, our study addresses the problem of education for sustainable development in the context of higher education in France. How is it integrated in different programmes? Which forms can it take? We aim at identifying both the place the SD competences take in the higher education programmes and the existing teaching practices used by teachers. We also confront the results with the inputs from the international research.

Our hypothesis is that the SD takes a significant place in the content of the programmes that aim at developing competences in the domain of SD. Our second hypothesis is that university teachers have few teaching practices based on the principles of the transformative learning even if they consider them important.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Our research ground is based in one of the French universities, namely, that of Strasbourg. Having a weak political engagement in implementing the SD education up to now, it has seen an ambitious roadmap proposed for the years to come.  
For this exploratory study, we have targeted three programmes that explicitly demonstrate the intention of teaching SD. It gave us the target audience of 30 teachers and 150 students.
In order to verify our hypotheses, we have conducted a survey in January 2023 among our identified target audience. The survey had four objectives:
• to identify the SD topics that both teachers and students considered important to address and those really studied in practice;
• to identify the SD competences that both teachers and students considered important to be developed and those really developed in practice;
• to have a better vision of the pedagogical practices used by teachers to foster the development of the SD competences;
• to identify pedagogical practices based on the principles of the transformative learning and how these practices are perceived by students.

We made the choice of using the questionnaire model used for studying inclusive pedagogical practices in the framework of the Inclusive Teaching Strategies Inventory (ITSI) developed by Lombardi and Murray (2011). Its value and originality lies in the fact that it allows to compare the expressed values and intentions with their real application. The questions are thus organised as follows:
• I think it is important to… (Likert scale: Strongly disagree/Disagree/I did not think about it/Agree/Strongly agree)
• I used in my lesson… (Likert scale: Never/Sometimes/Most of the time/Always/I did not have the opportunity to do it)

We have also complemented our questionnaire with the items coming from other models used in scientific or institutional publications. What concerns the topics of SD education, we rely on the 17 objectives of the 2030 agenda (UNESCO, 2017, 2022). As for the competences, we used the reference system offered by Brundiers et al. (2021). We have also made a list of pedagogical practices described in the scientific literature (Cavicchi, 2021; Duguet & Morlaix, 2012; Lozano et al., 2017) and we proposed a classification of the responsible pedagogical practices.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
We have currently been analysing the collected data and could present the results during the ECER if our communication is accepted.
However, we can already discuss the contribution of our research in respect to scientific knowledge and methodological approach.
On the one hand, our study is a part of a larger existing research on the problem of SD education and it relies on the international scientific publications in the domain and the use of the tested methodologies that can facilitate the comparative analysis. On the other hand, we offer a new approach to questioning the problem that allows us to cross opinions with real practice of both teachers and students. This makes our work original.  
This first exploratory study is the beginning of an ambitious research project. Following the first stage that was limited to a specifically targeted audience, we are extending our study in the coming months to other profiles and actors working in other contexts: large student population cohorts, Master students, other disciplines. Strasbourg University is a part of the European Grouping of Cross-border Cooperation (EGCC) “Eucor – European campus” that unites five universities of the Upper Rhine and the EPICUR Alliance with its eight universities. It, thus, has access to international partnership that can be involved in a study of the SD education on a larger scale.  
On the local level, we will pursue a deeper study of teaching practices and their effects on student learning in the framework of the action research: which pedagogical practices do teachers prefer? How do these practices relate to the competence-based approach? Do they relate to the programme-based approach? What are the effects on the development of students’ competences?

References
Barthes, A., & Alpe, Y. (2012). Les" éducations à", un changement de logique éducative? L’exemple de l’éducation au développement durable à l’université. Spirale-Revue de recherches en éducation, 50, 197‑209.
Brundiers, K., Barth, M., Cebrián, G., Cohen, M., Diaz, L., Doucette-Remington, S., Dripps, W., Habron, G., Harré, N., Jarchow, M., Losch, K., Michel, J., Mochizuki, Y., Rieckmann, M., Parnell, R., Walker, P., & Zint, M. (2021). Key competencies in sustainability in higher education—Toward an agreed-upon reference framework. Sustainability Science, 16(1), 13‑29. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11625-020-00838-2
Cavicchi, C. (2021). Higher Education and the Sustainable Knowledge Society : Investigating Students’ Perceptions of the Acquisition of Sustainable Development Competences. Frontiers in Sustainable Cities, 3. https://doi.org/10.3389/frsc.2021.664505
Duguet, A., & Morlaix, S. (2012). Les pratiques pédagogiques des enseignants universitaires : Quelle variété pour quelle efficacité ? Questions vives recherches en éducation, Vol.6 n°18, 93‑110. https://doi.org/10.4000/questionsvives.1178
Jouzel, J. (2022). Sensibiliser et former aux enjeux de la transition écologique et du développement durable dans l’enseignement supérieur (p. 90). Ministère de l’Enseignement supérieur et de la Recherche. https://www.enseignementsup-recherche.gouv.fr/fr/remise-du-rapport-sensibiliser-et-former-aux-enjeux-de-la-transition-ecologique-et-du-developpement-83903
Lombardi, A., & Murray, C. (2011). Measuring university faculty attitudes toward disability : Willingness to accommodate and adopt Universal Design principles. Journal of Vocational Rehabilitation, 34(1), 43‑56.
Lozano, R., Ceulemans, K., & Scarff Seatter, C. (2015). Teaching organisational change management for sustainability : Designing and delivering a course at the University of Leeds to better prepare future sustainability change agents. Journal of Cleaner Production, 106, 205‑215. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jclepro.2014.03.031
Lozano, R., Merrill, M. Y., Sammalisto, K., Ceulemans, K., & Lozano, F. J. (2017). Connecting Competences and Pedagogical Approaches for Sustainable Development in Higher Education : A Literature Review and Framework Proposal. Sustainability, 9(10), Art. 10. https://doi.org/10.3390/su9101889
UNESCO (2017). L’éducation en vue des objectifs de développement durable objectifs d’apprentissage. UNESCO.
UNESCO (2022). Knowledge-driven actions : Transforming higher education for global sustainability.
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm27 SES 06 B: Reading and Writing Methodology
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Nikolaj Elf
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

More Than Just Words: Outcomes of Learning Reading and Writing with a Multisensory Methodology

Isabel Martins1, Catarina Santos2

1Polytechnic of Oporto, Portugal; 2Polytechic of Viseu, Portugal

Presenting Author: Martins, Isabel; Santos, Catarina

Some children struggle with difficulties in learning to read and write. Researching teaching methodologies that enable children to achieve academic success are a matter of great importance as learning difficulties, namely, to read and write are common in today's education institutions.

Knowledge of the complete phonemic code, namely grapheme-phoneme correspondence is one of the essential foundational skills for reading success. The domain of the phonemic code is an essential skill that students must develop, to acquire the reading-writing process. Decoding and understanding are crucial to a meaningful reading process, in languages that use the alphabetical principle.

Children with intellectual disabilities, often, have difficulties in intellectual functioning (such as learning, problem solving, judgement) and adaptive functioning (such as communication and independent living) (APA, 2013). One of the three areas of adaptive functioning is the conceptual domain (language, reading, writing, math, reasoning, knowledge, memory). Mild levels of intellectual disability may not be identified until school age, when children show difficulties with academics, namely learning how to read and write. One of the reasons argued for this effortful learning may lay in the nature of the audiovisual process that is recruited for the integration of principle arbitrarily linked elements (Blomert & Froyen, 2010).

There are a range of models, methods, and processes for teaching and learning how to read and write, including multisensory methods. Multisensory methods involve the use of all senses. They focus on using visual, auditory, and kinesthetic-tactile elements. They are based on the belief that incorporating all senses into the learning process activates different parts of the brain simultaneously, enhancing memory and the learning of written language. In traditional methodologies, teaching occurs using vision and hearing. In the multisensory methodology there is a recruitment of other sensory modalities, such as kinesthetic and phono articulatory techniques (Seabra & Dias, 2011).

The multisensory methodologies integrate strategies in its structure that include a greater number of sensory aids, like visual and auditory aids – the most used – as well as kinesthetic and tactile. The increase of this type of aid works as a compensation technique which allows the child to achieve a greater probability of success (Seabra & Dias, 2011). The relation between phoneme and grapheme, during the formal learning of reading and writing is based on a multisensory association. It is taught in a systematic and formal way that allows the manipulation of those segments, without recurring to higher cognitive processes (Blomert & Froyen, 2010).

Studies and reports of the application of this method in children, demonstrate that this is an effective method in learning to read and write skills. Studies in neuroscience and cognition also show that teaching with multisensory methods strengthen neural pathways (Kelly & Phillips, 2016). Through the development and implementation of a multisensory methodology-based teaching program, this research project aims at documenting and understanding improvements in reading and writing learning processes in children with learning disabilities.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This project’s goal was to evaluate improvements in the reading and writing learning processes after the development and implementation of a multisensory methodology-based teaching program.
Five participants (between the ages of 10 and 11, three girls) were selected, according to the following criteria: 1) existence of intellectual disabilities (APA, 2013); 2) existence of phonological disorders; 3) existence of severe learning difficulties in the reading and writing processes. All children attended regular inclusive school.
Using tools such as Infant/Toddler Sensory Profile (ITSP) and evaluation of Language Competencies Evaluation for Reading and Writing (ACLLE-LCERW), we could map the sensory profile of each participant and evaluate their learning evolution during the program, in phonological awareness, reading and writing domains.
The multisensory program was applied in weekly interventions, 45 minutes each, during a four-month period.
The method consisted of teaching and modelling of the grapheme / phoneme representative gesture, and the point and articulatory mode of the associated phoneme. All exercises were always performed with the support of the gesture and its picture: repetition of the gesture by the child, simultaneously naming the phoneme by matching the corresponding image; writing the grapheme; dictation of isolated graphemes; dictation of syllables and words, reading words, writing simple sentences, with the support of multisensory tracks; spontaneous writing simple sentences, based on images, and reading of simple sentences (for evaluating acquisition).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The intervention with the multisensory method showed improvements in the reading and writing learning process of all the participants.
There was an increase in the number of correct answers, in four of the five participants, in the reading processes. Although, writing process was more developed than the reading process, in all participants. There were also improvements in the grapheme’s identification and naming.
It is also worth mentioning that, despite not being a goal of this research, there was also an increase in the phonological awareness expressed by the increased number of correct answers in all the participants.
Learning to spell and learning to read comprise similar learning processes (Moats, 2005). To understand reading and writing, it is essential for the child to be able to understand the segmental nature of language (Pugh et al., 2001). This exercise of matching the phoneme with the corresponding grapheme is the basis of the stimulation inherent in this method. It may explain the improvements in the phonological awareness of the participants.
The methodology used in this multisensory method is also said to be best suited for older children with repeated insuccess (Capovilla & Capovilla, 2002). The multisensory methodology requires a greater number of sensory modalities: tactile, kinesthetic, auditory, and articulatory (Seabra & Dias, 2011). The increase of this type of aid proved to work as a compensation technique which stimulated children to a more active, motivated, and actively participated attitude towards their learning. It also allowed them to achieve a greater probability of success in his reading and writing learning processes, and, thus, the belief in their abilities and self-esteem.

References
APA (2013). American Psychiatric Association: Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders.
Blomert, L. & Froyen, D. (2010). Multi-sensory learning to read. International Journal of Psychophysiology, 77, 195-204.
Capovilla, A. & Capovilla, F. (2002). Etiologia, avaliação e intervenção em dislexia do desenvolvimento. In F. C. Capovilla (Org.), Neuropsicologia e aprendizagem: Uma abordagem multidisciplinar (pp. 49-75). Sociedade Brasileira de Neuropsicologia: SBNp.
Kelly, K., & Phillips, S. (2016). Teaching literacy to learners with dyslexia: A multi-sensory approach. Los Angeles, CA: Sage Publications.
Moats, L., (2005). How spelling supports reading. American Educator, 6, 12-22.
Pugh, K., Mencl, E., Jenner, A., Katz, L., Frost, S., Lee, J., Shaywitz, S., & Shaywitz, B. (2001). Neurobiological studies of reading and reading disability. Journal of Communication Disorders, 34, 479-492.
Seabra, A. & Dias, N. (2011). Métodos de alfabetização: Delimitação de procedimentos e considerações para uma prática eficaz. Rev. Psicopedagogia, 28 (87), 306-320.
Serra, S. (2012). O método multissensorial no caso português - Uma abordagem possível? (Dissertação de Mestrado, Faculdade de Ciências Sociais e Humanas).


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Fostering students' academic reading abilities through Art Journaling

Galia Ankori1, Ronen Hammer2

1Tel Hai College; 2Holon Institute of Technology

Presenting Author: Ankori, Galia

This study presents the added value that art journaling has for Education students. Art journaling is a contemplative-pedagogical strategy we used while teaching “Assimilating Arts into Teaching,” an introductory course in an undergraduate program in Israel which emphasizes contemplation and personal growth through the arts (Ankori & Hammer, 2018).

Barbezat and Bush (2013) stated that “reading in college today is more often a race to finish a text than a search for hidden meaning” (p. 112). They described cases of college teachers who were inspired by traditional contemplative religious reading practices and who underwent a reading process in their classes aiming at achieving personal and spiritual insights.

Furthermore, Barbezat and Bush (2013) suggested that contemplative journal writing can encourage students to generate their own fresh ideas rather than limit themselves to the academic analysis of other people’s texts. It helps them explore their emotional, intuitive, and sensorial responses to course material. Many teachers introduce mindfulness meditation practice before, during, and after periods of writing or reading to encourage their students to write mindfully and to “discover direct, honest language, without self-conscious cleverness or display of ego, a language that yearns to reveal, to lay bare the truth of the student’s insight and the details of his or her unique story” (Barbezat & Bush, p. 132).

In recent years, personal blogs have been widely used in higher education to promote reflective thinking (e.g., Garcia et al., 2019; Rennie & Morrison, 2013). Blogs can facilitate student-centered learning, support the development of academic literacies, and foster collaborations (Wankel & Blessinger, 2012). Educational blogs can be seen as an extension of academic journaling: whereas journals are personal documents (typically read only by instructors), part of the thrill of publishing a blog is its public nature (Radclyffe-Thomas, 2012). For many students, presenting their artifacts publicly is a motivational boost (e.g., Radinsky et al., 2001).

In a visual journal, individuals record their experiences using both imagery and written text. Numerous studies have shown that educational journals and blogs promote critical reflection. However, few studies address the potential of visual journaling to facilitate reflection (Deaver & McAuliffe, 2009). Deaver and McAuliffe's participants considered the combination of artmaking and responsive writing to be a particularly effective aspect of their experience.

Contemplative art takes art journaling a step further. The Center for Contemplative Mind in Society (2016) described the creative “branch” (and, within it, contemplative art) as one of the major contemplative practices currently in use in academic settings. The Center stressed that the purpose of contemplative art is to observe the mind while engaging in the creative process. Thus, the process of making artwork overrides the product itself. For instance, people are encouraged to maintain an awareness not just of what they are making and the process of creating it but also how they are feeling and the way the mind jumps from one topic to another.

This study’s goal was to examine the impact of art journaling on students’ emotional and intellectual understanding of theoretical articles and on their ability to appreciate and integrate experiences and insights from theoretical papers into their professional development.

From those goals stem several research questions:

• How would students respond to the request to create art journals while reading theoretical texts?

• Would they be open to sharing their journals with classmates?

• What kinds of art journals would emerge from this assignment?

• What would be students’ evaluations of the extent to which creative art journals enhanced their understanding of a theoretical paper?

• How would students view the potential contributions of art journals to their professional and personal development?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this work we chose the qualitative research approach, which seems most suitable for this exploratory project that evolved as a result of “reflection in action” (Schön, 1987) of the instructors teaching the course. Qualitative research is considered particularly appropriate for data collected in naturalistic settings, where the researchers are active members of the system they study (Pietkiewicz & Smith, 2014).

This study was conducted at a college in northern Israel, in an undergraduate program in education. The two-credit, one-semester course studied is an introductory mandatory course for students who choose to major in education through the arts. Each semester, about 60 students enroll in the course. As art journaling was an ongoing method of teaching and assessing students’ advancement, all students in the year in which this change occurred participated in the field study (120 students altogether). Art journals for this paper were chosen (with students’ consent) from journals submitted that year.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In line with previous research on verbal journals, the art journals presented and discussed in this study motivated students to read, and helped them think the articles through and connect the concepts to their own life experiences (Barbezat & Bush, 2013). The art pieces exemplars presented suggest that when students are invited to explore their personal experiences and emotions as they relate to demanding and at times difficult to understand concepts, they are happy to do so. More so, such a process might result with moving artifacts, which has the potential to encourage a rich social discourse in class and to facilitate the process of an interesting and diverse negotiation of meaning.  We strongly believe that such processes meaningfully contribute to the professional development of Education students.
This project helped us realize that art journaling is indeed an important process for students in search of their personal and professional identities. A prospective teacher who contemplates these issues with an open heart and a clear mind can contribute enormously to education.

References
Barbezat, D. P., & Bush, M. (2013). Contemplative practices in higher education: Powerful methods to transform teaching and learning. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Deaver, S. P., & McAuliffe, G. (2009). Reflective visual journaling during art therapy and counselling internships: A qualitative study. Reflective Practice, 10, 615–632.

Garcia, E., Moizer, J., Wilkins, S., & Yacine Haddoud, M. (2019). Student learning in higher education through blogging in the classroom. Computers & Education, 136, 61-74.

The Center for Contemplative Mind in Society. (2016). Contemplative art. Retrieved January 25, 2016, from http://www.contemplativemind.org/practices/tree/contemplativeart

Radclyffe-Thomas, N. (2012). Blogging is addictive! A qualitative case study on the integration of blogs across a range of college level courses. In C. Wankel & P. Blessinger (Eds.), Increasing student engagement and retention using online learning activities: Wikis, blogs and webquests (pp. 75–107). Emerald. doi:10.1108/S2044-9968(2012)000006A006

Radinsky, J., Bouillion, L., Lento, E. & Gomez, L. (2001). Mutual benefit partnership: A curricular design for authenticity. Journal of Curriculum Studies, 33(4), 405–430. doi:10.1080/00220270118862

Rennie, F., & Morrison, T. (2013). E-Learning and social networking handbook: Resources for higher education. New York, NY: Routledge.

Schön, D. A. (1987). Educating the reflective practitioner: Toward a new design for teaching and learning in the professions. San Francisco, CA: Jossey-Bass.

Wankel, C., & Blessinger, B. (2012). New directions in higher education: An introduction to using wikis, blogs and webquests. In C. Wankel & P. Blessinger (Eds.), Increasing student engagement and retention using online learning activities: Wikis, blogs and webquests (pp. 3–16). Emerald Group.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Developing Students’ Argument-Building Skills in Essay Writing Through Oral and Written Feedback

Ainur Bekeyeva, Zhanat Turekhanova

Kyzylorda Nazarbayev Intellectual School, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Bekeyeva, Ainur; Turekhanova, Zhanat

Within the four language skills, writing seems to be the most challenging skill for EFL learners simply because it is a skill that must be learned well.

The focus of this action research was selected to be developing students’ writing skills, because according to the results of the external summative assessment, majority of students could not cope well with the writing assignments. By analyzing the high-school students works we detected some common mistakes that most students made in writing formal essays. Learners might go off-topic providing irrelevant information; superficial coverage of the subject and poor organization made the content unclear; due to insufficient evidence and unclear reasoning their arguments appeared to be weak and not extended, and they also found it difficult to support their claims. Miller & Pessoa (2016) also ascertained that many students at secondary and post-secondary levels, particularly L2 writers, struggle with writing arguments.

To identify the best approaches in encouraging students to strengthen their writing skills, the results of the previous studies were referred to. Researchers acknowledge the significance of argumentative writing in academic context (Lee & Deakin, 2016). In his work Schleppegrell, noted that “the construction of a well-organized text” is particularly important to argumentative writing (2006, p. 136). Hirvela (2017) identified that if learners are effectively engaged in arguing, it will lead them to thinking, searching, and learning.

Majority of researchers found feedback as the best way to encourage learners to enhance their writing. Hyland & Hyland (2006) indicated that feedback is a main form of ESL/EFL writing programs across the world. Ismail, Hassan & Maulan (2008) determined that even minimal feedback will help learners to do self-revision and self-correction. It was also proven that L2 students who receive written corrective feedback on their errors are able to improve the accuracy of their writing compared with those who do not receive error feedback. (Bitchener, Young & Cameron, 2005).

Taking into consideration the results of the previous and latest research works, providing students with oral and written corrective feedback was selected to tackle the problem. Therefore, the purpose of the study was to investigate ESL students’ perceptions and attitudes towards oral and written feedback they received for their essays aimed at developing argumentation skills as well as their reasons they made in response to feedback.

The study addresses the following research questions:

  1. What is the relationship between feedback and learners’ uptake in writing?
  2. How effective is written and oral feedback in encouraging students to develop their argument-building skills in essay writing?
  3. What are the most effective ways of feedback that encourage students to develop their argument-building skills?

Brown’s words clearly underscore the fact that a teacher should be necessarily there if learning is to take place. That is possibly why Brown (2001, p.340) contends that “we are still exploring ways to offer optimal feedback to student writing.” Shintani & Ellis (2013) revealed that uncoded feedback leaves the student to diagnose and correct the error himself. Ahmadi, Maftoon & Mehrdad, (2012) found that in EFL writing classes it is advised to incorporate both feedback types, keeping in mind that there is no single feedback strategy which works for all students, in all situations and with all the variety of errors. Hyland & Hyland, (2019) disclosed that providing feedback to students, whether in the form of written commentary, error correction, teacher-student conferencing, or peer discussion is recognized as one of the ESL writing teacher’s important tool.

Based on research two forms of feedback were considered: written corrective feedback as explicit, implicit and uncoded and oral feedback - Teacher-Student conferencing, Peer review, Whole class discussion.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A mixed-methods design was adopted for data collection in the present study. Both quantitative and qualitative data are integrated to address the research aims previously outlined – surveys (to collect quantitative data) and focus group discussions of students with reviews of documents (as the primary source of qualitative data).
As most types of oral feedback was completed by a teacher in the classroom, the role of teacher observation was essential in encouraging students to improve their argument-building in writing. Throughout this study, teachers observed learners in the classroom to collect relevant information and data regarding the effectiveness of oral and written types of feedback. Teachers’ field notes allowed to avoid bias and to record details objectively.  
Moreover, document analysis was conducted based on learners’ essays (collected, read, reviewed and returned to) to identify if learners demonstrated any significant changes regarding the layout and argumentation in their written works.
To gain more qualitative data, a focus group discussion (FGD) with 5 students was conducted towards the end of the data-gathering period to investigate learners’ views, perceptions, and beliefs surrounding feedback in essay writing. Focus group discussion enabled the exploration of the meanings of survey findings that cannot be explained statistically, and demonstrated the range of views on a topic of interest.
Concerning quantitative data, a four-item questionnaire was used to obtain the learners’ attitudes toward various corrective feedback modes. It is a closed-form questionnaire containing four multiple-choice items to which 24 participants were requested to respond by choosing one of the given corrective feedback modes that they prefer to receive.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In conclusion, each type of feedback was acknowledged effective for students in the classroom. It is not important what type of feedback is given, but it is more important how useful given feedback is for students. Nevertheless, participants of this study found oral feedback more advantageous and fruitful in terms of learning and attainment.  
Both whole-class discussions and teacher-student conferences were helpful, still, learners gave preference to the latter in enhancing their understanding of argument-building in essays. One-on-one interactions through writing conferences provided opportunities for students to showcase their writing styles, while teachers could recognize their students’ strengths and weaknesses. Peer review was not always conducted successfully due to learners’ different language competence.
Though learners valued the significance of both explicit and implicit feedback in dealing with language mistakes, among written corrective feedback uncoded feedback was considered better than other types of feedback. It enabled them to reconsider errors, self-correct and present evidence. Students pointed out that though uncoded feedback is less positive to get, through self-revision they are more aware about their mistakes, and self-correction will facilitate them to remember and avoid the same mistakes further.
Overall, oral feedback combined with written feedback would be more acceptable and practical for greater performance in essay writing.
There are a few limitations of this study that should be considered when interpreting the results. The study has been based on questionnaires and classroom observations of one school only. So, to get a better picture of the situation, teachers’ and students’ interviews might have been included. Involving a larger number of participants for the survey might have supported receiving better statistical data either.
Teacher Training and collaboration play a vital role in encouraging teachers to use efficient techniques and different approaches to feedback, also when and how to give feedback in their classrooms.

References
Ahmadi, D., Maftoon, P., & Mehrdad, A. G. (2012). Investigating the effects of two types of feedback on EFL students’ writing. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 46, 2590-2595.
Alvira, R. (2016). The impact of oral and written feedback on EFL writers with the use of screencasts. PROFILE Issues in Teachers' Professional Development, 18(2), 79-92.
Bijami, M., Kashef, S. H., & Nejad, M. S. (2013). Peer feedback in learning English writing: Advantages and disadvantages. Journal of Studies in Education, 3(4), 91-97.
Brown, H. D. (2001). Teaching by principles: An approach to language pedagogy. New Jersey. Englewood Cliff.
Bitchener, J., Young, S., & Cameron, D. (2005). The effect of different types of corrective feedback on ESL student writing. Journal of second language writing, 14(3), 191-205.
Hirvela, A. (2017). Argumentation and second language writing: Are we missing the boat? Journal of Second Language Writing, 36, 69–74
Hyland, K., & Hyland, F. (Eds.). (2019). Feedback in second language writing: Contexts and issues. Cambridge university press.
Hyland, K., & Hyland, F. (2006). Feedback on second language students' writing. Language teaching, 39(2), 83-101.
Ismail, N., Maulan, S., & Hasan, N. H. (2008). The impact of teacher feedback on ESL students’ writing performance. Academic Journal of Social Studies, 8(1), 45-54.
Küçükali, E. (2017). The effect of oral vs. written feedback in EFL writing. Journal of applied linguistics and language research, 4(7), 47-67.
Lee, J. J., & Deakin, L. (2016). Interactions in L1 and L2 undergraduate student writing: Interactional metadiscourse in successful and less-successful argumentative essays. Journal of second language writing, 33, 21-34.
Mansourizadeh, K., & Abdullah, K. I. (2014). The effects of oral and written meta-linguistic feedback on ESL students writing. 3L, Language, Linguistics, Literature, 20(2).
Miller, R. T., & Pessoa, S. (2016). Where's your thesis statement and what happened to your topic sentences? Identifying organizational challenges in undergraduate student argumentative writing. Tesol Journal, 7(4), 847-873.
Shintani, N., & Ellis, R. (2013). The comparative effect of direct written corrective feedback and metalinguistic explanation on learners’ explicit and implicit knowledge of the English indefinite article. Journal of Second Language Writing, 22(3), 286-306
Schleppegrell, M. J. (2006). The challenges of academic language in school subjects. Språket och kunskapen, 47-69.
Suh, J. (2005). Peer feedback interactions in EFL compositions: Written feedback versus oral feedback. ENGLISH TEACHING (영어교육), 60(3), 91-116.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm27 SES 07 B: Teacher Expectancy and Professional Development
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Anna Kristín Sigurðardóttir
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

How Can Teacher Expectancy Research Better Inform Classroom Teaching?

Rune Hejli Lomholt

University of Southern Denmark, Denmark

Presenting Author: Hejli Lomholt, Rune

Research has suggested that high- and low-expectation teachers tend to create very different instructional and socioemotional classroom environments (Rubie-Davies, 2007) and high expectation teachers provide students with more learning opportunities by planning and conducting their teaching differently for different students (Aydin & Ok, 2022; Rubie-Davies, 2014). In this paper, I start by considering that the use of Teacher Expectancy Research (TER) has great unfilled potential for more practical use in education, something that is also voiced by Weinstein (2018). Wang et al. (2018) recommends that future research investigates the impact of classroom behaviours and engagement. Further, Geven et al. (2021) has presented findings that suggests how the impact of influential factors on teacher expectations vary across educational contexts, but research in a Danish educational context remains underdeveloped. I address this gap and focus on students forms of participation, as an indicator of classroom behaviour and engagement. I argue how it is an important departure from a dominant research focus on student demographic traits and can contribute towards a more practical application of TER. In this paper, I ask the question; how can TER better inform classroom teaching? I believe there are two social conditions that impedes the practical usage of TER:

Firstly, I consider the notion of “meritocratic beliefs” (Mijs, 2016) about students’ academic performance as potentially problematic. Such a belief system could be a reason for the great unfilled potential of TER as a framework for equitable conditions for learning and achievement. In a meritocratic belief system inequalities are personalized, which poses a serious problem to justice in education; it holds the learner accountable for the lack of academic performance, rather than focusing on the learning environment. In this perspective, differences in students’ academic performance are viewed as connected to their innate ability and the effort they put into school work, determining opportunities for learning and educational attainment. Mijs (2021) show how meritocratic beliefs are increasingly widespread among citizens in society, and Geven et al. (2021) suggests that teachers might consent to educational inequality, because they believe it is due to fair meritocratic principles of educational attainment.

Is academic performance all about effort? Bourdieu has suggested that a large part of the explanation can also be found in reproduction of structural, intergenerationally transferred inequalities, and empirical studies have consistently identified reproduction mechanisms in education (Jæger & Holm, 2007; OECD, 2016). Even thou recent reviews show consistent evidence that teacher expectations are biased against the gender, ethnicity or socioeconomic status of students (Murdock-Perriera & Sedlacek, 2018; Wang et al., 2018), this might not be properly acknowledged by teachers if swayed by meritocratic beliefs.

Secondly, I consider that bias in teacher expectations is often latent and need to be elicited to make teachers aware of them. I argue that variations in teachers’ expectations towards the academic performance of students across different forms of participation, could potentially elicit latent bias (if any) so it cannot be explained solely by merit. Also, bias across the gender, ethnicity or socioeconomic status of students would force the acknowledgement of structural inequalities as part of the explanation to differences in academic performance. A focus on classroom behaviour and engagement could provide teachers with an infraction point for interrupting detrimental cycles driven by their own expectations.

I conclude by presenting forms of participation observed in my study, together with a schematic of my research design and outline how I intend to investigate influential factors on the formation of teachers’ expectations and incorporate a focus on classroom behaviour and engagement. Conclusively, I stress the need for classroom teaching to be better informed by TER.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I utilize a mixed method research design, with two empirical approaches to the collection and analysis of data: 1) an observational study and 2) a statistical study based on data from a factorial survey. In the first phase of the project (1) an observational study examines forms of participation among primary school students in different teaching activities, focusing on the school subject’s Danish language and Mathematics. This enables me to operationalize and present teachers with representations of students’ participation in teaching activities, as an indicator of classroom behaviour and engagement. The observational study is conducted in four Danish primary schools selected through a stratified random sampling procedure based on available Danish national school records. Schools are sampled from this procedure, to ensure variation in the student population according to gender (Robinson-Cimpian et al., 2014), ethnicity (Bonefeld & Dickhauser, 2018; Tenenbaum & Ruck, 2007) and socioeconomic status (Geven et al., 2021), which have consistently been found to impact teacher expectations. The analysis of the qualitative data will then inform the operationalization of participation in a vignette to ensure high ecological validity in the quantitative study (Krolak-Schwerdt et al., 2018).

In the second phase of the study (2), I examine variations in primary school teachers’ expectations, by conducting a vignette experiment. Here, teachers are asked to register their expectations toward the academic performance of a fictitious student. I use a factorial survey design, which consists of a vignette experiment in combination with a traditional survey (Atzmüller & Steiner, 2010). This methodological approach has shown to be especially suited for eliciting latent bias in professional judgements (Wallander & Laanemets, 2017). The vignettes are composed as descriptions of a fictitious student with certain characteristics and level of participation in a teaching activity. Participation and student characteristics are then experimentally varied across respondents in a between-subjects design, which allows for an assessment of the statistical effect of the variables on the outcome of a formed expectation about future academic performance. The traditional survey is used to gauge relevant teacher characteristics, values, and other relevant attitudes.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Following on from the analysis of the qualitative data in the first phase of my project, the paper concludes by presenting forms of participation observed in my study, with a focus on the classroom context and variations between the school subject’s Danish language and Mathematics. Next, I outline my research design and how I integrate qualitative and quantitative methods. I use this to discuss how representations of participation could be operationalized in a vignette, as part of a factorial survey design. I conclude by arguing that variations in teachers’ expectations towards the academic performance of students across different forms of participation, can potentially elicit latent bias so it cannot be explained solely by merit, and why this can strengthen the use of TER and its use for justice in education. Conclusively, I stress the need for classroom teaching to be better informed by TER.
References
Atzmüller, C., & Steiner, P. M. (2010). Experimental Vignette Studies in Survey Research. Methodology, 6(3), 128-138.

Aydin, Ö., & Ok, A. (2022). A Systematic Review on Teacher's Expectations and Classroom Behaviors. International Journal of Curriculum and Instructional Studies, 12(1), 247-274.

Bonefeld, M., & Dickhauser, O. (2018). (Biased) Grading of Students' Performance: Students' Names, Performance Level, and Implicit Attitudes. Frontiers in Psychology, 9, Article 481.

Geven, S., Wiborg, Ø. N., Fish, R. E., & Van De Werfhorst, H. G. (2021). How teachers form educational expectations for students: A comparative factorial survey experiment in three institutional contexts. Social Science Research, 100, 102599.

Jæger, M. M., & Holm, A. (2007). Does parents’ economic, cultural, and social capital explain the social class effect on educational attainment in the Scandinavian mobility regime? Social Science Research, 36(2), 719-744.

Krolak-Schwerdt, S., Hörstermann, T., Glock, S., & Böhmer, I. (2018). Teachers' Assessments of Students' Achievements: The Ecological Validity of Studies Using Case Vignettes. The Journal of Experimental Education, 86(4), 515-529.

Mijs, J. J. B. (2016). The Unfulfillable Promise of Meritocracy: Three Lessons and Their Implications for Justice in Education. Social Justice Research, 29(1), 14-34.

Mijs, J. J. B. (2021). The paradox of inequality: income inequality and belief in meritocracy go hand in hand. Socio-Economic Review, 19(1), 7-35. https://doi.org/10.1093/ser/mwy051

Murdock-Perriera, L. A., & Sedlacek, Q. C. (2018). Questioning Pygmalion in the Twenty-First Century: The Formation, Transmission, and Attributional Influence of Teacher Expectancies. Social Psychology of Education: An International Journal, 21(3), 691-707.

OECD. (2016). PISA 2015 Results (Volume I).

Robinson-Cimpian, J. P., Lubienski, S. T., Ganley, C. M., & Copur-Gencturk, Y. (2014). Teachers' perceptions of students' mathematics proficiency may exacerbate early gender gaps in achievement. Dev Psychol, 50(4), 1262-1281.

Rubie-Davies, C. (2014). Becoming a High Expectation Teacher.

Rubie-Davies, C. M. (2007). Classroom interactions: exploring the practices of high- and low-expectation teachers. Br J Educ Psychol, 77(Pt 2), 289-306.

Tenenbaum, H. R., & Ruck, M. D. (2007). Are teachers' expectations different for racial minority than for European American students? A meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 99(2), 253-273.

Wallander, L., & Laanemets, L. (2017). Factorial survey in mixed methods research: modelling professionals individual judgements.

Wang, S., Rubie-Davies, C. M., & Meissel, K. (2018). A Systematic Review of the Teacher Expectation Literature over the Past 30 Years. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3-5), 124-179.

Weinstein, R. S. (2018). Pygmalion at 50: harnessing its power and application in schooling. Educational Research and Evaluation, 24(3-5), 346-365.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Shedding Light on Teachers’ Promotion of Self-Regulated Learning

Seda Aydan1, Yesim Çapa Aydın2, Esen Uzuntiryaki-Kondakçı2

1TED University, Turkiye; 2Middle East Technical University, Türkiye

Presenting Author: Aydan, Seda; Çapa Aydın, Yesim

Self-regulation is a key part of who we choose to become and how we choose to live our lives. It has been defined as deliberate efforts to regulate one’s behavior so as to reach a preset goal. Although the definition of self-regulation seems unequivocal, it actually involves a vast array of complex self-directed processes such as setting a goal, use of metacognitive knowledge and skills to direct the process, organization of the sources as well as the environment, and also monitoring and reflecting on the process (Butler & Winne, 1995; Schunk & Zimmerman, 2007). Self-regulated learning can be described as students’ self-generated thoughts, feelings, and behaviors to attain particular goals (Zimmerman & Schunk, 1989). Directing strategic action as a demonstration of metacognitive skills and motivation in academic studies is self-regulation taking place in the school context (Zimmerman, 2002; Winne & Perry, 2000). There is a paucity of research indicating the impact of self-regulated learning on school readiness (e.g., Denham et al., 2012a; McClelland et al., 2006) and academic success of students (e.g., Denham et al., 2012b; Nota et al., 2004) which takes us to the role of the teacher in enriching self-regulated learning process. Teachers are regarded as one of the crucial elements contributing to the promotion of self-regulated learning in many studies (e.g., Magno, 2009; Rozendaal et al., 2005). As underlined by Boekaerts and Cascallar (2006), “clarity and pace of instruction, the amount of structure provided, autonomy granted, teacher enthusiasm, humor, fairness, and teacher expectations about students’ capacity” can prompt the self-regulated learning process. Besides, Peeters et al. (2014) emphasize that the competencies of teachers in terms of self-regulated learning processes as well as their beliefs of self-regulated learning, have a great potential to impact their acts in the classroom. This signals the importance of investigating the factors related to teachers’ promotion of their students’ self-regulation. For this reason, uncovering the predictors of teachers’ promotion of students’ self-regulated learning has the potential to contribute to both research and practice. With this rationale in mind, the present study explores how well the intrinsic interest of teachers and their beliefs in self-regulated learning predict their promotion of student self-regulation strategies.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Correlational design was used in this study, in which data were collected from 106 teachers (58.3% male, 39.8% female) working at five science high schools in Turkey. Teachers’ years of experience ranged between 7 and 37. Cluster random sampling was used as the schools were randomly selected from the top ten science high schools in Turkey. These high schools accept top-rank students based on a competitive national exam.
The current study benefits from Teacher Self-Regulation Scale (TSRS, Capa-Aydin et al., 2009), the Self-Regulated Learning Teacher Belief Scale (SRLTB, Lombaerts et al., 2009), and a third scale assessing teachers’ promotion of student self-regulated learning strategies (Capa-Aydin et al., 2007). The TSRS originally involved various aspects of SRL, such as goal setting, intrinsic interest, self-instruction, self-evaluation, and self-reaction. Only intrinsic interest, including six items, was used in the present study. A sample item read, “It makes me happy to see my students learn.” The SRLTB is a one-factor structured scale including ten items, and it explores the beliefs of teachers on self-regulated learning. “Pupils should be able to decide when they work on an assignment more often” and “Pupils have the capacity to determine what they want to learn” are example items from this scale. The third scale was developed in a research project. It is unidimensional with eight items (e.g., I teach my students to manage time efficiently). Cronbach alpha coefficients were .78 for intrinsic interest, .86 for the SRLTB, and .93 for the scale of teachers’ promotion of self-regulated learning.
In order to reveal how well intrinsic interest and beliefs predict certain teacher behavior, namely teachers’ promotion of student self-regulation strategies, a hierarchical multiple linear regression analysis was used. Teachers’ year of teaching experience was included in the first step as a controlling variable. The assumptions of multiple regression (independence, normality, homoscedasticity of residuals, linearity), absence of multivariate outliers, and absence of multicollinearity were checked before proceeding to the analysis. No issue was detected.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results of the multiple regression analysis showed that the first model, including only the years of teaching experience variable, was not significant, F(1, 104)=.04. After controlling for years of experience, the second set of predictors significantly contributed to the model, F(3, 102)= 10.08, p < .05. Both of the predictors (intrinsic interest of teachers and the beliefs of teachers on self-regulated learning) were found to be positively and significantly related to the outcome variable. That is, as teachers tend to have a more intrinsic interest in their profession and have more positive beliefs regarding self-regulated learning, they tend to show more practices to encourage students to use self-regulated strategies. Regarding the unique contributions, intrinsic interest contributed 18.93% of the variation in the outcome variable, whereas teacher beliefs contributed 3.31% of the variance. Overall, the model accounted for 22.9% of the variance in the outcome variable, that is, the teachers’ promotion of self-regulated learning strategies.
References
Boekaerts, M., & Cascallar, E. (2006). How far have we moved toward the integration of theory and practice in self-regulation?. Educational Psychology Review, 18(3), 199-210.
Butler, D. L., & Winne, P. H. (1995). Feedback and self-regulated learning: A theoretical synthesis. Review of Educational Research, 65(3), 245-281.
Capa Aydin, Y., Sungur, S., & Uzuntiryaki, E.(2009).Teacher self regulation: Examining a multidimensional construct. Educational Psychology, 29(3), 345-356
Capa Aydin, Y., Sungur, S., & Uzuntiryaki, E.(2007). Teacher self regulation. Unpublished research report.
Denham, S. A., Bassett, H. H., Way, E., Mincic, M., Zinsser, K., & Graling, K. (2012a). Preschoolers’ emotion knowledge: Self-regulatory foundations, and predictions of early school success. Cognition & Emotion, 26(4), 667-679.
Denham, S. A., Warren-Khot, H. K., Bassett, H. H., Wyatt, T., & Perna, A. (2012b). Factor structure of self-regulation in preschoolers: Testing models of a field-based assessment for predicting early school readiness. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 111(3), 386-404.
Lombaerts, K., De Backer, F., Engels, N., Van Braak, J., & Athanasou, J. (2009). Development of the self-regulated learning teacher belief scale. European Journal of Psychology of Education, 24(1), 79-96.
Magno, C. (2009). Developing and assessing self-regulated learning. The assessment handbook: Continuing education program, 1.
McClelland, M. M., Acock, A. C., & Morrison, F. J. (2006). The impact of kindergarten learning-related skills on academic trajectories at the end of elementary school. Early Childhood Research Quarterly, 21(4), 471-490.
Nota, L., Soresi, S., & Zimmerman, B. J. (2004). Self-regulation and academic achievement and resilience: A longitudinal study. International Journal of Educational Research, 41(3), 198-215.
Peeters, J., De Backer, F., Reina, V. R., Kindekens, A., Buffel, T., & Lombaerts, K. (2014). The role of teachers’ self-regulatory capacities in the implementation of self-regulated learning practices. Procedia-Social and Behavioral Sciences, 116, 1963-1970.
Rozendaal, J. S., Minnaert, A., & Boekaerts, M. (2005). The influence of teacher perceived administration of self-regulated learning on students’ motivation and information-processing. Learning and Instruction, 15(2), 141-160.
Schunk, D. H., & Zimmerman, B. J. (2007). Influencing children’s self-efficacy and self-regulation of reading and writing through modeling. Reading & Writing Quarterly, 23(1), 7-25.
Winne, P.H., & Perry, N.E. (2000). Measuring self-regulated learning. In M. Boekaerts, P.R. Pintrich & M. Zeidner (eds), Handbook of Self-Regulation. Academic Press.
Zimmerman, B. J. (2002). Becoming a self-regulated learner: An overview. Theory Into Practice, 41(2), 64–70.
Zimmerman, B. J., & Schunk, D. H. (1989). Self-regulated learning and academic achievement: Theory, research, and practice. Springer


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

What do Nurses Mean and do when They Describe and Practice Nursing and Caring According to a Holistic View?

Monne Wihlborg1, Maria Björklund2, Katarina Jander3

1Lund University, Sweden; 2Lund University, Sweden; 3Lund University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Wihlborg, Monne

The nursing profession values the ideal of viewing patients as whole persons which claims having a distinct focus on understanding, knowing, and caring for the whole person. Holism, from the Greek ’holos’ and ’hale’ meaning whole, can in modern time be traced back to the Gestalt psyckologists regads an internal and external horizon of awareness in the 1920 (Max Wertheimer, Wolfgang Köhler, and Kurt Koffka) here turning to Gurwitch, 2012/1974) influencing nursing, According to Sarkis & Skoner (1987) the term holism was mentioned in psychological and philosophical settings before making an entrance into nursing referring to Dr. Myra Levine, who, in turn, refer to Erikson’s (1964) followed by Rogers (1970), the view on wholeness as an open system start to became influential, as opposite to a reductionist view dominating the medical paradigm at the time...Thus, the nursing profession have over time increasingly developed a more holistic view concerning an approach in nursing practises, and in the 1980s, the ideal of holism was further emphasized in nursing as a response to and as a discourse against - the still prevailing medical model that mainly focused on diseases and diagnoses (Kim 2006; Smart 2005). The idea of a more holistic view was to avoid a reductionist trend and approach in nursing and care, since the medical model derives from the tradition of natural science regarding the human body as a physical object, where diseases can be objectified and measured (mostly statistically) physically and biological (Artioli, Foà & Taffurelli, 2016). Today the intention of a holistic approach and holism related to contemporary nursing and its practice are advocated in many health caring contexts, but the meaning and understanding of holism varies widely, as shown in Larsen and Borup’s (2011) review of 23 Nordic articles and McMillan et al’s (2018) concept analysis of holism in nursing practice. As in another study by McEvoy and Duffy (2008) performed a concept analysis including 27 articles concerned with nursing and allied health literature. We address underlying questions concerned with nurses epistemological and ontological understandings related to holism and a transformed holistic approach in nursing, as mirrored in contemporary research. More specifically, we address the following main research questing aiming to identify and describe nurses’ awareness related to their approaches in nursing related to a globalised/internationalised world perspective. Underpinning explorative questions are: What are the epistemological assumptions underpinning the nurses’ meanings/understandings? What are the ontological assumptions underpinning the nurses’ meanings/understandings? What are the nurses’ knowledge and understanding(s) about holism and a holistic approach in nursing and health care practices? What does holism/holistic approach mean according to nurses? and What does it mean in health care and nursing contexts? We make no claim about presenting the meaning/understandings of ‘true’ holism/holistic approach’, also, we have avoided any core predefinition or the ‘word meaning’ except for the described historical dichotomy concerning the holistic versus reductionist approach in nursing, in order to maintain an open explorative approach. Thus aiming at describing and demonstrate the current and practicing holistic understanding(s) and approach in healthcare from the nurses’ perspective based on the contents presented in our material. Said this, we however turn to Heidegger’s (1953;1971b,c...) view (as a theoretical frame) on holism when interpreting the results as a possible and reasonable suggestion for developing a more aware understanding of a holistic approach.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A literature search was conducted in CINAHL Complete (EbscoHost, inception to present), MEDLINE (EbscoHost, 1947-present) and PsycInfo (EbscoHost, inception to present). EbscoHost interface was used to search the databases simultaneously, and the search was conducted March 9, 2022. The search strategy was developed in collaboration with a librarian. Filters English and Academic journals was used to focus the search result on peer reviewed publications. The search resulted in 420 records. Duplicates between the included databases was automatically removed in the simultaneous search. EndNote identified 35 additional duplicates, resulting in n=385 papers/…After full text review, 109 papers were selected for further screening to identify descriptions of holism or descriptive themes. 1 paper was identified as duplicate, 2 had wrong topic (chemistry or similar), 50 papers described holism through teamwork and the nurse’s perspective was not explicit.  34 papers did not have the nurses approach in focus, 7 papers only addressed holism vaguely, in total 109 papers were excluded after full text review. 17 papers were eligible for thematic analysis and synthesis.
An explorative inductive approach inspired by Thomas & Harden (2008) and Braun & Clarke (2006) a thematic synthesis analyses was conducted using several stages in the process. In line with Thomas & Harden the synthesis include: …”the idea or step of 'going beyond' the content of the original studies [and] has been identified by some as the defining characteristic of synthesis” and...”the equivalent stage in meta-ethnography is the development of 'third order interpretations' which go beyond the content of original studies [32,11]”, as in our study this involves interpretation of the results turning to Heidegger and the view and understanding of holism emerged from the data and described in (our) themes, and in our study became the focus on epistemological and ontological perspectives related to the meaning and understanding of holism, when interpreting and discussing the developed themes. The synthesis took the form of three stages which overlapped to some degree: the free line-by-line identifying key characteristics and sentences of the findings in the review studies results; the organisation of these 'key characteristics and sentences' into related areas/domains to construct 'descriptive' themes; and finally the development of 'analytical' contextual themes. Three temes emerged

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
(1)Ontological Awareness – philosophical roots and holistic oriented: Nurses approaches care situations and the patients with openness, trust and attentiveness based on a pre-reflective knowledge about a meaning of holism. Deep wonder includes a ‘being-mode’ of an existential awareness involving ‘being-alongside and being-with’. Being-with involved a sincere presence and open mind. Nurses were engaged in the idea of meaning and mindfulness towards patient care and nursing and the awareness of spiritual and existential and social dimensions. (2)The ideological partnership – mostly situational and alliance oriented: Nurses’ approaches in nursing focuses on forming a partnership. Focus was on the engagement with the patient in alliance and supported by the idea of helping others, such as the patient in question. (3)To help – mostly situational and need oriented: The importance of being a good listener and showing emphatic response and forming an understanding of the patients’ needs in order to help related to a patient-, person-oriented discourse. These 3 approaches differ and can be understood as a hierarchic ladder with three steps (where ontological awareness represents a holistic and higher order of understanding and the focus primarily on responding to needs a reductionist and lower order of understanding). It is possible to visualize a "direction of development" between the three themes, moving from a needs approach to a consciousness view, in line with Heidegger's "being open and openness", suggesting that this opens up a wider contextual and holistic understanding. Thus, we will imply that understanding not merely the ‘word or conceptual meaning’ of holism and holistic care is sufficient when conceptualizing an authentic meaning involving the transition into nurses’ approaches in care situations. Suggesting that also a deeper ontological awareness is necessary and central in order to avoid/eliminate a reductionist understanding and approach concerning the phenomenon ‘holism related to nursing’.
References
Short ref list.
Artioli, Foà & Taffurelli, 2016… An integrated narrative nursing model: towards a new healthcare paradigm Acta Biomed, 22, pp. 13-22.
Polvsen & Borup’s (2011) Holism in nursing and health promotion: distinct or related perspectives?--A literature review, Scand J Caring Sci., pp. 25(4):798-805.
Braun & Clarke (2006). Using thematic analysis in psychology. Qualitative Research in Psychology, 3(2), pp. 77-101
HEIDEGGER, M. Being and time. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1953. p.5-227.
HEIDEGGER, M. Building dwelling thinking. In: HEIDEGGER, M. Poetry, language, thought. London: Harper and Row, 1971a. p.143-161.
HEIDEGGER, M. ... poetically, Man dwells... In: HEIDEGGER, M. Poetry, language, thought. London: Harper and Row, 1971b. p.211-229.
HEIDEGGER, M. The origin of the work of art. In: HEIDEGGER, M. Poetry, language, thought. London: Harper and Row, 1971c. p.17-78.
Kim H. (2016). The concept of holism. In: Kim H, Kollak I (eds). Nursing Theories: Conceptual and Philosophical Foundations. London, Springer: 89-108.
Kleppe et al (2016). Nursing textbooks’ conceptualization of nurses’responsibilities related to the ideal of a holistic view of the patient: A critical analysis. Journal of Nursing Education and Practice 6 (3), pp. 106-115.
McMillan et al (2018). Holism: A Concept Analysis. DOI:10.15344/2394-4978/2018/282
McEvoy, L. and Duffy, A. (2008) Holistic practice—A concept analysis. Nurse Education in Practice, 8, 412-419. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.nepr.2008.02.002
Thomas & Harden (2008). Methods for the thematic synthesis of qualitative research in systematic reviews…DOIhttps://doi.org/10.1186/1471-2288-8-45
Vallega-Neu (2004). Body and Time-Space in Heidegger and Merleau-Ponty. DOI: 10.1163/15691640-12341409
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm27 SES 08 B: Diversity - Teaching and Learning in Diverse Contexts
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Within the Value of Diversity, the Value of Unrepeatable: Improvisation as Generative Teaching-Learning Perspective and Procedure in the Classroom

Eleonora Zorzi, Marina Santi

University of Padua, Italy

Presenting Author: Zorzi, Eleonora

These challenging times (COVID-19 pandemic and the following disruptions to activities in schools; the ongoing Russian war of aggression against Ukraine) have highlighted inequalities still permeating our education institutions (EU, 2022; p.3). Equity and inclusion in education and training demand to eradicate the negative effects of individual circumstances on people’s prospects in life, looking at diversities not as disadvantages but as human conditions from which all education reasonings have to start (Sen, 1999). Recognizing and respecting diversities can create tensions and can challenge the homogeneous system framework. In a society that, through techniques and technologies, favors the value of repeatability (of recording), in a scientific world that, from positivism onwards, appreciates ​​the effectiveness of replicability, a changing perspective could be to valorize diversities (against homologation) and the unrepeatable (against repeatability).

In the pedagogical field, the unrepeatable is traceable and recognizable in the "awareness of diversity" that constitutes the Shibboleth of every genuine educator (Borghi, 2000, p. 103). The educator who does not bother to identify the singular and unrepeatable characteristics of each pupil, who instead of conceiving and conducting teaching as a perennial apprenticeship and living in school and class as a "laboratory", lays down in the cotton wool of general ideas, is placed in the enclosure of a pedagogical province where the transmission of notions and habits of homogenizing behavior are the instrumental forms, suitable for the conservation (repetition?) of the existing state of affairs (Borghi, 2000, p .103, in Bocci, 2021, p.93). Therefore the unrepeatable can be the common value which connects all the diversities and differences: everyone, everything, and every moment are unique and unrepeatable and this is the core of teaching-learning processes which want to recognize dignity and respect for the actors and knowledge involved.

The concept of unrepeatable is central in improvisation and deeply rooted in the very process of making it (Berliner, 1994; Becker, 2000). Five dimensions make possible the unrepeatable (Sparti, 2005, p.118): inseparability (process and product occur and flow simultaneously); originality and uniqueness (each act is different from the previous one every time); impromptu (everything takes place in a here and now and is a response to a series of circumstances, perceived as unrepeatable and propitious moments); irreversibility (one can go only forward, signifying what has already done); responsiveness, (the ability to react to changes, to make decisions). A further aspect differentiates true improvisation, from improvisational processes of another nature: awareness of doing and while doing improvisation (Bertinetto, 2016; Zorzi, 2020, p.32).

So improvisation can be conceived as the process in which the awareness of diversities and the unrepeatable of each one are manifested, collocated in the pedagogical perspective of pedagojazz (Santi, 2016) and of the educational and didactic differentiation (Tomlinson, Mc Tighe, 2006; D'Alonzo, Monauni, 2021; Ingold, 2018).

This work - based on previously published studies (Santi, Zorzi, 2016; Zorzi, 2020) - deals with the topic of diversity intended also as unrepeatable in the educational field, investigating how improvisation can be a generative teaching-learning perspective and procedure in the classroom. The research aims are to understand when and how improvisation emerges in teaching-learning processes, and to investigate which kind of didactic activities are connected to improvisation as a practice that sustains diversities and valorizes the unrepeatable. Research questions are: How is it possible to realize improvisation in teaching? Which kinds of activities or practices can offer space for improvisation in the classroom? Can teachers conceive the practice of improvisation - in the fullness of its dimensions (Zorzi, 2020) - as a perspective/procedure to express their awareness of diversities and unrepeatable, promoting well-being through this practice in the classroom?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Qualitative methodology (Bogdan, Biklen, 2007; Denzin, Lincoln, 2008) drove the research reflection on the aims and the questions, and the phenomenological approach (Husserl, 2002) allowed us to choose the best procedures to collect and analyze the data. To answer the research questions and to develop the research aims, 6 focus groups were conducted (Vanassche, Kelchtermans, 2016), with volunteer professional teachers (expert and novice), to discuss with them their experiences with improvisation in the classroom and their reflections about its characteristics. Participants were 35 in total: 2 early school teachers; 10 primary school teachers; 7 lower secondary school teachers; 16 upper secondary school teachers. In this way, all the different grades of school were represented. Also, different disciplines were represented because there were 22 teachers from linguistic and humanities areas; 9 teachers from scientific-technical areas, and 2 support teachers. Every focus group was composed of 5-6 participants and lasted about 2 hours: this choice has been taken to facilitate a deep discussion and to have enough time for everyone to share experiences and reflections. In every group were represented at least 3 or 4 different school grades and at least 2 or 3 different discipline areas. The results of the focus groups have been drawn by a content analysis (using Atlas-ti 9) conducted on the transcriptions of the discussions. Starting from a bottom-up process, the coding procedures followed the grounded theory coding phases (Charmaz, 2006), guided by the intention of preserving the meaning of participants as accurately as possible, to close improvisation and its dimensions by their professional perspectives. Every focus group started with some general and exploratory questions: what do you think about improvisation in the classroom? Do you think you sometimes improvise during your teaching? How do improvisational processes emerge during a lesson? Which kind of activities could promote it? Do you think that improvisational activities could be useful in teaching practice? In which ways? Questions were posed just as stimuli to reflect and start, but every discussion was open to variations and to follow authentic teachers’ interests. The researcher was most of all a facilitator and moderator (Goodman, Goodman, 1990) of the discussion, and every group was looked at as a community of inquiry (Lipman, 2003): teachers and researcher co-constructed didactic and pedagogical knowledge and concept in collaboration; participants and facilitator were shaped in the reciprocal dialogue (Edwards-Groves, et al., 2016).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
From the content analysis (that will be concluded within the next month) the results emerged are the following. For the first research question (how is it possible to realize improvisation in teaching?) improvisation is conceptualized by teachers as a process that can characterize two different moments of teaching. Improvisation emerges within (1) teaching design as an approach that promotes processes that make students protagonists, letting them space: it means that teachers set lessons on a canvas, minimal structure/maximal autonomy (Barrett, 2012), managing and optimizing time. Improvisation emerges also during (2) teaching-learning processes when teachers make themselves available to relationships, to listening and tuning with students: it means sharing perspectives and learning priorities with the classroom and developing a work method that starts from (a) experiences lived by students; (b) students’ questions, curiosities, provocations; (c) errors and misunderstandings; (d) discussing and reasoning together with students; (e) classroom’s needs and requests.
For the second research question (which kind of activities can offer space to improvisation?), the activities emerged that offer improvisational processes, valorizing diversity and the unrepeatable are: (1) laboratories (i.e. theater laboratory, body, and voice); (2) cooperative and collaborative works (i.e. digital classroom, group works; collective texts); (3) project-works (i.e. documentaries; videos; questionnaires); (4) real-experiences and practical activities (i.e. problem-solving; case analysis; debates; experiments); (5) questioning and discussing (i.e. thematic discussions; inquiry discussions; deepenings). They are all activities aimed at students’ participation and autonomy. The complete content analysis will also specify the different didactic proposals connected to the disciplinary areas offering a more complex vision of the topic. Teachers who are open to improvisation, perceive the awareness of the unrepeatable because every lesson and every student are different from the other: they facilitate and scaffold students valorizing diversities and the resources of what is happening.

References
Barrett, F. (2012). Yes to the mess. Harvard, Boston: Harvard Business School.
Becker, H.S. (2000). The etiquette of improvisation. Mind, Culture and Activity, 7 (3), 171-176.
Berliner, P.F. (1994). Thinking in Jazz: the Infinite Art of Improvisation. Chicago; London: University of Chicago Press.
Bertinetto, A. (2016). Eseguire l’inatteso. Ontologia della musica e improvvisazione (Italian Edition). Il Glifo ebook. Edizione del Kindle.
Bogdan, R. C., Biklen, S. K. (2007). Qualitative Research for Education. Boston: Pearson Education, Inc, (5th edition).
Bocci, F., De Castro, M. (2021). La pedagogia impegnata di bell hooks. L’integrazione scolastica e sociale. Vol.21, n.1, febbraio; pp. 74-92.
Borghi, L. (2000). La città e la scuola. Milano: Elèuthera.
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. London et al: Sage Publications.
D’Alonzo, L., Monauni, A. (2021). Che cos’è la differenziazione didattica. Brescia: Scholé.
Denzin, N.K, Lincoln, Y.S. (eds) (2008). Collecting and interpreting qualitative materials. Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
Edwards-Groves, C. Olin, Karlberg-Granlund, G. (2016). Partnership recognition in action research: understanding the practices and practice architectures for participation and change. Educational Action Research, 24(3), 321-333.
EU (2022). Education and Training Monitor 2022 (https://op.europa.eu/webpub/eac/education-and-training-monitor-2022/downloads/comparative-report/Education-and-Training-Monitor-Comparative-Report.pdf).
Goodman, Y.M., Goodman, K.S. (1990). Vygotsky in a whole-language perspective. In C. L. Moli (Ed.). Vygotsky and Education: Instructional Implications and Application of Sociohistorical Psychology. Cambridge, MA: Cambridge University Press.
Husserl, E. (2002). Idee per una fenomenologia pura e una filosofia ermeneutica. Torno: Einaudi [Or. title (1931). Sein und Zeit. Halle: Max Niemeyer Verlag]
Ingold, T. (2018). Anthropology and/as Pedagogy. Routledge.
Lipman, M. (2003). Thinking in Education, 2nd. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Santi, M. (2016). Education as jazz: a framework to escape the monologue of teaching and learning. In M. Santi, E. Zorzi (Eds.); pp. 3-27.
Santi, M., Zorzi, E. (eds.) (2016). Education as Jazz. Interdisciplinary Sketches on a New Metaphor. New Castle Upon Tyne: Cambridge Scholars Publishing.
Sen A. (1999). Development as freedom. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Sparti, D. (2005). Suoni inauditi. Bologna: Il Mulino.
Tomlinson, C.A., Mc Tighe, J. (2006). Integrating differentiated instruction and understanding by design: connecting content and kids. ASCD: Alexandria, VA.
Vanassche, E., Kelchtermans, G. (2016). “Facilitating self-study of teacher education practices: toward a pedagogy of teacher educator professional development”, in Professional Development in Education. Vol. 42, n.1, pp. 100-122.
Zorzi, E. (2020). L’insegnante improvvisatore. Napoli: Liguori.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Perspectives of School Assistants on Individual Learning Support in Diverse Contexts

Isabel Kratz, Matthias Martens

University of Cologne, Germany

Presenting Author: Kratz, Isabel; Martens, Matthias

The topic of school assistance has received increasing attention in German educational policy and educational science contexts since the obligation of an inclusive school system was legally anchored in Germany by the UN-CRPD in 2009. Thereby the function of inclusion support for students with special educational needs to participate in school is linked to the expectation of bridging the gap between individual needs and the school’s ability to support them (cf. Laubner et al., 2022, p. 7). According to Dworschak (2010), school assistants mainly accompany one student who needs individual support inside and outside of class due to special needs in the context of learning, behaviour, communication, medical care and/or coping with everyday life. As a systemic measure, school assistance is discussed in terms of its effect on inclusive education, especially with regard to the various facets of stabilizing or irritating practices, orientations and processes that accompany it (cf. Blasse et al., 2021, p. 189).

By bringing school assistants into the classroom, two professional groups coexist being responsible for student learning. At the same time, the practice of school assistants is subject to different conditions and normative expectations than those of teachers. The diversity among the topic of school assistance and individual learning support can be related to several aspects: the diversity of political and structural requirements depending on federal states and local authority, the diversity of the people working as school assistants concerning their profession and qualification, the diversity of their job and role(s) in school and in class, and finally the diversity of the students they support. While school assistance appears to be one of the younger yet a rather complex field of research, the arrangement of individual learning support in inclusive educational settings has long been a subject in German research on school pedagogy and didactics (cf. Hackbarth & Martens 2018) as well as in international discourses on adaptive education (cf. Wang 1992) .

The paper presentation will focus on the perspectives of school assistants on individual learning support by taking into account the tensions they face when dealing with self and external expectations. On the one hand, school assistants are not allowed to ‘teach’ students – on the other hand, they work more closely with individual students than any other professional group in the classroom. That leads to the main question of the paper presentation: To what extent do school assistants take responsibility for learning and how are these teaching-learning-processes structured? In this regard we are interested in the following aspects: How do school assistants negotiate the artificial separation of teaching and additional support? What are the perspectives of school assistants on subject-related professional learning? Which individual learning needs do school assistants identify, how do they describe them, and how do they meet them didactically? Considering that we will focus on the value of diverse perspectives on children’s needs as well as the risk of the exclusionary effect on children that might become evident due to fixed one-to-one learning support and other practices.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To explore the perspectives of school assistants on individual learning support, we are choosing a qualitative research approach by analysing group discussions and further natural as well as initiated conversations between school assistants using the documentary method (Bohnsack, 2017). Based on Karl Mannheim’s (1952) sociology of knowledge, the method offers the opportunity to reconstruct people’s explicit (theoretical) as well as implicit (atheoretical) knowledge by focusing their interactions and ways of speaking. Dealing with the complexity of diverse learning and teaching contexts in particular, the documentary method enables to face tensions that underly people’s expectations and experiences in the research field.
The paper presentation is based on empirical data from a PhD project on the inter-organisational professionalisation of school assistants. The specificity of the profession of school assistants lies in its location in two social organisations: while they carry out their professional practice in school, in most cases their employment and funding is done through external agencies. The project considers the associated inherent logics of social pedagogy and school pedagogy and how they are related. In order to do justice to the complexity and difference of professional structures and working conditions, data is collected in both organisations: one agency and two contrasting schools. In one of the two schools, we conducted 4 group discussions with school assistants (initiated by the researcher, duration from 50 to 85 minutes) and 11 audio-recordings of “natural” conversations (initiated by the school and/or the agency, e.g. staff meetings, group interactions, or collegial cas consultation) so far. The data collection in the second school and at the agency is planned for spring and summer.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The data analysis offers insights into the way school assistants deal with tensions regarding the adoption and development of didactics, taking into account the ambivalent situation of being responsible for learning and not being entitled to evaluate the students at the same time. When it comes to individual learning support, the assistants mention a lack of equality in relation to the teachers. In terms of the responsibility for learning, school assistants show individual competence in the sense of advocacy responsibility for students. In addition, they self-identify as professionals who have a diagnostic eye on students through distanced observations and close interaction at the same time, especially when it comes to social learning. However, this self-attribution seems to be expressed in a subject-differentiated manner; for example, in selected subject-didactic questions, they demand targeted management and responsibility by the teachers in the form of provision of materials and individual learning plans. School assistants see in particular the need for regular one-to-one learning situations by teachers in order to identify developmental levels and to counteract estrangement between teachers and students with special educational needs. Overall, the data point to the tendency to an orientation towards equality and shared responsibility for all students. With view to the core interest of the research project, it can be discussed to what extent responsibility for learning is an opportunity for the professionalisation of school assistants. The data collected so far show that responsibility for learning is closely linked to self expectations as well as external expectations in relation to one’s own professional image. Comparing different schools should give an answer to the question of how differently or similarly the professional image is negotiated and to what extent the schools can be reconstructed as a professional space of experience for the school assistants.
References
Blasse, N., Budde, J., Demmer, C., Gasterstädt, J. Heinrich, J., Lübeck, A., Rißler, G., Rohrmann, A., Strecker, A., Urban, M. (2021). Lehrpersonen und Schulbegleitungen als multiprofessionelle Teams in der ‚inklusiven‘ Schule – Zwischen Transformation und Stabilisierung. In K. Kunze, D. Petersen, G. Bellenberg, M. Fabel-Amla, J.-H. Hinzke, A. Moldenhauer, L. Peukert, C. Reintjes & K. re Poel (Hrsg.): Kooperation – Koordination – Kollegialität. Befunde und Diskurse zum Zusammenwirken pädagogischer Akteur*innen an Schule(n). Bad Heilbrunn: Verlag Julius Klinkhardt. S. 189-208

Bohnsack, R. (2017). Praxeologische Wissenssoziologie. Budrich.

Dworschak, W. (2010). Schulbegleiter, Integrationshelfer, Schulassistent? Begriffliche Klärung einer Maßnahme zur Integration in die Allgemeine Schule bzw. die Förderschule. In: Teilhabe, 3/2010, Jg. 49, S. 131-135

Hackbart, A. & Martens, M. (2018). Inklusiver (Fach-)Unterricht: Befunde – Konzeptionen – Herausforderungen. In T. Sturm & M. Wagner-Willi (Hrsg.): Handbuch schulische Inklusion. Bad Heilbrunn: Klinkhardt. S. 207-222

Laubner, M., Lindmeier, B. & Lübeck, A. (2022). Schulbegleitung in der inklusiven Schule. Grundlagen und Praxis. Weinheim & Basel: Beltz.

Mannheim, K. (1952). Essays on the sociology of knowledge. Routledge & Kegan Paul.

Wang, M. C. (1992). Adaptive education strategies: Building on diversity. Baltimore, MD: Brooks Publishing.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Religious Dimension of Intercultural Education in Confessional Religious Education: Religious Education Teachers’ Views and Opinions on Teaching Methods in Croatia

Marija Jurišić1, Gordana Barudžija2

1University of Zagreb, Croatia; 2Education and Teacher Training Agency

Presenting Author: Jurišić, Marija

The topic of this paper is placed in the context of contemporary social changes from the perspective of multiculturality. Political approach to social diversity, interculturalism present the demand for coexistence within the framework of equality, respect for the dignity of each person and dialogue. (Portera, 2011; Rey-von Allmen, 2011; Banks, 2014). The field of education is an important means and method of achieving those goals. Education for religious diversity is increasingly affirmed as an indispensable factor in education. The subject of religious education in public schools is seen as an important part of education for dialogue, a factor for promoting the dignity of each person and coexistence with others. (Keast, 2007; Council of Europe, 2008) Qualified teachers are an essential pre-condition for achieving goals related to intercultural education. (European Commission, 2019)

The theoretical concept of intercultural education and its religious dimensions form the political guidelines and educational documents of the Council of Europe. Although intercultural education has undergone a transformation, the diversity of religions and worldviews was not taken into account up until 2002. (Rey-von Allmen, 2011) Ever since 2002, a year that is closely related to the global event of September 11, there have been revisions of the concept of intercultural education, followed by the introduction of the religious dimension. (Jackson - O'Grady, 2019) The religious dimension of intercultural education is realized in religious education in public schools where the acquisition of knowledge about other religions and non-religious beliefs, the development of intercultural sensitivity and communication, and education for interreligious and ecumenical dialogue are expected. (Council of Europe, 2008; Jackson, 2014; Jackson - O Grady, 2019) The manuals and guidelines for the implementation of religious education based on the recommendations of the Council of Europe (Keast 2007; Jackson 2014) all promote a non-denominational model of religious education in Europe. However, despite the tendency to introduce non-confessional religious education in public schools in Europe, religious education in most European countries is still confessional. (Rothgangel et al. 2014a, 2014b, 2016, 2020)

It can be concluded that at the European level, learning about religions is recognized as crucial for reducing religious inequalities and discrimination at the social level. Considering that the Republic of Croatia is a member of the Council of Europe and has a specific, confessional form of religious education, we were interested in the extent to which the implementation of the religious dimension of intercultural education was researched. Training teachers for the religious dimension of intercultural education, in addition to knowledge about religions and worldviews, also requires knowledge of adequate teaching methods and competencies. (Korkeakoski – Ubani, 2018; Whitworth, 2020; Sweetman 2021)

This paper explores the issue of the work methods used by religious education teachers in confessional religious education in the Republic of Croatia when transferring knowledge about religious diversity. The aim of this research is to examine the attitudes and opinions of Islamic, Orthodox and Catholic religious education teachers about didactic approaches and the development of intercultural competence in teaching when discussing religious diversity.

The research results, although primarily focused on the Croatian context, will show how they contribute to the European context in relation to the ability of confessional religious education to integrate and implement the guidelines provided by the Council of Europe and recommendations regarding the realization of the religious dimension of intercultural education. The current thesis in the European educational discourse is that learning about religions can only be achieved in a non-denominational environment. The results of the analysis of the attitudes and opinions of religious education teachers with regard to teaching will show the validity of this thesis, which can also be applied to the wider European context.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Quantitative methodology was used for the research and it was carried out using the survey method, for the purpose of which the survey questionnaire “Intercultural competence: attitudes, opinions and specific behaviours of religious education teachers” was created by Jurišić and Razum (2021). The questionnaire was approved by the Ethics Committee of the Catholic Faculty of Theology of the University of Zagreb. The questionnaire consists of 30 questions, 2 of which are open-ended, 28 closed-ended, and the most frequently used form of response is the Likert scale. The quantitative research was conducted in the period from November 2021 to January 2022. The survey was conducted online. The respondents signed the informed consent form before completing the survey, and they were informed about its anonymity clause. At the end of the data collection, the collected data were controlled and prepared for processing, after which they were processed and analysed in the statistical software package for social sciences ( SPSS 28.0). Quantitative analysis was applied while processing the results, and descriptive statistics were used to show absolute and relative frequencies, while inferential statistics was used to determine differences (T-test) at a risk level of 5%, i.e.,  95% confidence. 460 respondents participated in the research, of which 103 (22.4%) men and 357 women (77.6%). At the national level, in the public schools of the Republic of Croatia the subject Religious Education is taught in several confessional and religious versions by representatives of individual religious communities. For this purpose, religious education teachers affiliated with the Catholic Church, the Islamic Community, the Orthodox Church and the Heritage Reformed Congregations were asked to participate. A representative sample was not created; therefore the results cannot be applied to the general population of religious education teachers. 375 Catholic religious education teachers (81.5%), 65 religious education teachers affiliated with  the Heritage Reformed Congregations  (14.1%), 18 Orthodox religious education teachers (3.9%) and 2 Islamic religious education teachers (0.4%) participated in the research.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The paper will focus on the results regarding the teaching methods as well as the intercultural competences that religious education teachers develop in students. The expected results are as follows. At the teaching level, the attitudes and opinions of religious education teachers regarding the methods and forms of work in religious education classes will indicate a certain level of unevenness between theoretical knowledge and practical work. We expect differences in relation to the religious education teachers’ motivation and acquired knowledge about other religions with regard to the methods that contribute to the development of intercultural competence. Previous research has shown that a very small percentage of religious education teachers use adequate didactic and methodological approaches when discussing religious diversity. Also, attitudes and opinions regarding the development of intercultural competences in religious education classes and the use of teaching methods will reveal that religious education teachers focus their teaching less on the development of attitudes and skills in students, and significantly more on the acquisition of knowledge, the cognitive level of intercultural competence.
References
Banks, James A. 2014. An Introduction to Multicultural Education, Seattle: Pearson.
Council of Europe. 2008. The Recommendation CM/Rec(2008)12 of the Committee of Ministers to member states on the dimension of religions and non-religious convictions within intercultural education. Available online: http://www.europeanrights.eu/public/atti/dimensione_religiosa_ing.HTM (accessed on 1 September 2021)
European Comission. 2019. Key competences for lifelong learning. Luxembourg: Publications Office of the European Union.
Jackson, Robert, and Kevin O’Grady. 2019. The religious and worldview dimension of intercultural education: the Council of Europe’s contribution. Intercultural Education 30: 247-259. doi:10.1080/14675986.2018.1539306
Jackson, Robert. 2014. 'Signposts': Policy and Practice for Teaching about Religions and Non-Religious Worldviews in Intercultural Education. Strasbourg: Council of Europe.
Keast, John. 2007. Use of „distancing“ and „simulation“. In Religious diversity and intercultural education: a reference book for school. Edited by John Keast. Strasbourg: Council of Europe, pp. 61-66.
Korkeakoski, Katja, and Martin Ubani. 2018.  What positive things do students from different backgrounds see in integrated RE lessons with collaborative teaching? Three cases from a Finnish teaching experiment. Journal of Religious Education. 66: 49–64.
Portera, Agostino. 2011. Risposta pedagogica interculturale per la società complessa, Pedagogijska istraživanja. 8: 19-35.
Rey-von Allmen, Micheline. 2011. The Intercultural Perspective and its Development Through Cooperation With the Council of Europe. In Intercultural and Multicultural Education. Enhancing Global Interconnectedness. Edited by Carl A. Grant – Agostino Portera. New York: Routledge.
Rothgangel Martin, Martin Jäggle, and Ednan Aslan, eds. 2020. Religious Education at Schools in Europe. Part 5: Southeastern Europe. Wien: V&R unipress, Göttingen – Vienna University Press.
Rothgangel Martin, Martin Jäggle, and Geir Skeie, eds. 2014b. Religious Education at Schools in Europe. Part 3: Northern Europe.  Wien: V&R unipress, Göttingen – Vienna University Press.
Rothgangel Martin, Robert Jackson, and Martin Jäggle, eds. 2014a. Religious Education at Schools in Europe. Part 2: Western Europe. Wien: V&R unipress, Göttingen – Vienna University Press.
Rothgangel, Martin, Martin Jäggle, and Thomas Schlag, eds. 2016. Religious Education at Schools in Europe, Part 1: Central Europe. Wien: V&R unipress, Göttingen – Vienna University Press.
Sweetman, Bernadette. 2021. Learnings from the Adult Religious Education and Faith Development (AREFD) project for initial teacher education of religious educators. Journal of Religious Education. 69: 453–466.
Whitworth, Linda. 2020. Do I know enough to teach RE? Responding to the commission on religious education’s recommendation for primary initial teacher education. Journal of Religious Education. 68: 345–357.
 
Date: Thursday, 24/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am27 SES 09 B: Teachers' and Students' Competencies and Beliefs
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Marte Blikstad-Balas
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Teachers’ Responses to Students’ Initiatives in Between-Desk Encounters in EFL Project Work

Marwa Amri

Mälardalen University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Amri, Marwa

With the advancement of Communicative Language Teaching (CLT), many European countries quickly jumped onto the bandwagon of communicative language teaching approaches (Carlgren et al., 2006), thereby embracing a massive movement for reform of second language teaching from traditional, teacher-centered, and decontextualized teaching to the so-called student-centered approaches, notably task- and project-based language teaching. These approaches are motivated by the belief that, for second language acquisition to be possible, the target language should be used in ways reminiscent of the kinds of communication taking place in natural environments. The attempt to eschew traditional teaching approaches and methods was further enhanced by the rapid societal changes and the need to create an education that takes as its starting point students' needs and interests and is capable of equipping them with the knowledge and skills necessary for late-modern society (Säljö et al., 2011). To this end, learning a second language while doing projects has become a prominent staple in language education in recent years. Using project work, teachers aim to engage their students over an extended period of time in an active and interactive pursuit of knowledge while focusing on real-life issues, which enables them to use the language communicatively in authentic contexts to eventually accomplish a final product that may be in the form of presentation, debates, posters, written essays, etc.

Not only has project work transformed the topics and tasks into more authentic ones, but it has also modified the teacher's role in coordinating the project process. While the focus on teaching the language remains prime, much of the teacher talk in project work is devoted to helping students with the logistics of their work (Legutke & Thomas, 1991). Furthermore, since project work involves different constellations of students searching for knowledge and building up their project ideas, a great deal of classroom talk, including teacher instructions, happens at their desks. Therefore, constant visits to the students’ desks to supervise the students’ work, answer their questions and monitor their progress become a prerequisite for the accomplishment of the project tasks. This format of teaching constitutes a departure from traditional teaching and requires more demanding input from the teacher. Despite this rather substantial change in the teacher's role, there are barely any available studies that zero in on how teachers manage the project process that is mediated via a great deal of small group work and between-desk instructions (Amri & Sert, 2022). Surely, most teachers working with projects rely primarily on their common sense and experience repertoire to coordinate the process. Still, crucially, as researchers, we should contribute to an informed understanding of teaching strategies and practices that are consequential for accomplishing language projects. Based on this overarching aim, I intend to offer an understanding of – what is, in many ways, lacking from studies on second-language classrooms – teachers' responding strategies to students' initiatives. Therefore, I ask the following research question:

How do teachers respond to students' initiatives in the context of project-based instruction?

Given the lack of studies on teachers' strategies in answering students' questions in the context of project-based instruction, I attempt to use a qualitative approach that is based on the methodological tools of multimodal conversation analysis (henceforth MCA, Kääntä & Kasper, 2018; Mondada, 2018). MCA provides a fine-tuned interactional analysis of participants' turns-at-talk in order to shed light on the social co-construction of these interactions that is part and parcel of the entire social encounter. Such research is essential as more innovative teaching approaches that can cope with the rapidly changing societal and educational needs should be empirically investigated to help us pinpoint pedagogical practices that are consequential for language learning.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data used for this study, a total of 32 hours, were collected in two upper-secondary-level English as a Foreign Language (EFL) classes in Sweden that were audio- and videotaped using three high-definition cameras and multiple audio recorders. The two classes were taught by two experienced English language teachers and were both made up of 25 students whose ages ranged from 17 to 18 years. Using two different datasets emanating from two classes involving two different teachers, students, and projects is strategic to avoid creating categories of interactional trajectories of some strategies that are largely idiosyncratic to a single teacher. In other words, the categorization of the teachers' response strategies should depict the emergent responding strategies that are most frequently used by language teachers while working within this approach. In the first classroom (collected Oct/Nov 2019), the students were engaged in project work about 'Sports'. The main objective of this project is to gather information from various audiovisual sources on three perspectives of sports (Sports as a Role Model for Society, Gender Pay Gap, and Kids Dropping out of Sports), which will be presented in the form of formal discussions at the end of the project. The second project (collected Sep/Oct 2022) concerns 'Democracy' and targets several topics related to citizens' rights and responsibilities, political propaganda, political elections, and dictatorships. Consents from the teachers and students had been gathered prior to data collection and GDPR rules, as well as ethical research guidelines of the Swedish Research Council (2017), had strictly been followed. Participation was voluntary and the participants were informed that they could withdraw from the study at any time.

Stressing the central role of talk in organizing teaching and learning in the classroom, I use the theoretical and methodological framework of MCA to investigate how "daily activities in classrooms are produced as such in the first place, rather than having these 'in place' and then theorizing them" (Hester & Francis, 2000, p. 1). MCA enables us to understand teachers' strategies in answering students' initiatives in between-desk encounters, based on turn-by-turn analysis of their talk-in-interaction, taking the participants' own perspective in organizing these interactional encounters while paying close attention to micro-level interactional details, including suprasegmentals and embodied conduct. Furthermore, the use of this qualitative approach is driven by the theoretical belief that, in order to understand how people organize their social experiences, researchers should investigate the kinds of practical activities that people achieve while engaging in social interaction.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As mentioned above, project work is characterized by a great deal of group work where students, either in dyads or in larger groups, engage in researching a topic for the purpose of accomplishing a final product of some sort. Therefore, much of classroom talk happens between desks, thereby breaking from the “traditional” teacher-fronted approach. While students are collaboratively working on several tasks, the teacher is constantly visiting their desks to perform multiple actions, one of which is to answer their initiatives. A preliminary analysis of the students’ initiatives in the present dataset yielded the following categories:

- requests for clarifications or explanations of instructions matters (e.g., task procedures or instructional issues)
- questions on problem words or phrases located in source readings or in the teacher's guiding materials
- requests for new information

Since these initiatives are different in terms of content and the types of information needed by students, the teachers’ responding strategies vary accordingly. For instance, both teachers predominantly used direct responses when the students asked about grammatical/lexical items. In some instances, they used a counter-question strategy (i.e., responding with a question to a question, see Markee, 2004) when they wanted to locate the items in the source readings or in the guiding materials. On the other hand, when the students requested their teachers’ opinions on their work or their perspectives on their ongoing discussions of some issues of direct relevance to them, both teachers mostly responded with a counter-question turn constructed to direct the students to a specific answer or to allow them to notice their own thinking. While these are still preliminary results, the growing collection of the teachers’ responses is promising and shows clear patterns in relation to the students’ initiatives but also in accordance with the overall goals of the application of the project approach.

References
Amri, M. & Sert, O. (2022). Establishing Understanding During Student-Initiated Between-Desk Instructions in Project Work. Cambridge Journal of Education. 52(6), 667-689 https://doi.org/10.1080/0305764X.2022.2047890

Carlgren, I., Klette, K., Mýrdal, S., Schnack, K., & Simola, H. (2006). Changes in Nordic teaching practices: From individualized teaching to the teaching of individuals. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 50(3), 301- 326.

Hester, S., & Francis, D. (2000). Ethnomethodology and local educational order. In S. Hester & D. Francis (Eds.), Local educational order: ethnomethodological studies of knowledge in action (pp. 1-17). Amsterdam: John Benjamins.

Kääntä, L. & Kasper, G. (2018). Clarification requests as a method of pursuing understanding in CLIL physics lectures. Classroom Discourse, 9(3), 205–226. https://doi.org/10.1080/19463014.2018.1477608

Legutke, M., & Thomas, H. (1991). Process and experience in the language classroom. Longman.

Markee. (2004). Zones of Interactional Transition in ESL Classes. The Modern Language Journal (Boulder, Colo.), 88(4), 583–596. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0026-7902.2004.t01-20-.x

Mondada, L. (2018). Practices for Showing, Looking, and Videorecord-ing: The Interactional Establishment of a Common Focus of Attention. In E. Reber & C. Gerhardt (Eds.), Embodied Activities in Face-to-face and Mediated Settings (pp. 63–104). Springer International Publishing.

Säljö, R., Jakobsson, A., Lilja, P., Mäkitalo, Å., & Åberg, M. (2011). Att förädla information till kunskap: lärande och klassrumsarbete i mediesamhället [Refining Information into Knowledge: Learning and Classroom Work in the Media Society]. Stockholm: Nordstedts.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Conscious Return to the Learning While Teaching Primary School Students the Native Language

Rasa Kulevičienė1, Liudmila Rupsienė2

1Klaipėdos valstybinė kolegija / Higher Education Institution, Lithuania; 2Klaipeda University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Kulevičienė, Rasa; Rupsienė, Liudmila

The presentation focuses on conscious return to the learning for primary school students during lessons of the native language. Conscious return to the learning is the essence of the ability to reflect on the learning. This is the process when a teacher encourages school students to consider what happened during the lesson, what they succeeded to learn, what was interesting or, on the contrary, what was boring, what were the feelings and emotions, what was successfully completed, what required more efforts, what was the value of the learnt matters, where will the acquired knowledge be applied and the like. Recent scientific research (Ebert, 2015; Zuckerman, 2018, Kazlauskienė, Gaučaitė, 2018; Papleontiou-Louca, 2019; Vrikki, Wheatley et al., 2019; Branigan, Donaldson, 2020; Jakavonytė-Staškuvienė, 2021 etc.) underlines conscious return of primary school students to the learning and reflective speaking and writing about it during lessons of the native language, which improves the understanding of the situation of learning (strengths and weaknesses), the ability to discover problems in the learning and to solve them, to consider autonomy, motivation, self-directedness, cognitive capacity etc. International European documents on education (recommendations of the European Council on general skills for lifelong learning, “Dėl bendrųjų mokymosi visą gyvenimą gebėjimų”, 2018 etc.) point out reflection on one’s behaviour, emotions while learning as one of general skills for lifelong learning because it provides opportunities for school students to effectively manage their time, information, to constructively learn individually and in group. On the ground of classical, fundamental scholarly theories (Dewey, 1933; Piaget, 1977; Flavell, 1979 etc.) as well as recent research (Klimovič, Liptakova, 2017; Perez, Herreo-Nivela, Losada, 2019; Jakavonytė-Staškuvienė, 2021), the best time for that is exactly the stage of primary forms.

Back in the twentieth century, L. S. Vygotsky (1978) and J. H. Flavell (1995) were discussing about significance of the language in processes of conscious return of children (at age from 5 to 10 years) to the learning. The language is underlined in this process because a poorly developed skill of reflection and still weak linguistic abilities are obstacles for children to express their thoughts of how they consider the learning. Still, thoughts that occur when reflecting should not remain in the children’s heads but rather be shared with a teacher and peers. Therefore, primary school students being enabled to reflect on the learning at the very beginning should expand their vocabulary by the concepts such as to know, to think, to believe, to guess, to remember (Larkin, 2009). While learning to read and write as well as how to reflect on it, children should start expressing their thoughts in a language that is characteristic to this process, but also to perceive the very reflexive thought, which is still complicated in such early age (Flavell, Green, Flavell, 1995).

The review of research works allows stating that enablement of primary school students to reflect on learning is needed and useful, guidelines for carrying this out are indicated. However, there is lack of systematic research based on empirical data that would clearly reveal what teachers specifically do while enabling students to reflect on learning, what instruments are used to support this process. There is lack of such systematic research in Lithuania, too. Thus, the research question is raised: how does primary school students’ conscious return to the learning during lessons of native language proceed?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Methodology

The research employed the constructivist grounded theory by K. Charmaz (2006). A researcher is not treated as an independent and objective observer; on the contrary, one is viewed as a participant of the research process being constructed (ibid). The researcher is not tabula rasa, and while interpreting the data one grounds on obtained knowledge and experience, relationships with research participants and other sources of information (ibid).
The paper presents partial results of the research that was conducted in 2020–2022. The focus of the presentation is put on narratives of primary form teachers (n=15) talking about how they consciously turn primary school students back to the learning during lessons of the native language. According to the methodology of the constructivist GT, the sampling of the surveyed “reacts” to initial data, cannot be finally defined or set before starting the research (Charmaz, 2006). By applying a snowball method, first, interviews were conducted with 7 teaches, and later, by applying the method of theoretical sampling, interviews with additional 8 primary form teaches were conducted.  
The research data was analysed by applying the methods proposed by K. Charmaz. First, the initial data coding was performed. The analysis was carried out following the logic: when reading an interview, initial codes were written sentence by sentence. In such a way, comparing the initial codes, we came up to an understanding of what data needs to be “observed”. During the focused coding, singling out of the most significant and/ or the most frequently repeated initial codes took place when classifying them into sub-categories and later into categories (Charmaz, 2006). Finally, during theoretical coding, the focused codes were repeatedly re-considered seeking to achieve a higher conceptual level. Theoretical codes are the most abstract. This is a stage when features (i.e. characteristics) of the theoretical categories are being saturated, while the researcher is provided with an opportunity to specify final categories of the theory and relate them with each other (ibid). Thus, this was the stage when it became clear that planned and reactive processes happen during primary school students’ conscious return to the learning during lessons of the native language. It should be noted that during an entire process of collection and analysis of the data, textual and graphic memos were being made and used as tools providing additional analytical opportunities (ibid).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When analysing the data, it was revealed that conscious return to the learning can proceed in a planned manner (according to a teacher’s plan) or reactively (when reacting here and now to what is happening during the lesson), when specific instruments are used, students are given time in terms of various aspects (cognitive activity, sensual and emotional, making decisions on a problem of learning etc.) when considering the learning through reflective talking about and/ or writing. When dealing with the planning of conscious return of primary school students to the learning during lessons of the Lithuanian language, it was found that this is done by teachers in different ways. They can plan this for almost every lesson of the native language because they suppose that by being episodically planned and implemented this process will not be as beneficial as expected. However, there are teachers who consciously return school students to the leaning during these lessons when a new topic starts, after a cycle of 2–3 lessons on the same topic, at the end of a unit on that topic because usually various individual assignments, group work are arranged at around that time, new topics start and the like. Conscious return to the learning can proceed reactively, when a teacher reacts to the learning taking place during a lesson of the native language, when students’ behaviour, emotions, mistakes become obstacles for students to seek the set goals of that lesson. Further, it is worth conducting the research on the factors influencing teachers’ decisions to consciously return school students to the learning, stimulating their motivation to proceed with it or not.  


References
Branigan, H. E., Donaldson, D. I. (2020). Teachers matter for metacogni-
tion: Facilitating metacognition in the primary school through teacher-pupil
interactions. Thinking Skills and Creativity, 38(2). Accessed at www.
sciencedirect.com.
Charmaz, K. (2006). Constructing Grounded Theory. A Practical Guide
Through Qualitative Analysis. London: Sage Publications.
Dewey, J. (1933). How We Think A Restatement of the Relation of Reflective
Thinking to the Educative Process. Boston: D. C. Heath & Co Publishers.
Ebert, S. (2015). Longitudinal Relations Between Theory of Mind and Metacognition and the Impact of Language. Journal of cognition and development, 16(4), 559–586.
Europos Parlamento ir Tarybos rekomendacija dėl bendrųjų mokymosi visą
gyvenimą gebėjimų. (2018). Accessed at https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/LT/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:32018H0604(01)&from=GA. Accessed on 02.04.2022.
Flavell, J. H. (1979). Metacognition and Cognitive Monitoring: A New Area
of Cognitive Developmental Inquiry. American Psychologist Association,
34(10), 906–911.
Flavell, J. H., Green, F. L., Flavell, E. R. (1995). Young children‘s knowledge
about thinking. Accessed at https://doi.org/10.2307/1166124. Accessed on 19.06.2021.
Klimovič, M., Kresila, J., Liptáková, L. (2017). Factual text comprehension tasks as a tool for stimulating executive functions in 9-to 10-year-old children. Studies in Language and Literature, 17, 1–22.
Louca-Papaleontiou, E. (2019). Do children know what they know? Metacognitive awareness in preschool children. New Ideas in Psychology, 54, 56–62.
Perez, E. E., Herrero-Nivela, M. L., Losada, J. L. (2019). Association Between Preschoolers’ Specific Fine (But Not Gross) Motor Skills and Later Academic Competencies: Educational Implications. Accessed at https://www.frontiersin.org/articles/10.3389/fpsyg.2020.01044/full.
Piaget, J. (1977). Recherches sur l‘abstraction réfléchissante. Paris: PUF.
Sabnani, R.L., Renandya, W.A. (2019). A comprehensive approach to developing L2 speaking competence. ELTAR-J, 1(1), 16-25.
Vrikki, M., Wheatley, L., Howe, C., Hennessy, S., Mercer, N. (2019). Dialogic practices in primary school classrooms. Language and education, 33(1), 85–10.
Zuckerman, G. A. (2018). I Know What I Do Not Know: Toward the Reflective Elementary Classroom. Journal of Cognitive Education and Psychology, 17(3), 260–277.
Vygotsky, L. S. (1978). Mind in society the development of higher psychological processes. Cambridge: Harvard University Press.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Reading challenge in Professional Bachelor's degree programs

Unni Lind, Jakob Matthiesen, Rikke Stauning Klestrup, Ramanen Balasubramaniam, Anne-Marie Navntoft, Sanne Lehmann

University College Copenhagen, Denmark

Presenting Author: Lind, Unni; Matthiesen, Jakob

University Colleges in Denmark provide education to a wide range of professions from basic education to continuing education. The Professional Bachelor's degree program is a 31/2-4 years medium-length higher education. This study takes place at the Faculty of Education and Social Sciences and includes four professional bachelor's degree programs: Pedagogy; Social worker, Administration and Disaster & Risk.

Students at University Colleges in Denmark has different educational experiences. Almost half of the students is from families where the parents do not have a higher education, and one in five students have primary and secondary school or vocational school as their highest completed education (Danske Professionshøjskoler 2022). In addition, over the past twenty years, there has been a significant increase in the admission of students in higher education. In professional bachelor's degree programs, there has been an increased admission of 45%. This has lead to a change in student composition. In 2009, students with the 25% lowest grades from primary and secondary school was 10% but in 2019 it was 20%. Students with the 25% lowest grades from high school have risen to 31%, and students from low-income homes and educationally alien homes have risen to 27% in 2019 (Falkencrone et al. 2022:17). In addition to this young people and adults' desire to read is declining (Hansen et al. 2021) and "Respondents, where one or possibly both parents have a long higher education, have better reading skills than respondents where both parents have an education at primary and secondary school level" (Rosendahl et al. 2013:31). This has given rise to a study of newly started bachelor students reading skills at the Faculty of Education and Social Sciences at Copenhagen University College. The study includes reading screenings and qualitative interviews.

Screening of the students’ reading skills at the start of their study shows that 75% of the students are untrained and weak readers. Only 25% can be described as safe and experienced readers. Whereas 60% of the students can benefit from training: reading speed, reading comprehension, and written language elements. Some students in this group read so insecurely that it affects reading comprehension and speed. This means that they probably will experience problems and challenges with large reading volumes. Finally, 15% read, but with big challenges. This group has a limited vocabulary and a lack of basic knowledge of e.g. grammar, spelling rules.

The qualitative interviews identify the students' reading strategies and first experiences with the study. The untrained and weak reader seems to be particularly challenged at the beginning of the study. Furthermore the students are preoccupied with efficiency in their study. The students' reading strategy, use of reading questions and perception of what they read, is about minimizing time and quickly get the points in the texts. They explains it by referring to the amount of reading material and a time pressure in the study and to obligations in their everyday lives. The students emphasis reading approaches, teaching and texts that quickly present the professional points, and that are be easy to read. Text reading emerges primarily as a means of quickly acquiring, what they think, is relevant skills. Finally help to the study is sought from family, girlfriend or friends, while no one mentions the possibility of seeking help from fellow students or teachers. They emphasize that a good teacher is structured and clear in his messages, but at the same time they point out that the teachers fail to include their prerequisites in the organization and implementation of the teaching.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The purpose of the Study is to provide input to the Faculty of Education and Social Sciences, regarding development of education and training that can support the students' study skills and differentiated teaching.  In the Study, the following two survey questions were formulated: What are the reading skills of the students when they start studying? And what are the students first experience of the educational reading requirements and what are their reading coping strategies?   Methodologically, the study is organized as a Mixed Methods study (Creswell 2012). That included screenings and interviews.  All students in the first semester were offered to participate. Participation was voluntary and all participants was thoroughly informed about the study and were asked for a written consent. This allowed us to combine data from their admission to the study, with data from the screenings. Interviews were conducted on basis of dialog with interested students, who were in the screened classes. All data is treated confidentially and anonymized.
The Quantitative Research part consisted of reading screening of 1979 students out of a population of 4400.  These data were subsequently statically analyzed with admission data, such as admission basis, age and years since graduation. In the period 2021-2022, students in three admissions have been offered reading screening. The Reading Test for Adults 2 were used. This is an official reading test developed and approved by the Ministry of Children and Education  (Undervisningsministeriet 2018). It is based on the following reading model: Reading comprehension = decoding x Language comprehension.  The test consists of three subtests: Text reading (reading comprehension), Vocabulary and Word reading (decoding).  The intention of the test is to give insight to the adult's general reading level (text reading). It operates with five steps, in the study these are divided into three color categories: Red: Reading, but with very big challenges (reading course levels 1-2); Yellow: uncertain reader (reading course levels 3-4); Green: confident in reading and writing.  The Qualitative Research part consisted of 22 qualitative one hour individual interviews (Brinkmann 2013). The 22 students were from the four professional programs. The interviews were based on an interview guide, which included themes on previous study and reading experiences of the students, the students experience with text reading in preparation for lectures, their considerations regarding teaching, their reading strategies, reading motivation and how they are supported in their reading efforts by working in study groups and through personal networks.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The quantitative part of the study shows that the professional bachelor's degree programs: Pedagogy; Social worker, Administration and Disaster and Risk, are admitting a large group of students who can be described as untrained and weak readers.  75% are characterized by being uncertain and challenged readers. They have problems with reading comprehension, speed, limited vocabulary, etc. The interviews show that the students reading strategies and study experiences is not matched by their reading challenges when entering the program. Reading is regarded as a means of obtaining useful knowledge quickly. Efficiency is central in the students understanding of reading, and it can be understood as an instrumental response to both internal and external demands (Rosa 2014). The students are concerned with minimizing the use of time, quickly finding the academic points in the text, and that texts are clear and easily communicated. Reading is not seen as having other qualities than a means of quickly acquiring relevant skills. This interacts with other approaches, such as frequent testing, unclear test and requirement formulations, a large fragmentation of themes (Matthiesen, 2021).
University Colleges in Denmark admit a larger group of students with weak study prerequisites than earlier. This means that The Professional Bachelor's degree programs have a greater task in helping these students into in education, and supporting students with weak study prerequisites. However, the interviews point out that the programs is challenged. Involving the students' prerequisites in the teaching and organization of the teaching is a complex didactic challenge. It requires development and initiatives aimed at both the students and the teachers. The presentation sets the stage for a discussion on how to meet and teach this student group.  How do we deal whit a differentiated student group, which is characterized by being untrained and weak readers as a general problem.

References
Brinkmann, S. (2013): Qualitative interviewing, Understanding Qualitative research, Oxford university Press
Creswell , J. (2012). Educational research: Planning, conducting, and evaluating quantitative and qualitative research (4thed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Education.
Falkencrone, S.; Jørgensen, M. F.; Eilinberg, I. Ø.; Kristensen, K., B. B.; Jensen, N., K. (2022): Et uddannelseslandskab i forandring, Tænketanken Dea
Hansen, S. R., Hansen T. I. og Pettersson M. (2021): Børn og unges læsning, Akademisk forlag
Matthiesen, J. (2021): Undersøgelse af læsemængder for nystartede pædagogstuderende på to studiehold i efteråret 2021 over en periode på 5 uger.
Rosa, H. (2014). Fremmedgørelse og acceleration. København: Gyldendal.
Rosendahl, A., Friberg, T., Jakobsen, V. og Jørgensen M. (2013): Færdigheder i læsning, regning og problemløsning med IT i Danmark, SFI, 13:28; 31
Undervisningsministeriet (2018): Vejledning til vejledende Læsetest for Voksne 2 (VLV-2), file:///C:/Users/Unni/Downloads/190408-Vejledning-til-laesetest-ua%20(1).pdf


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

L1 and Translation Use in EFL Classrooms: A Quantitative Survey on Teachers’ Attitudes in Kazakhstani Secondary Schools

Aidana Smagul

Eötvös Loránd University (ELTE), Hungary

Presenting Author: Smagul, Aidana

The role of learners’ first language (L1) and translation have always been a hotly debated issue in the history of English Language Teaching (ELT). However, this ongoing debate mostly takes place in academic circles rather than in classrooms (Topolska-Pado, 2010). As contemporary language teaching is dominated by the communicative method, English as a foreign language (EFL) teachers still consider that English is best taught and learned without the use of learners’ L1, i.e., teachers are undoubtedly influenced by this monolingual view. As a result, many teachers are believed to disclaim the use of L1 and translation in their classes, in fear of receiving criticism or feeling guilty (Butzkamm & Caldwell, 2009; Macaro, 1997; Littlewood & Yu, 2011). In addition, there is an increasing recognition that theoretical statements of teachers do not necessarily reflect the actual teaching practices in the classroom (Artar, 2017). This conflict between theoretical statements and teaching practice shows the need to investigate the actual attitudes towards L1 and translation use in EFL classrooms.

A number of recent studies within ELT have investigated the use of L1 and translation in the classroom (Yavuz, 2012) and teachers’ attitudes towards it in different contexts, EU-wide and globally (Artar, 2017; Hall & G. Cook, 2013; Pym et al., 2013). The findings reveal widespread use of L1 and translation in EFL classrooms and a positive rather than negative attitude towards it. In the Kazakhstan context, there is an insufficient number of publications devoted to the use of learners’ L1 and translation in the EFL classroom (Sulkarnayeva, 2017). As preliminary literature review has so far shown, there are a few qualitative studies exploring teachers’ attitudes towards the modern practice of translanguaging which allows the use of several languages in a classroom (e.g., Akhmetova, 2021; Kuandykov, 2021; Tastanbek, 2019). The results of these qualitative studies, with a maximum of ten participants, have shown that EFL teachers mainly hold English-only beliefs in the context of Kazakhstan, meaning that they prefer using the target language more than their learners’ first language (Kuandykov, 2021). However, this is only true for higher education teachers. There is a substantial gap in understanding the overall attitudes of teachers in Kazakhstani secondary schools as well as factors influencing their attitudes.

In view of the above, this study aims to investigate Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers’ overall attitudes towards L1 and translation use in the EFL classroom, and examine the factors which influence their self-reported attitudes. The research questions are as follows:

RQ1. What attitudes do Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers hold towards some of the key arguments about the use of L1 and translation in language teaching?

RQ2. In which cases and for what purposes do Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers consider it appropriate to use L1 and translation in EFL classroom?

RQ3. What are the factors which influence Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers’ choice between using or avoiding L1 and translation in the classroom?

RQ4. How are Kazakhstani secondary school EFL teachers’ self-reported attitudes towards L1 and translation use affected by background variables such as experience, school type, qualification, the language proficiency of both teachers and their learners?

The quantitative survey research was chosen after having reviewed the research methods used in previous studies on similar topics. Since most research about attitudes towards L1 and translation use are qualitative in nature and limited to ten participants only, the large-scale quantitative study is seen to be particularly relevant in the context of Kazakhstan. The questionnaire was selected as the main data collection instrument due to its ability to collect information rapidly in a form that is readily processable (Dörnyei, 2007).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Data was collected by teachers’ attitudes survey (TAS) which is partly adapted from Hall and Cook’s (2013) global survey on teachers’ views about the use of learners’ L1 in ELT. The TAS consists of 40 items and is divided into two sections: the first section contains 32 items and asks teachers to evaluate their agreement/disagreement with arguments on the 5-point Likert scale. The items of the first section made up four scales such as “advocacy of L1 and translation” (S1), “opposition to L1 and translation” (S2), “possible ways of L1 and translation use in EFL classroom” (S3), “influences on teaching approach” (S4). The first section ends by an optional open question which asks respondents to write a further comment regarding L1 and translation use in ELT if they think it is relevant. The rest of the items are factual questions. They are regarded as background variables, e.g., experience, school type, qualification, the language proficiency of both teachers and their learners.
The only criterion for participation was that respondents are practising EFL teachers in any Kazakhstani secondary school. The sampling method chosen for the study is a non-probability sampling type in L2 research, opportunity sampling (Dörnyei, 2010). To ensure a wide coverage of different participants, different types of secondary schools (state, private, trilingual, international, etc.) from different parts of Kazakhstan were contacted and asked to circulate the online survey among English language teachers at the institution. A total of 100 English language teachers participated in the study. The teachers’ voluntary participation was the result of informed consent.
The version 20 of the SPSS was used to analyse the survey data. First, the reliability analysis was conducted to determine the internal consistency of the main four scales of the questionnaire, and showed an acceptable Cronbach Alpha coefficient for each scale, i.e., α >.70. Next, the descriptive statistics served to describe the participants. Paired-samples t-test was performed to calculate and compare the means of two survey scales: S1 and S2. It aimed at answering the RQ1. One sample t-test was conducted on S3 and S4 scales to evaluate teachers’ attitudes to different arguments regarding L1 and translation use in ELT (RQ2 and RQ3 respectively). ANOVA was used to see the effects of background variables on the survey scales (RQ4). Thematic analysis was used to analyse the open question answers. Open question responses helped to understand some controversial results and support study findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results are presented in line with the RQs.
RQ1: Both supportive and opposition arguments scored almost equal in the sample. However, teachers’ attitudes reveal some degree of inconsistency, e.g., teachers consider translation as a useful skill to be practiced by language learners, but they also believe that English should be the only language used in the classroom. As a result, it is difficult to interpret whether teachers generally support or oppose the presence of L1 and translation in EFL classrooms. This contradictory attitude suggests that the longstanding debate surrounding the topic might also have produced some conflicting ideas among teachers on whether to allow or forbid L1 and translation use in their teaching practices.
RQ2 and RQ3: According to teachers, it is appropriate to use L1 and translation for teaching vocabulary and culture-bound expressions, and this practice is very useful with lower-level learners. Also, they reported that they are discouraged by the school curriculum and their colleagues to use L1 and translation in EFL class they teach. Therefore, it seems reasonable to assume that the stand many teachers have for English-only teaching derives in part from the work environment in which they are daily involved.
RQ4: Analysis of variance revealed that the extent of L1 and translation use in EFL classrooms depends on learners’ English language skills. Moreover, the results also suggest that teachers’ English proficiency influences teaching attitudes significantly.
The findings show a rather diverse picture in attitudes towards the use of L1 and translation in EFL classrooms, which may be relevant not only for the Kazakhstan but also for the European and international context. Furthermore, with a better understanding of teachers’ attitudes, the findings of this study can contribute to the reassessment and recognition of diverse, often unpopular, ELT methods such as L1 and translation.

References
Akhmetova, I. (2021). Practitioners’ views on translanguaging in Kazakhstani EFL classrooms [Master’s thesis, Nazarbayev University]. Nazarbayev University Repository.
Artar, P. (2017). The role of translation in foreign-language teaching [Unpublished doctoral dissertation]. Universitat Rovira i Virgili.
Butzkamm, W., & Caldwell, J. (2009). The bilingual reform: A paradigm shift in foreign language teaching. Tubingen.
Dörnyei, Z. (2007). Research methods in applied linguistics. Oxford University Press.
Dörnyei, Z. (2010). Questionnaires in second language research: Construction, administration, and processing (2nd ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/10780203864739
Hall, G., & Cook, G. (2013). Own-language use in ELT: Exploring global practices and attitudes. ELT Research Papers, 13(1), 1–48.
Kuandykov, A. (2021). EFL teachers’ translanguaging pedagogy and the development of beliefs about translanguaging [Master’s thesis, Nazarbayev University]. Nazarbayev University Repository.
Littlewood, W., & Yu, B.H. (2011). First language and target language in the foreign language classroom. Language Teaching, 44(1), 64–77. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0261444809990310
Macaro, E. (1997). Target language, collaborative learning and autonomy. Multilingual Matters.
Pym, A., Malmkjær, K., & Plana, M.G. (2013). Translation and language learning: The role of translation in the teaching of languages in the European Union. Publications Office. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2782/13232  
Sulkarnayeva, A. (2017). Foreign language education in Kazakhstan: Paradigms and trends. New Trends and Issues Proceedings on Humanities and Social Sciences, 3(3), 18–24. https://doi.org/10.18844/gjhss.v3i3.1507
Tastanbek, S. (2019). Kazakhstani pre-service teacher educators’ beliefs on translanguaging [Master's thesis, Nazarbayev University]. Nazarbayev University Repository. http://nur.nu.edu.kz/handle/123456789/4328
Topolska-Pado, J. (2010). Use of L1 and translation in the EFL classroom. Glottodidactic Notebooks, 2, 11–25.
Yavuz, F. (2012). The attitudes of English teachers about the use of L1 in the teaching of L2. Procedia Social and Behavioral Sciences, 46(1), 4339–4344. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2012.06.251
 
1:30pm - 3:00pm27 SES 11 B: Diversity and the Science and Mathematics Classroom
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Anke Wegner
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Exploring Teachers’ Perceptions towards Inclusive Values for Implementing Differentiated Instruction in Science Lessons

Banu Kurkutova

Nazarbayev Intellectual school, Kazakhstan

Presenting Author: Kurkutova, Banu

Secondary teachers in Kazakhstan have pursued the realization of the Updated Curriculum since 2016 reform. The updated programme requires teachers to teach innovative content and differentiate it to meet the needs of every learner. The most widely-accepted definition of differentiated instruction (DI) belongs to Tomlinson (2017). DI is a way of teaching to reach diverse learners who have diverse needs and employ a variety of ways to engage them sin learning. Being aware of the students’ learning needs will prompt teacher’s instructional practices (Heacox, 2012). There is a variety of differentiated instruction models which mainly focus on differentiating the learning content, process and products (Tomlinson, 2000). Interestingly, Kazakhstani teachers tend to associate DI with the levels of task complexity, however, the discussed approach may provide a great variety of tools (Makoelle, 2020). An explanation for that may lie in the methodological recommendations from the National Academy of Education which monitored the implementation of the new curriculum and as a result issued recommendations. They recommend using levelled assignments from simple to advanced. The methodological recommendation state that Via DI teachers aim to include every learner in the process which makes the education process inclusive and is built on inclusive values. The spread of inclusive education philosophy has become a pushing factor to devise the principles of differentiated instruction and strategies of differentiated learning. Inclusive values are also among universal human values (UN General Assembly, 1948) that guarantee non-discrimination towards human nature. Further on, Booth and Ainscow (2016) underpin the significance of values in achieving school improvement as its driving force and name them “deep-seated beliefs” indicating their profound connection with human actions to create inclusive culture (p.11). They also conceptualized crucial inclusive values for education such as equity and equality, respect, community and collaboration, sustainability, participation and support. As teachers are more involved in the professional development paths and communities in their schools, they tend to welcome inclusive values and practices in such countries as the USA, Canada, Finland, Australia, India etc

The research explored how Kazakhstani teachers translated inclusive values in science classes to meet learners’ individual needs and constructed the link between values and pedagogy to respond to student diversity. Equity and equality are considered to be change-making values in the development of the inclusive school environment. The principles of equity in inclusive education regard the access to education, provision of quality conditions, such as space and pedagogies to enhance students’ growth and achieve more social justice in the society (UNESCO, 2017). Inclusive schools relate diversity to a wider range of human characteristics than merely ability, which means gender, age, culture, ethnicity, socio-economic background and religion. (Ainscow, 2007). Booth and Ainscow (2016) consider all kinds of support to be well-planned when peers learn from each other. And school support policy should embrace not only interaction among children, but also among teacher community to make sure they plan, teach and reflect collaboratively.

The main research question is: what are teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values for implementing differentiated instruction in science lessons? Sub-questions:

What are science teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive vales in education?

What are science teachers’ perceptions towards DI?

What DI strategies are used for translating inclusive values in science classes?

What challenges do teachers face in DI implementation?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
In this mixed-method study, quantitative data was collected from online survey of science teachers modified from the Differentiated Instruction Survey (Whipple, 2012). The survey aimed at collecting teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values that enable teachers differentiate instruction in science lessons. The survey was conducted via Qualtrics. This ensured the immediate collection of participants’ responses to a site protected by a firewall.  Qualitative data was gained from lesson observations based on the observation protocol “Inclusive Classroom Observation Tool” (Morningstar & Shogren, 2013). The purpose of it was to get more of explanation of the teacher’s perceptions and experiences, reasons and interpretations towards differentiating learning. The Inclusive Classroom Observation Tool (Morningstar & Shogren, 2013) was adapted and utilised for the evidence of classroom practices, including strategies and approaches to ensure participation and support of every student. Pre and post observation, semi-structured interviews provided context-specific data. Interviews enabled for the collection of in-depth rich data to align with the results of the survey and observations and might identify new issues related to the subject of the study. The researcher interviewed the participants after the lesson observations.  Semi-structured interviews with three science teachers were manually transcribed, coded and analyzed for major themes.Field notes from lesson observations were manually analyzed. Qualtrics data management  was applied to the responses in teacher survey. Data analysis began with the analysis of quantitative data, i.e. questionnaire’s results. Qualtrics data management and statistical analysis were employed for approaching survey responses. They allowed for identifying significant patterns in teachers’ perceptions. The observations of classrooms in a new site yielded valuable data if conducted systematically. Observational schedule was be created.
The interviews were manually transcribed followed by the translation into English and further manually coded and analyzed for major themes. Then categories were closely analyzed to answer the main research question.
Linear Regression analysis was used to correlate teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values and teachers’ implementation of DI. The linear regression analysis was carried out to identify the correlation between independent variable X and dependent variable Y. Teachers’ perceptions towards inclusive values was considered the independent variable X while teachers’ implementation of differentiated instruction was considered the dependent variable Y.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Science teachers are aware of the importance of such values as respect for diversity, participation, collaboration, uniqueness, support, encouragement and trust that appear to underlie differentiated instruction to meet the needs of every learner in mixed-ability classes. Two most used strategies for differentiating content were utilizing a variety of assessment tasks and learning materials. Most preferred strategies to differentiate process science teachers said they provide children with choice for learning strategies and grouping students in view of their readiness, interest and preferences. For differentiating by product science teachers opted for connecting the outcome with child interest and providing multiple modes of expression. Another key finding, teachers who place greater importance on inclusive values, tend to implement differentiated instruction more frequently.
The results of the interviews with three science teachers partly supported the survey findings that teachers attempt to differentiate their instruction.  Observational data exposed certain mismatch between what teachers told and what they experienced when teaching.  
The research revealed that teachers find value in inclusion and feel it is important to meet the needs of diverse students and they see that differentiated instruction is a suitable approach to translate these values. However, teachers need to increase their competence in differentiated instruction strategies since they maintain traditional teacher-centred instruction formats in the classroom instead of using differentiated instruction to meet all their students’ needs.
Challenges from the findings might deter realization of equity and equality, participation and collaboration, respect for diversity and trust in school education. The study implications provided insights into the necessity of PD training and workshops on differentiated instruction for teachers that might be crucial for the  local bodies of education and school administrations.This research is relevant for other scholars whose inquiries lie in the field of inclusive education and differentiated instruction to identify their future research topics.

References
Ainscow, M. (2007). Taking an inclusive turn. Journal of research in special educational needs, 7(1), 3-7.
Assembly, U. G. (1948). Universal declaration of human rights. UN General Assembly, 302(2), 14-25.  Retrieved November 18, 2021, from     Universal Declaration of Human Rights | United Nations
Booth, T., & Ainscow, M. (2016). The index for inclusion: A guide to school development led  by inclusive values. Index for Inclusion Network.
Heacox, D. (2012). Differentiating instruction in the regular classroom: How to reach and teach  all learners (Updated anniversary edition). Free Spirit Publishing.
Makoelle, T. M. (2020). Schools’ transition toward inclusive education in post-Soviet countries:     Selected cases in Kazakhstan. Sage Open.
Morningstar, M. E., Shogren, K. A., Lee, H., & Born, K. (2015). Preliminary lessons about    supporting participation and learning in inclusive classrooms. Research and Practice for  Persons with Severe Disabilities, 40(3), 192-210.
Tomlinson, C. A. (2000). The differentiated classroom: Responding to the needs of all learners.    ASCD.
Tomlinson, C. A. (2017). How to differentiate instruction in academically diverse classrooms.   ASCD.
UNESCO. (2017).  A Guide for ensuring inclusion and equity in education; 2017 (inclusiveeducation.ca)
Whipple, K. A. (2012). Differentiated instruction: A survey study of teacher understanding and      implementation in a southeast Massachusetts school district (Doctoral dissertation,   Northeastern University).


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Examining L2 Textbook Content for Newly Arrived Middle School Students in Sweden: an Analysis of Content and Beliefs

Katerina Kuksa

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Kuksa, Katerina

This research is a subset of a broader doctoral study examining conditions for education in second language education in Sweden. The first study examines teachers’ beliefs about teaching newly arrived students Swedish in middle school (Kuksa et. al, 2021) and the second study analyzes the content of L2 textbooks for newly arrived middle school students, as textbooks play a crucial role in shaping learning conditions, language development, and integration into Swedish society. This presentation is about the second study and the aim is to examine how the language development and needs of newly arrived middle school students are addressed in L2 textbooks by answering the following questions: a) What are the characteristics of the textbook content and tasks? b) Are certain reader constructs present in the textbooks, and if so, how can these be described? c) Do the textbooks reflect different beliefs about the Swedish as a Second language as a schoolsubject and if so, in what ways?

Previous studies have highlighted that the primary challenge in teaching newly arrived students is to develop a functional language through ability to speak and understand in daily life, while also building their proficiency in academic language (Cummins, 2000). Textbooks can be a useful resource in language education for, but the lack of resources and skills among teachers to provide explicit language instruction can result in an over-reliance on textbooks. However, L2 textbooks do not always align with the findings of successful second language development as identified by L2 research (Tomlinson, 2017) due to a lack of communication between theorists and practitioners and the use of specialized terminology in publications not accessible to teachers and textbook authors. This results in L2 textbooks providing plenty of activities like filling in blank spaces, transforming sentences, and practicing language under strict guidance. Often they do not provide opportunities to use the language in interactive, communicative activities that would encourage students to express their opinions and intentions (ref?).

The study draws on UNESCO's Agenda 2030, which places a strong emphasis on high-quality education for all as a key aspect in achieving a sustainable society. The theoretical point of departure for this study is Vygotsky's theory of the Zone of Proximal Development (ZDP) combined with the idea of the model reader as proposed by Eco (1979), which posits that the meaning of a text is not only determined by the author, but also by the reader and the context in which the text is read. The model reader is a hypothetical reader who is able to understand the text fully without any misinterpretations or ambiguities and is assumed to have all the necessary background knowledge, cultural references, and linguistic skills. According to Eco, every written text requires the author to create a mental image of the intended reader, which the author subsequently addresses through various linguistic strategies. This means that a textbook has certain expectations of its reader and assumes certain experiences, abilities, and prior knowledge of the intended reader. Relating this to Vygotsky's thoughts on ZPD, it could be argued that the ZPD of the intended model reader should be addressed in teaching materials in order to achieve successful L2 development.

A point of departure is also that all teaching materials convey a certain understanding of knowledge, students, and subject, and through the selection of content and the design of tasks, the Swedish language instruction for newly arrived students is conditioned. The concept of school subject perception, (p. x) or paradigm (as described by Malmgren, 1996), is used to explore how the content, intended readers, and task characteristics are represented in these materials.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study has both qualitative and quantitative elements and focuses on printed textbooks in Swedish or Swedish as a second language that are specifically intended for newly arrived students in grades 4 to 6. The publication years range from 2011 to 2022. Five textbooks mached the criteria mentioned above: Fördel Sva för nyanlända 4-6 textbok/övningsbok (Sahlin & Stensson, 2016a, 2016b), Fördel start 4-6 (Fahlgren et.al. 2022), Entré elevbok A (Svensson 2016), Språkkraft svenska för nyanlända 4-6 (Ojala 2017), Språksart svenska som andraspråk: Svenska som andraspråk för nyanlända (Sandberg 2018).

 To answer the first research question, the number of texts, words, pages, and tasks in the textbooks was calculated, as well as the distribution of different topics and types of tasks. The number of words was calculated for running text and the number of gaps or lines that students are expected to fill in the tasks. Gaps refer to tasks that only require students to write one word or phrase in a pre-printed sentence or text, while lines refer to tasks that require students to formulate complete sentences or write a short text. The study does not include any analysis of the images in the textbooks.

The second research question is answered through a qualitative thematic analysis, using the concept of the model reader as proposed by Eco (1979). The analysis focuses on determining the prior knowledge and abilities required to understand the text or complete the task.
The third research question is answered by applying Malmgren's (1996) concept of subject perception. Qualitative thematic analysis is conducted by considering the interpretation of content (texts), the nature of the tasks, the intended students (model readers), and teaching within the students' Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD). This approach allows for an examination of how the texts and tasks provided in L2 textbooks condition the instruction of Swedish as a second language for newly arrived students in middle school.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results revealed a large variation in the content offered to students and in how the authors of the textbooks chose to structure it. The main focus was on the development of vocabulary and/or reading and writing of non-fiction texts. The textbooks placed a greater emphasis on reading and writing tasks and less on oral communicative skills or the reading of fiction, although it is a crucial aspect of the Swedish curriculum and helps students to develop critical thinking skills and an understanding of self-identity and existential questions in a wider sense.

The selection of topics and extent of grammatical exercises in the textbooks varied and seemed to be arbitrary. The texts and exercises often assumed varying levels of prior language skills in L2, ranging from everyday language skills to more advanced academic skills, as well as advanced reading and writing abilities in a language other than Swedish. This may make the material challenging for newly arrived students to access and understand, and challenge the students in the Zone of Proximal Development (ZPD).

The main categories of model readers identified were competent native speakers with proficient reading and writing skills in L1 who require genre-specific knowledge and basic vocabulary in Swedish, competent native speakers with developed proficient reading and writing skills in both L1 and Swedish who need genre-specific knowledge, competent native speakers with proficient reading and writing skills in L1 who require basic vocabulary in Swedish. These categories will be discussed further in the presentation together with the
foundings that Swedish as a second language is often perceived as a supportive subject for other school subjects, with limited content, which aligns with previous research that has identified the subject as being primarily used to support Swedish language teaching rather than as an independent subject with its own distinct curriculum.


References
References

Cummins, J. (2000). Language, power and pedagogy bilingual children in the crossfire. Clevedon [England]: Multilingual Matters.

Eco, U. (1979). The role of the reader: explorations in the semiotics of texts. Bloomington: Indiana University Press.

Kuksa, K., Lyngfelt, A. & Ljung Egeland, B. (2021). Svenskundervisning i språkligt heterogena klasser - lärares uppfattningar om språk och social hållbarhet. Forskning om undervisning och lärande, 9(3), 69–88.

Malmgren, L. (1996). Svenskundervisning i grundskolan. (2., [aktualiserade] uppl.) Lund: Studentlitteratur.

Tomlinson, B. (2017). SLA research and materials development for language learning

Выготский Л.С. (1984).  Проблемы детской (возрастной) психологии // Выготский Л.С. Собр. соч.: В 6 т. Т. 4. М. Москва: Педагогика.

Texbooks

Fahlgren, S., Fahlgren, P. & Lundgren, A. (2022). Fördel Start Sva för nyanlända åk 4-6 : ord och enkla fraser. (Första upplagans första tryckning). Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.

Ojala, T. (2017). Språkkraft: svenska för nyanlända. Åk 4-6. (Första upplagan). Malmö: Gleerups.


Sandberg, E. (2018). Språkstart svenska som andraspråk: svenska som andraspråk för nyanlända. (Första upplagan). Stockholm: Liber.

Stensson, H. & Sahlin, P. (2016a). Fördel: Sva för nyanlända. Åk 4-6 Textbok. (Första upplagans första tryckning). Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.
Stensson, H. & Sahlin, P. (2016b). Fördel: SVA för nyanlända. Åk 4-6 Övningsbok. (Första upplagans första tryckning). Stockholm: Natur & Kultur.

Svensson, Y. (2016). Entré Elevbok. A. (Första upplagan). Malmö: Gleerups.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Motivational Profiles of High-Achieving Students in the Science Classroom

Marie McGregor

The University of New South Wales, Australia

Presenting Author: McGregor, Marie

Motivation is a critical determinant in student outcomes, including achievements (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009), well-being (Gagne et al., 2015; Ryan & Deci, 2017), creativity, and learning (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). It influences whether an individual embraces the opportunity to learn or resists (Siegle et al., 2017, 2018), sustains oneself through failures or abandons the task (Subotnik et al., 2011) and reaches their potential or falls short (Siegle et al., 2017). It is a universal construct, meaning that it is essential for all students within the increasingly diverse classrooms that comprise schools today. Recent studies (e.g., Martin et al., 2017) suggest that no single motivation leads to substantial change and that different motivations relate in various ways to outcomes (e.g., well-being vs. ill-being [Ryan & Deci, 2017], creativity vs. uninspired thinking [Csikszentmihalyi et al., 2018], and vitality vs. fragmentation [Orsini et al., 2018]). This variation in student outcomes implies that educators must be familiar with various motivational constructs (Worrell, 2018) to develop adaptive motivational patterns in students. In other words, more motivation is not necessarily better if the motivation is poor quality and associated with detrimental outcomes (e.g., cheating, stress).

Additionally, it is essential to understand the combined effects of different types of motivation at the individual level (Litalien et al., 2019). For instance, self-determination theory posits that motivation comprises specific beliefs (interests, values, pressures, rewards) and a global self-determined motivation which may configure in ways to form patterns within individuals. Studies have examined motivational patterns (or profiles) across a range of contexts, including employment (Graves et al., 2015; Howard et al., 2021), university (Litalien et al., 2019), exercise (Lindwall et al., 2017) and school (Vansteenkiste et al., 2009). Findings suggest patterns of autonomous motivations (e.g., interests, values) are associated with better outcomes than controlled (e.g., ego, rewards, punishments) motivations. However, there is yet to be a clear answer on the benefits of a combined profile typified by autonomous and controlled motivations.

Additionally, most studies still need to integrate global and specific dimensions in research instead of focussing on specific motivations (i.e., interests, values, ego, rewards) at the expense of the global motivation (e.g., Corpus & Wormington, 2014) or vice versa (e.g., Ommundsen & Kvalø, 2007). An exception, Howard et al., (2021) simultaneously considered global and specific motivations and reported profiles that differed across each of these dimensions, with the global dimension representing the most influential factor in employee motivation. Thus, there remains a need to understand further the relative importance of global and specific motivations in characterising profiles and predicting student outcomes.

To the researcher’s knowledge, no studies have explored motivational profiles in a high-achieving population. Instead, there is an ipso facto assumption that high-achieving students are all highly motivated – a myth this study intends to address. Moreover, this study accounts for the dual nature of motivation proposed by self-determination theory to understand how high-achieving students differ quantitatively (global self-determination) and qualitatively (interest, value, ego, rewards). An area that remains unexplored. Surprisingly, few studies have explored motivational profiles at a domain-specific level (i.e., within a single subject), with most considering general motivations towards studying (e.g., Vansteenkiste et al., 2009) college (e.g., Litalien et al., 2019), or employment (e.g., Graves et al., 2015; Howard et al., 2021). Considering how motivational patterns are situated within a specific context is essential. One’s motivations towards science may differ from one’s motivations towards history, and this study intends to address this by investigating profiles within the context of science.

The following research questions emerged:

  • Which motivational profiles emerge in high-achieving students?
  • How do perceptions of the climate of the classroom predict motivational profiles?
  • How do motivational profiles predict student engagement?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This study used a cross-sectional, non-experimental design to collect survey data from 414 high-achieving students in Years 9 and 10. Relevant ethical approval was obtained from the New South Wales Department of Education and the University of New South Wales, Australia (HREC210175). All survey responses were anonymous to protect student confidentiality. Based on their relevance to the research aims and psychometric rigour, three existing scales were collectively used to develop the survey. These included the Comprehensive Relative Autonomy Index (CRAI; Sheldon et al., 2017), the Teacher as Social Context (classroom climate; Belmont et al., 1992), and the Math and Science Engagement Scale (engagement, Wang et al., 2016).
First, preliminary analyses were conducted to ensure the data were in a suitable numerical format, cleaned, described, and met distributional assumptions for subsequent analyses (e.g., assumptions of normality). Next, bifactor-ESEM was conducted to evaluate the dimensionality of student responses to the C-RAI. This involved estimating and comparing several measurement models to explore possible sources of multidimensionality in data (e.g., confirmatory factor model vs. exploratory structural equation model vs. bifactor confirmatory model vs. bifactor exploratory model). Selection of the final measurement model involved an examination of fit indices, a detailed inspection of the parameter estimates (i.e., factor correlations, cross-loadings, the definition of factors) and a reflection of the theoretical conformity of each model (e.g., Guay et al., 2015; Howard et al., 2018; Litalien et al., 2017; Marsh et al., 2009; Morin et al., 2016).
Finally, latent variable modelling was used to model heterogeneity in the population. Motivation factor scores from the bifactor-ESEM model were used as latent profile indicators to provide partial control for measurement error (Diallo et al., 2016; Peugh & Fan, 2013) to define profiles by global self-determination, intrinsic motivation, identified regulation, introjection approach, introjection avoidance, and external regulation. To select the best fitting model, statistical criteria (e.g., AIC, BIC, CAIC, LMR, BLRT, entropy, posterior probabilities; Nylund-Gibson et al., 2007; Nylund-Gibson & Choi, 2018) were evaluated alongside the substantive meaning and theoretical interpretability of the profiles (Bauer & Curran, 2004; Marsh et al., 2009; Muthén, 2003; Nylund-Gibson et al., 2019). The manual three-step procedure was used to explore how perceptions of the climate of the classroom predicted membership into profiles and how profiles subsequently predicted student engagement in class.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Four motivational profiles emerged, characterised by unique patterns of specific motivations and global self-determination. This suggested that important motivational information would be lost if one were to consider student motivation only in quantitative (i.e., how much motivation) or qualitative (i.e., which type of motivation) terms or view students as motivationally homogenous. Global self-determination (b = .67, p <.05) and intrinsic motivation (b = .11, p <.05) were powerful predictors of engagement. However, contrary to SDT expectations, introjection approach partnered with autonomous motivations and was a positive predictor of engagement (b = .16, p <.05). Thus, for high-achieving students, the desire to boost one’s ego, feel proud, and experience a sense of accomplishment was a positive motivational driver. This implies that motivational dynamics may be more important than considering motivations in isolation, as it is possible that introjection approach was adaptive only when coupled with high self-determination.
Results supported the benefits of autonomy-supportive teaching (structure, autonomy, involvement) in predicting adaptive motivations and engagement in science. Thus, autonomy-supportive teaching holds much promise. Research has supported the global relevance of teacher professional learning in autonomy-supportive practices to incorporate culturally-informed, responsive, sensitive, and relevant education for all learners (Reeve & Cheon, 2021).
Findings challenged theory by illustrating the distinction between approach and avoidance forms of introjected regulation in the analyses (e.g., motivation to boost vs. motivation to protect one’s ego). Thus, there may be a need to re-evaluate the SDT continuum and the motivations that comprise it and examine under which circumstances students endorse the more maladaptive avoidance form of introjection as opposed to introjection approach.
This investigation's methodological contribution relates to a thorough evaluation of the dimensionality of motivation before estimating profiles in person-centred analyses. This is important to achieve greater clarity and accuracy in understanding the structure of motivation (variable-centred) and within-person dynamics of motivation (person-centred; Morin et al., 2016). The findings make visible the motivational diversity within classrooms to challenge assumptions of homogeneity and understand the complex dynamics at the person-centred level –relevant to all educators who wish to use motivational diversity as a starting point for effective curriculum design for all learners.

References
Belmont, M., Skinner, E., Wellborn, J., & Connell, J. (1992). Teacher as Social Context: A measure of student perceptions of teacher provision of involvement, structure, and autonomy support.
Diallo, T. M. O., Morin, A. J. S., & Lu, H. Z. (2016). Impact of misspecifications of the latent variance–covariance and residual matrices on the class enumeration accuracy of growth mixture models. Structural Equation Modeling, 23(4), 507–531. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2016.1169188
Lindwall, M., Ivarsson, A., Weman-Josefsson, K., Jonsson, L., Ntoumanis, N., Patrick, H., Thøgersen-Ntoumani, C., Markland, D., & Teixeira, P. (2017). Stirring the motivational soup: within-person latent profiles of motivation in exercise. International Journal of Behavioral Nutrition and Physical Activity, 14(1), 4. https://doi.org/10.1186/s12966-017-0464-4
Litalien, D., Gillet, N., Gagné, M., Ratelle, C. F., & Morin, A. J. S. (2019). Self-determined motivation profiles among undergraduate students: A robust test of profile similarity as a function of gender and age. Learning and Individual Differences, 70(January), 39–52. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2019.01.005
Marsh, H., Lüdtke, O., Trautwein, U., & Morin, A. J. S. (2009). Classical latent profile analysis of academic self-concept dimensions: Synergy of person- and variable-centered approaches to theoretical models of self-concept. In Structural Equation Modeling (Vol. 16, Issue 2). https://doi.org/10.1080/10705510902751010
Martin, A. J., Ginns, P., & Papworth, B. (2017). Motivation and engagement: Same or different? Does it matter? Learning and Individual Differences, 55, 150–162. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.lindif.2017.03.013
Morin, A. J. S., Boudrias, J. S., Marsh, H., Madore, I., & Desrumaux, P. (2016). Further reflections on disentangling shape and level effects in person-centered analyses: An illustration exploring the dimensionality of psychological health. Structural Equation Modeling, 23(3), 438–454. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2015.1116077
Muthén, B. (2003). Statistical and substantive checking in growth mixture modeling: Comment on Bauer and Curran (2003). Psychological Methods, 8(3), 369–377. https://doi.org/10.1037/1082-989X.8.3.369
Nylund-Gibson, K., Grimm, R. P., & Masyn, K. E. (2019). Prediction from latent classes: A demonstration of different approaches to include distal outcomes in mixture models. Structural Equation Modeling, 26(6), 967–985. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2019.1590146
Peugh, J., & Fan, X. (2013). Modeling Unobserved Heterogeneity Using Latent Profile Analysis: A Monte Carlo Simulation. Structural Equation Modeling, 20(4), 616–639. https://doi.org/10.1080/10705511.2013.824780
Reeve, J., & Cheon, S. H. (2021). Autonomy-supportive teaching: Its malleability, benefits, and potential to improve educational practice. Educational Psychologist, 56(1), 54–77. https://doi.org/10.1080/00461520.2020.1862657
Worrell, F. (2018). Motivation: A Critical Lever for Talent Development. In Talent Development as a Framework for Gifted Education. Implications for Best Practices and Applications in Schools. (pp. 253–281). Prufrock Press Inc.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Finding Patterns of Instructional Features Through A Latent Class Analysis

Jimmy Karlsson, Yvonne Liljekvist, Jorryt van Bommel

Karlstad University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Karlsson, Jimmy; van Bommel, Jorryt

This paper reports on an exploratory secondary analysis of classroom observations to inquire patterns of instructional features. These features are explored within and between lesson segments to reveal patterns of instruction, which could provide further knowledge on didactical aspects of teaching and on internal structures of lessons. Insights into these patterns can serve as grounds for further exploration, both between different specific subject contexts and also across different school subjects. The paper aims to answer the following research question: What is the relationship between instructional features within and between different lesson segments.

Observation systems focus on specific dimensions of teaching to deepen understanding and improve teaching (Bell et al., 2019). Although wording, conceptualisation and instrumentalization differ between frameworks, common dimensions include aspects such as instructional clarity, cognitive activation, discourse features and supportive climate (Klette et al., 2017),. Cognitive activation, a concept used in several frameworks (Bell et al., 2019; Klette et al., 2017; Praetorius & Charalambous, 2018), includes practices that “encourage students to engage in higher-level thinking” (Lipowsky et al., 2009, p. 529) by utilizing appropriately challenging tasks, activating previous knowledge and students are expected to explain and challenge their reasoning (Praetorius et al., 2014). Instructional clarity is related to explanation of subject matter and includes aspects of modelling strategies and ways of working (Bell et al., 2019; Klette et al., 2017; Praetorius & Charalambous, 2018). This can be included in the way that Cohen (2018, p. 324) conceptualise explicit instruction as practices that “makes learning processes overt and clear with detailed models, strategies, and examples of the skills students are expected to demonstrate”.

The dimension of cognitive activation and instructional clarity (or degree of explicit instruction) are of special interest for this paper as they are identified to be important aspects of teaching quality, and part of core processes within and across school subjects, and salient in several frameworks. Comparative as well as specific subject didactic research has identified commonalities and differences within and between subjects (Cohen, 2018; Praetorius et al., 2014; Tengberg et al., 2021) regarding these dimensions. For cognitive activation, Praetorius et al. (2014) identified challenges in measuring. They underline the importance of further understanding since cognitive activation might be different depending on the stage of the instructional sequence, or whether it is as the start or end of a lesson. Thus, it is of importance to further explore how instructional features are related within lessons.

The Linking Instruction and Student Achievement (LISA) project is based on the four dimensions previously mentioned as a perspective on instructional quality (Klette et al., 2017). In the LISA-project, instructional features in classrooms was observed and rated following the Protocol for Language Arts Teaching Observation (PLATO) protocol. PLATO revolves around four central domains which are divided into elements (see Grossman et al., 2014, 2015) of which the following are of interest for this paper: modelling (MOD), Strategy Use and Instruction (SUI), Feedback (FB), Intellectual Challenge (IC), Classroom Discourse (CD), Representations of Content (ROC), Connections to Prior Knowledge (CPK), Purpose (PUR). Additionally, the main instructional format was observed, distinguishing between whole class, group work, pair work and individual seat work. Cognitive Activation is mainly related to IC and CD whereas instructional clarity is related to MOD, SUI and ROC.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
Latent class analysis (LCA) provides a probabilistic statistical approach to identify different subgroups, most often called classes, in observed data. The classes represent typologies that can help to understand similarities and differences across observations and variables (Weller et al., 2020). The latent classes stem from patterns in the observed data and class membership is estimated and given a probability (Sinha et al., 2021). This provides a novel approach to observation data which could identify groups of teaching segments and their corresponding characteristic instructional features. Thus, different types of segments can be characterised and aspects of cognitive activation and instructional clarity can be explored, together with other instructional features.

The data stems from the LISA project and a subsample from the Swedish cohort is selected for this analysis. In this sample, 127 mathematics lessons from 16 schools and 31 grade 7 classrooms were videotaped. Each lesson was divided into 15-minute segments giving a total of 403 segments. The average was 13 segments per classroom. Each segment was coded from 1 – 4 for each of the PLATO elements (see Tengberg et al., 2021).

For this study all analysis are performed with R (R Core Team, 2022) and the PoLCA package (Linzer & Lewis, 2011) following the method outlined by Oberski (2016) and Sinha et al. (2021).  

Codes with less than 10% observations are collapsed and grouped to the corresponding side of low (1-2) or high (3-4) end on the scale for that specific PLATO-element. The analysis is run for 1 class solution up to, and including, a 5-class solution. LCA analysis is performed 500 times to find global maximum log-likelihood and avoid local maximum.

Using Bayesian Information Criteria (BIC) and Akaike Information Criteria (AIC) two solutions possible for further inspection are identified, corresponding to 2 and 3 classes as solutions. The 3-class solution is further pursued as it offers a separation of characteristic PLATO-elements within and between the classes and is presented in the results section.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
In conclusion, three different classes of lesson segments and their corresponding instructional features were identified.

The first identified class of segments (proportion = 0.363) was found to exhibit a high probability of incorporating instructional elements that received high ratings, including ROC, MOD, SUI. Additionally, this class was found to possess a higher probability of cognitive activation features mainly related to CD being rated on the higher end, with whole-class instruction as a dominant characteristic, compared to the other classes.

The second class (proportion = 0.325), was characterized by a high probability of individual seat work, with no clear distinction between low or high ratings in IC. However, this class exhibited a high probability of receiving high ratings in ROC and SUI, although lower compared to the first class. This class also had the highest probability of CD being rated as 1, as well as a high probability of MOD being rated as 2, which could indicate a situation where the teacher only addresses a few students.

Finally, the third class (proportion = 0.312) was found to possess a high probability of low-end ratings in MOD and SUI, as well as a high probability of low ratings in ROC. Characteristic for this class of segments was that the teacher was not actively employing instructional features, as identified by PLATO.

The elements of CPK, Feedback and Purpose did not exhibit distinctive patterns in terms of probabilities for low/high-end ratings across the classes. This result suggests that these elements may not be related to the instructional patterns of the three identified classes, but may warrant further exploration in future studies.

The results of the study provide valuable insights into the instructional patterns within  lessons which can be extended to other contexts and subjects.

References
Bell, C. A., Dobbelaer, M. J., Klette, K., & Visscher, A. (2019). Qualities of classroom observation systems. School Effectiveness and School Improvement, 30(1), 3–29. https://doi.org/10.1080/09243453.2018.1539014
Cohen, J. (2018). Practices that cross disciplines?: Revisiting explicit instruction in elementary mathematics and English language arts. Teaching and Teacher Education, 69, 324–335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.tate.2017.10.021
Grossman, P., Cohen, J., Ronfeldt, M., & Brown, L. (2014). The Test Matters: The Relationship Between Classroom Observation Scores and Teacher Value Added on Multiple Types of Assessment. Educational Researcher, 43(6), 293–303. https://doi.org/10.3102/0013189X14544542
Grossman, P., Loeb, S., Cohen, J., & Wyckoff, J. (2015). Measure for Measure: The Relationship between Measures of Instructional Practice in Middle School English Language Arts and Teachers’ Value-Added Scores. American Journal of Education. https://doi.org/10.1086/669901
Klette, K., Blikstad-Balas, M., & Roe, A. (2017). Linking Instruction and Student Achievement. A research design for a new generation of classroom studies. Acta Didactica Norge, 11(3), Article 3. https://doi.org/10.5617/adno.4729
Linzer, D. A., & Lewis, J. B. (2011). poLCA: An R Package for Polytomous Variable Latent Class Analysis. Journal of Statistical Software, 42(10). https://doi.org/10.18637/jss.v042.i10
Lipowsky, F., Rakoczy, K., Pauli, C., Drollinger-Vetter, B., Klieme, E., & Reusser, K. (2009). Quality of geometry instruction and its short-term impact on students’ understanding of the Pythagorean Theorem. Learning and Instruction, 19(6), 527–537. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2008.11.001
Oberski, D. (2016). Mixture Models: Latent Profile and Latent Class Analysis. In J. Robertson & M. Kaptein (Eds.), Modern Statistical Methods for HCI (pp. 275–287). Springer International Publishing. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-26633-6_12
Praetorius, A.-K., & Charalambous, C. Y. (2018). Classroom observation frameworks for studying instructional quality: Looking back and looking forward. ZDM, 50(3), 535–553. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11858-018-0946-0
Praetorius, A.-K., Pauli, C., Reusser, K., Rakoczy, K., & Klieme, E. (2014). One lesson is all you need? Stability of instructional quality across lessons. Learning and Instruction, 31, 2–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.learninstruc.2013.12.002
R Core Team. (2022). R: A language and environment for statistical computing [Manual]. https://www.R-project.org/
Sinha, P., Calfee, C. S., & Delucchi, K. L. (2021). Practitioner’s Guide to Latent Class Analysis: Methodological Considerations and Common Pitfalls. Critical Care Medicine, 49(1), e63–e79. https://doi.org/10.1097/CCM.0000000000004710
Tengberg, M., Bommel, J. van, Nilsberth, M., Walkert, M., & Nissen, A. (2021). The Quality of Instruction in Swedish Lower Secondary Language Arts and Mathematics. Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 0(0), 1–18. https://doi.org/10.1080/00313831.2021.1910564
Weller, B. E., Bowen, N. K., & Faubert, S. J. (2020). Latent Class Analysis: A Guide to Best Practice. Journal of Black Psychology, 46(4), 287–311. https://doi.org/10.1177/0095798420930932
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm27 SES 12 B: Societal Tensions and Societal Development
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

External Societal Tensions Which Impact on Students Critical Thinking Development Within Initial Teacher Education

Brighid Golden

Mary Immaculate College, Ireland

Presenting Author: Golden, Brighid

This paper explores a self-study action research project which aimed to identify effective approaches to support students to develop their critical thinking skills within the context of global citizenship education (GCE) in initial teacher education (ITE) in Ireland. The study was guided by a theoretical framework for critical global learning which is used within this study to identify the ways in which the fields of critical thinking and GCE overlap in relation to their purpose, aims, outcomes, and the pedagogical approaches employed when teaching about them in ITE.

The main research question explored in the study was as follows:

What can be learned from a self-study action research project to contribute to the understanding and application of critical global learning for teacher educators?

Furthermore, the study had two objectives which guided data collection and analysis:

  1. To ascertain the factors which contribute to student motivation, participation and achievement within critical global learning.
  2. To identify the supports and barriers which impact on implementation of critical global learning.

This paper will explore outcomes from these aims in sharing the external, societal tensions which were found to influence students’ acquisition of critical thinking skills within the contexts of GCE and ITE. The findings from this research are significant within Irish and European contexts as they are presented within the context of my professional role as a member of the DICE (Development and Intercultural Education) Project. The DICE Project has been repeatedly commended for its contribution to progressing GCE within formal education due to its long-standing involvement in ITE in Ireland. In their reporting, the Global Education Network Europe (2015) named the DICE Project to be a model of good practice for mainstreaming GCE in ITE. The research presented in this paper reflects my experiences as part of the DICE Project and builds on what I have learned about embedding GCE into ITE as part of the project.

The critical global learning theoretical framework developed in this study was informed by a wide range of literature in the fields of GCE, critical thinking and ITE which were brought together to present a conceptual framework of the synergies between the three. From a theoretical perspective, this study draws in particular on Freire’s (1974) Critical Consciousness, Boler’s (1999) Pedagogy of Discomfort, and Bourn’s (2015) Pedagogy of Development Education. The components of the resultant conceptual framework draw on these perspectives to offer an interactive approach to teaching which is focused on dialogue, modelling skills and attitudes, sharing challenging content knowledge, and supporting students to engage with and reflect on their learning. To support the development of ‘critical consciousness’ Freire (1974) promotes an emancipatory approach to education which focuses on raising learners’ critical capacity. Furthermore, Boler’s (1999, p.176) ‘pedagogy of discomfort’ which she describes as “both an invitation to inquiry as well as a call to action” echoes Freire’s ambitions for education. The pedagogy of DE developed by Bourn (2015) further echoes the learning from critical consciousness and pedagogy of discomfort through a focus on debating while drawing on personal experiences and wider social and cultural influences. All three prioritise critical thinking as a core component of education. This conceptual framework is further enhanced by an awareness of the opportunities and challenges faced within ITE. The ITE context in Ireland is significant to this research study as the limited cultural, religious, socio-economic, and gender diversity represented in the student body in ITE in Ireland (Heinz and Keane, 2018; Higher Education Authority, 2020; Central Statistics Office, 2017) has an impact on student’s prior exposure to and level of preparedness for engaging with critical global learning in higher education.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
I undertook self-study action research, which is adopted by practitioners interested in studying their own practice with the aim of improving their practice, their understanding of it, and sharing research outcomes. Engaging in self-study research is a form of professional development for educators. Samaras (2011) positions this work as a lifelong process, reminding us that as educators we can engage our skills in questioning, reflecting and ultimately acting to improve our practices throughout our careers. As a research process, self-study enabled me to identify what was working well within my practice and where there were opportunities for further exploration specifically in relation to supporting student’s development of critical thinking skills. Rather than shying away from problems in your practice, self-study allows you to openly ask questions and embark on a process of discovery to identify solutions (Samaras, 2011). Samaras’ (2011) conceptualisation of self-study necessitates engagement with colleagues and research participants, requiring the researcher to draw on sources of knowledge beyond themselves. While self-study legitimises the knowledge educators can generate based on their own practices, the knowledge generated through self-study research is as a result of consultation and critical conversations with others (Russell, 2008). My inquiry into my own practices was undertaken alongside support and engagement from critical friends, my students, and colleagues.
Data collection methods were chosen to help capture not only what was happening in practice, but to try and understand what was working or not in the classroom, and why that might have been so. This approach is typical within the field of action research which is often typified by an informal, less systematic approach to data collection which allows methods to be responsive and specific to the context being explored (Patton, 2002).
The data set included data generated alongside critical friends through recorded critical conversations, emails and written reflections offered by critical friends who observed me teaching. Additionally, data generated with students included recordings and notes from focus group interviews; surveys; Most Significant Change Stories; exit slips from classes; photographs of in class work; post-it notes or worksheets from in class work; and assessments. Variety enabled students to choose the extent of their engagement. These multiple sources of data were underpinned by ongoing written and recorded self-reflections generated by me. The wide variety of data types helped to capture the complex and messy nature of classroom practice and provided multiple sources to aid in triangulation of findings.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Throughout the three cycles of data collection I faced a number of challenges to my practice. One category of challenges related to the impact that external societal influences were having on student’s engagement and learning within the classroom, which this paper focuses on. Some of the challenges which emerged during data analysis related to tensions which were beyond my control as they originated outside of the classroom and related to students personal lives and societal influences. I found that not all students presented with the same levels of readiness to engage in critical global learning. Data revealed a number of reasons for this disparity, highlighting the ways in which students learning was being impacted by factors originating outside of the classroom. The tensions I identified as rooted in external societal influences included:
• Students primed for critical thinking from their background Versus. students unprepared for it;
• Students perception of issues informed by the media and society Versus. perspectives presented in GCE;
• Approach to learning which was successful in second level education Versus. approach to learning promoted in higher education.
While there was limited diversity amongst the student population in terms of ethnicity, religion or gender, there was diversity in terms of their prior life experiences and the impact these had. Students personal histories impacted whether they brought with them a foundation in critical thinking or not. For some students questioning the status quo was something that was not rewarded or encouraged in their personal or educational experiences which made it more challenging to engage with critical global learning. As a result of these findings, an awareness of these tensions and ensuring that in my approach to teaching and learning I am cognisant of broader societal influences became an essential component of my planning and preparation for teaching and learning.

References
Boler, M. (1999) Feeling Power: Emotions and Education, New York: Routledge
Bourn, D. (2015) The Theory and Practice of Development Education: a pedagogy for global social justice, Oxon: Routledge.
Central Statistics Office (2017) Census of Population 2016 - Profile 7 Migration and Diversity [Online]. Available: https://www.cso.ie/en/releasesandpublications/ep/p-cp7md/p7md/p7anii/ [Accessed 1st Dec 2021].
Freire’s (1974) Education for critical consciousness, London: Bloomsbury Publishing.
Global Education Network Europe (2015) Global Education in Ireland. The European Global Education Peer Review Process. Amsterdam: GENE.
Heinz and Keane (2018) Socio-demographic composition of primary initial teacher education entrants in Ireland. Irish educational studies, 37(4), pp. 523-543.
Higher Education Authority (2020) 2018/19 Student Demographics, All HEA-Funded HEIs [Online]. Available: https://hea.ie/statistics/data-for-download-and-visualisations/enrolments/student-demographics-2018-19/ [Accessed 1st Dec 2021].
Patton (2002) Qualitative research and evaluation methods. , California: Sage Publications.
Russell (2008) How 20 Years of Self-Study Changed my Teaching. In: KOSNIK, C., BECK, C., FREESE, A. E. & SAMARAS, A. P. (eds.) Making a Difference in Teacher Education Through Self-Study. Studies of Personal, Professional and Program Renewal.: Springer, pp. 3-18.
Samaras (2011) Self-study teacher research: Improving your practice through collaborative inquiry, California: Sage.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

“But Biology is About Facts…” – Is Handling Uncertainty in Biology Class a Matter of Disciplinary Culture?

Britta Lübke

University of Hamburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Lübke, Britta

Uncertainty has always existed in the world and in human life, a fact brought recently into focus by events such as a global pandemic. Furthermore, uncertainty is necessarily part of scientific knowledge and scientific inquiry. Each research process starts with uncertainty in the meaning of an open question, of something we do not know (Kampourakis & McCain 2020). Sometimes this uncertainty is something we do not know yet, but we will be able to know in the future. Contrary to this epistemic uncertainty, there are phenomena that will remain uncertain in the meaning of an ontological uncertainty (Dewulf & Biesbroeck 2018).

In the context of science uncertainty can differentiated into so-called technical uncertainty that is related to the technical aspects of inquiry in terms of “measurement error, modeling approximations, and statistical assumptions” (Gustafson & Rice 2020, p. 618) and the so-called consensus uncertainty which can be described as “disagreement,” “conflict,” or “controversy” (ibid.) that can take place between “relevant stakeholders […] or within the body of evidence itself” (ibid.).
In the public uncertainty in the context of science is mostly conceptualized as a thread and its communication often has negative impact on the supposed trustworthiness of scientific results (Han et al. 2018). For the context of science education this negative impact is a challenge, since we live in what Beck (2020 [1986]) has called a risk society, education in general should prepare students to make informed decisions in complex and uncertain situations (Christensen & Fensham 2012). From this, one can argue that biology education should offer students learning opportunities about uncertainty in the context of science.

The second framework of this study is the idea of specific disciplinary cultures framing each learning opportunity in class. Lüders (2007) defines a disciplinary culture in the context of schools with references to Higher Education as “a distinguishable, systematically connected context of patterns of thought, perception, and action that emerges from the interaction of various factors.” (ibid., p. 8; translated into English by B.L) A central aspect of her conceptualization is the concept of habitus by Bourdieu (1977), which is understood as “a subjective but not individual system of internalised structures, schemes of perception, conception, and action common to all members of the same group or class” (ibid, p.86).

There is already a lot of research referring to the concept of habitus in general education, school pedagogy and teacher professionalization, i.e. focusing the institutional habitus (e.g. Cornbleth 2010) as well as the habitus of teachers (e.g. Bonnet et al. 2020; Helsper 2018). But by now, there is less research about subject learning (e.g. Heitmann et al. 2017) and none looking on the phenomenon of uncertainty in science education through the lens of disciplinary culture and its specific habitus.

Therefore, this paper investigates uncertainty in two secondary biology classrooms while dealing with bioethical questions with the following research questions:

(1) How does uncertainty occur in the context of teaching and learning about genetic engineering in biology classes?
(2) How do the students deal with the occurring uncertainty?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
TThe data collection took place simultaneously in two biology classes of the 11th grades in the same secondary school. The topic of the 8-weeks-unit was genetic engineering and took place at the end of the first half of the school year.
Designed as a Grounded Theory Study participant observations (including videography of the lessons) were combined with weekly guided interviews (with 10 out of 47 students). The guideline was based on the structure of the problem-centered interview (Witzel & Reiter 2012). Referring to the microgenetic approach (Brock & Taber 2017), weekly retrospective interviews were conducted with ten students about their experiences of and reflections on the previous biology lesson. A total of 36 interviews (30 minutes on average) and 27 videos of students group works during class (20 minutes on average) where analyzed. The combination of videography of the lessons and retrospective interviews with the students allows an analysis on two levels: First the level of classroom practices and second the level of reflection on the lessons and their experiences by the students.
The analyses of this multi-case-study (Yin 2014) followed the coding steps and evaluation procedures (memos, theoretical sensitization, comparisons, coding paradigm) of the Grounded Theory according to Corbin and Strauss (2015). Coding continued until - in the sense of theoretical saturation - no new categories were found in the data material.
In order to identify moments of uncertainty and how students dealt with them in the data, uncertainty was defined as the questioning of something when a phenomenon or object that initially seemed unambiguous becomes ambiguous. Data analysis revealed that this moment is always accompanied by a (sometimes very brief) interruption in the students' flow of action, as they have no prior knowledge or routine to resolve the uncertainty immediately.
The results are presented according to the central categories of the coding paradigm in axial coding. The interpretation of the results with theories about a disciplinary culture of biology represents the result of selective coding.  

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The results, contrary to what was planned at the beginning of the study, thus do not focus on the students' uncertainty on the content level of the subject matter. Rather, it becomes clear that the central phenomenon in the present data concerning the uncertainty the students' were confronted with is related to the norms of biology class. The moments of uncertainty conceptualized as questioning something, can be divided into (1) questioning norms of action (interaction and decision making) and (2) questioning the (successful) fulfillment of norms by the students. The questioning of the norm fulfillment is shown in the data in the experience of moments of not-being-able-to-finish and not-being-able-to-do-it-right. From the reconstructed uncertainty, students' conceptions of the objects of biology class as well as its goals and adequate modes of action can be derived as the following: Assuming a stable collective biological knowledge, the goal of the lesson is to overcome an individual non-knowing. For this purpose, students can use individual thinking, reproduction and decision-making processes as well as asking questions to the teachers. The (fast) presentation of an answer (in the mode of reproducing already existing biological knowledge) is evidence for a successful achievement of the goal. Already at this point, the results indicate a tension between the norms of the students and the norms of the teaching unit as well as the curriculum. In accordance with the principles of Grounded Theory, to be open to surprising results and to give priority to the data over theoretical presuppositions, the presented results will focus on uncertainty, which is related to the norms of biology class. Therefore, the norms of biology class derived from the results were considered in more detail and will be discussed in the lights of habitus and theories about disciplinary cultures.
References
Bonnet, A., Bausell, S. B., Glazier, J. A., & Rosemann, I. (2020). No Room for Uncertainty–curricular and assessment pressures as driving forces for teacher’s action. Zeitschrift für sportpädagogische Forschung, (8)1, 23–44.
Bourdieu, P. (2010[1977]). Outline of a theory of practice. Cambridge: Univ. Press
Brock, R. & Taber, K. S. (2017). The application of the microgenetic method to studies of learning in science education: characteristics of published studies, methodological issues and recommendations for future research. Studies in Science Education, 53 (1), 45-73.
Christensen, C., & Fensham, P. (2012). Risk, Uncertainty and Complexity in Science Education. In B. Fraser, K. Tobin & C. McRobbie (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Science Education. Part 2 (pp. 751–769). Dordrecht: Springer.
Corbin, J., & Strauss, A. (2015). Basics of Qualitative Research: Techniques and Procedures for Developing Grounded Theory. Los Angeles: Sage.
Cornbleth, C. (2010). Institutional habitus as the de facto diversity curriculum of teacher education. Anthropology & Education Quarterly, 41(3), 280–297.
Dewulf, A., & Biesbroek, R. (2018). Nine lives of uncertainty in decision-making: strategies for dealing with uncertainty in environmental governance. Policy and Society, 37(4), 441-458.
Gustafson, A., & Rice, R. (2020). A review of the effects of uncertainty in public science communication. Public Understanding of Science, 29(6), 614–633.
Han, P. K., Zikmund-Fisher, B. J., Duarte, C. W., Knaus, M., Black, A., Scherer, A. M., & Fagerlin, A. (2018). Communication of scientific uncertainty about a novel pandemic health threat: Ambiguity aversion and its mechanisms. Journal of health communication, 23(5), 435-444.
Heitmann, P., Hecht, M., Scherer, R., & Schwanewedel, J. (2017). ‘Learning Science Is About Facts and Language Learning Is About Being Discursive’ - An Empirical Investigation of Students' Disciplinary Beliefs in the Context of Argumentation. Frontiers in psychology, 8, 946.
Helsper, W. (2018). Lehrerhabitus [Teacher habitus]. In A. Pasekae, M. Keller-Schneider & A. Combe (Eds.), Ungewissheit als Herausforderung für pädagogisches Handeln [Uncertainty as a challenge for pedagogical practice]. (pp. 105–140). Wiesbaden: Springer.
Lüders. J. (2007). Einleitung: Fachkulturenforschung in der Schule [Introduction: Research on disciplinary cultures in school]. In J. Lüders (Ed.), Fachkulturenforschung in der Schule [Research on disciplinary cultures in school] (pp. 7–14). Opladen: Budrich.
Kampourakis, K. & McCain, K. (2020). Uncertainty. How it makes science advance. New York: Oxford University Press.
Witzel, A. & Reiter, R. (2012). The problem-centered interview: principles and practice. Los Angeles: Sage.
Yin, R. (2014). Case study research. Design and methods. Los Angeles: SAGE.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Modelling Trans-disciplinarity in Promoting School Science Education for Societal Development

Tapashi Binte Mahmud Chowdhury1, Jack Holbrook2, Miia Rannikmäe3

1University of Tartu, Estonia; 2University of Tartu, Estonia; 3University of Tartu, Estonia

Presenting Author: Chowdhury, Tapashi Binte Mahmud

Education, is often perceived as having a role in contributing to societal development, in both preparing learners to conceptualise, and enabling them to address sustainability-related issues in the society (OECD, 2018; UNESCO, 2015; United Nations, 2015). In so doing, there is a need for school science education to recognise its role in seeking to resolve societal concerns, not only science-dominated concerns like climate change, or pandemic, but also other prevailing concerns within the society such as social justice or economic transformation (Erduran, 2022; Fernández et al., 2022; Waight et al., 2022). However, science conceptualisation promoted through school alone is seen as ineffective in resolving such societal concerns which deal with complexities, i.e., problems without a straight-cut solution, referred to as wicked problems (van Baalen et al., 2021).

Yet, several literature indicate a major concern with respect to over-emphasis on science disciplinary conceptualisation (Chowdhury et al., 2021; Herman et al., 2017). In line with that, such disciplinary emphasis within school science education has been critiqued, for excluding science learning from inseparable societal affiliations, or even learners’ feelings associated with the learning (Guerrero & Reiss, 2020).

Alternatives of disciplinary framework for school science learning are seen as multi-disciplinary (Perrott, 1980), inter-disciplinary (Tytler et al., 2021) and trans-disciplinary approaches (Caiman & Jakobson, 2022). These three approaches are distinguished based on the teaching of science within, across, and beyond disciplines. However, it has been argued that both multi, and inter-disciplinary approaches yet have a disciplinary emphasis, and does not emphasise the interrelationship of science with society (Alvargonzález, 2011; Daneshpour & Kwegyir-Afful, 2021).

In mitigating against such limitations of discipline-restricted approaches, trans-disciplinarity is seen as offering a societal lens for school science learning, in which the teaching of school science extends beyond the disciplinary boundaries and seeks to address societal concerns through school science learning (Hjalmarson et al., 2020). Hence, this article aims to explore trans-disciplinarity to establish the role of school science education in societal development.

However, there are three concerns associated with trans-disciplinarity in school science education:

First, the term, trans-disciplinarity lacks a sense of clarity. For example, Gero, (2017) perceives trans-disciplinary approach in a school setting as a higher level of interdisciplinarity. Hence, it is not surprising that, STEM or STEAM education is considered both as inter and trans-disciplinary approaches (Liao, 2016; Perignat & Katz-Buonincontro, 2019).

Second, trans-disciplinarity lacks a conceptualisation from science education point of view. Different approaches to literature review has been undertaken within the scope of trans-disciplinarity in arts (van Baalen et al., 2021), or education in general (Daneshpour & Kwegyir-Afful, 2022). Although Takeuchi et al., 2020 conducted a critical review on Trans-disciplinarity in STEM education, their search for literature does not include trans-disciplinarity.

And third, trans-disciplinarity lacks a conceptualisation from school science point of view. Several existing studies explores trans-disciplinary approach in higher education STEM research, for example Shipley et al. (2017), O’Neill et al. (2019) or Slavinec et al. (2019). Although literature recognises the need to promote trans-disciplinarity at a school level science education (Sengupta et al., 2019), Wu et al. (2021) point out a gap of research in school level trans-disciplinary science teaching learning.

Hence, this article aims to address the need for conceptualising trans-disciplinarity from a science education point of view, at school level, so as to attain the need for school science education to address not only students’ individual, or social development, but but also a societal development.

Research Questions:

1. what are the general trends in including trans-disciplinarity in secondary school science education?

2. what are the key attributes of a trans-disciplinarity model of science education at the school secondary level?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
A systematic literature review (SLR) was undertaken in this research. The approach is amplified below:
1. Setting the scope:
The scope of SLR was identified within trans-disciplinary science education in secondary school level teaching and learning.
2. Searching literature within the scope
In this study, the EBSCOhost Web service was used to search articles from several electronic databases (i.e., Social Sciences Citation Index, Scopus®, ERIC, Academic Search Complete, JSTOR journals). The search was conducted on 22 November, 2022.
In establishing the logical relationships between terms in the search, the Boolean search operators (AND, OR) were used (Daneshpour & Kwegyir-Afful, 2022). The keywords used for this search were: TI* (transdisciplinary OR trans-disciplinary OR transdisciplinarity OR trans-disciplinarity) AND SU* (science education OR STEM education OR STEAM education OR science teaching learning OR science pedagogy OR science instruction OR science lesson OR science literacy OR scientific literacy).
From the initial search, 260 articles were identified. After applying four limiters, e.g., peer-reviewed, English language, dated from 2011 – 2022 and full-text availability, the search resulted in 92 articles, among which 89 were from academic journals. After removal of duplicates, 59 articles were selected for full-text reading and addressed against the inclusion/exclusion criteria.
3. Setting criteria for inclusion and exclusion of the literature:
Table 1: Setting the criteria for inclusion and exclusion
Codes Inclusion criteria
I.1 Full-text content must be in English and available for access
I.2 Content must include conceptualisation of trans-disciplinarity
I.3 Research must be situated within science education (also considered STEM, or STEAM)
Exclusion criteria
E.1 Literature without a theoretical or empirical evidence is excluded
E.2 Literature with different titles, but same research content, is excluded
E.3 Research situated within higher level education are excluded
4. Literature selection based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria:
Based on the inclusion and exclusion criteria, articles were given values of -1 and 1, in which -1 = article did not meet the inclusion or exclusion criteria, and 1 = article met inclusion and exclusion criteria. In cases, where at least one inclusion or exclusion criteria was not met, the article was excluded from the final selection.
5. Reporting of the identified literature:
This SLR followed PRISMA (Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analysis) standards (Page et al., 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
General trends in including trans-disciplinarity in secondary school science education:
a) over the period of last decade (2011-2022), there has been only a few studies which explored trans-disciplinarity within the scope of school science education (n = 16);
b) the authors have identified their studies as theoretical position papers (n = 5), qualitative studies (n = 6), quantitative studies (n = 3), mixed method studies (1), and intervention study (n = 1);
c) majority of the selected research (n = 10) have been conducted in the context of USA, other contexts include Australia and Germany (n = 1), Slovenia (n = 1), Canada (n = 1), Latvia (n = 1), United Kingdom and Italy (1), and Finland (n = 1)
Key attributes of a trans-disciplinarity model:
The findings have indicated that, the key attributes, and the sub-components of trans-disciplinarity are not commonly perceived by all the selected articles with same degree of emphasis. For example,
a) the complexity with respect to the purpose of trans-disciplinarity more commonly perceived (n = 14), compared to the methodologically plural process, required for the implementation of trans-disciplinarity (n = 9).
b) within trans-disciplinary approach, the liberation from disciplinary context is comparatively more mentioned (n = 13) than liberation from the school context (n = 9)
c) trans-disciplinarity is seen as reflecting on both individual and societal transformation (n = 8) by same authors, however, not by all articles (n = 16).
d) the inclusion of teachers and experts from different disciplines (n = 10, and n = 11 respectively) is comparatively more mentioned than the inclusion of societal partners (n = 8)
e) the attribute of transcending education is the least mentioned compared to the other attributes (n = 5 mentioning emotional connotation, and n = 8 mentioning cultural or worldview)
Further findings are intended to be presented during the conference.
This research is funded by the EC Horizon 2020, project no. 952470 (SciCar).

References
Alvargonzález, D. (2011). Multidisciplinarity, Interdisciplinarity, Transdisciplinarity, and the Sciences. International Studies in the Philosophy of Science, 25(4), 387–403. https://doi.org/10.1080/02698595.2011.623366
Chowdhury, T. B. M., Holbrook, J., Reis, P., & Rannikmäe, M. (2021). Bangladeshi Science Teachers’ Perceived Importance and Perceived Current Practices in Promoting Science Education Through a Context-Based, Socio-scientific Framework. Science & Education. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11191-021-00236-9
Daneshpour, H., & Kwegyir-Afful, E. (2021). Analysing Transdisciplinary Education: A Scoping Review. Science \& Education, 1–28.
Gero, A. (2017). Students’ attitudes towards interdisciplinary education: a course on interdisciplinary aspects of science and engineering education. European Journal of Engineering Education, 42(3), 260–270. https://doi.org/10.1080/03043797.2016.1158789
Liao, C. (2016). From Interdisciplinary to Transdisciplinary: An Arts-Integrated Approach to STEAM Education. Art Education, 69(6), 44–49. https://doi.org/10.1080/00043125.2016.1224873
O’Neill, M., Adams, M. P., Bandelt, M. J., Chester, S. A., Cai, W., & Nadimpalli, S. P. V. (2019). Cohort Learning: Supporting Transdisciplinary Communication and Problem-Solving Skills in Graduate STEM Researchers. International Journal of Teaching and Learning in Higher Education, 31(1), 166–175.
OECD. (2018). Preparing Our Youth for an Inclusive and Sustainable World.
Page, M. J., McKenzie, J. E., Bossuyt, P. M., Boutron, I., Hoffmann, T. C., Mulrow, C. D., Shamseer, L., Tetzlaff, J. M., Akl, E. A., Brennan, S. E., & others. (2021). The PRISMA 2020 statement: an updated guideline for reporting systematic reviews. Systematic Reviews, 10(1), 1–11.
Sengupta, P., Shanahan, M.-C., & Kim, B. (2019). Reimagining STEM education: Critical, transdisciplinary, and embodied approaches. In Critical, transdisciplinary and embodied approaches in STEM education (pp. 3–19). Springer.
Slavinec, M., Aberšek, B., Gacevic, D., & Flogie, A. (2019). Monodisciplinarity in Science versus Transdisciplinarity in STEM Education. Journal of Baltic Science Education, 18(3), 435–449.
Takeuchi, M. A., Sengupta, P., Shanahan, M.-C., Adams, J. D., & Hachem, M. (2020). Transdisciplinarity in STEM education: a critical review. Studies in Science Education, 56(2), 213–253. https://doi.org/10.1080/03057267.2020.1755802
UNESCO. (2015). Global citizenship education: topics and learning objectives. United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization. https://unesdoc.unesco.org/ark:/48223/pf0000232993?posInSet=6&queryId=0181080c-49d2-4031-8397-69a5ab1ae31c
United Nations. (2015). Transforming our world: The 2030 agenda for sustainable development. In Resolution adopted by the General Assembly. United Nations General Assembly New York.
van Baalen, W. M., de Groot, T., & Noordegraaf-Eelens, L. (2021). Higher education, the arts, and transdisciplinarity: A systematic review of the literature. Research in Education, 111(1), 24–45. https://doi.org/10.1177/00345237211005799


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Emotions and Controversial Issues – Social Studies Teachers Considerations of Emotions in Pedagogic Processes

Kristina Ledman1, Anna Larsson2

1Department of Education, Umeå university, Sweden; 2Department of Historical, Philosophical and Religious Studies, Umeå university, Sweden

Presenting Author: Ledman, Kristina; Larsson, Anna

In today’s Europe there are numerous societal issues that comes across as controversial and are debated from different points of views. Generally, controversial issues are defined as topics or questions where there are opposing ideas about the nature of origin and preferred solutions. On a European level, educational policy stress the importance of teachers dealing with these issues, manifested by for example Council of Europe’s professional development programme to ‘support and promote the teaching of controversial issues in schools in Europe’ (Council of Europe, 2015, p 7). In research literature most definitions of controversial issues encompass emotional, cognitive and evaluative dimensions (e.g. Cooling 2012; Hand 2008; Ljunggren et al. 2015, Stradling 1984). Here, the focus is set on emotions and more specifically emotions in relation to social studies subject teaching in grade 7-9. The study is part of a larger research project about controversial issues in Social studies teaching in Swedish secondary school (e.g. Larsson & Larsson 2021; Larsson & Lindström 2021). In Sweden the school subjects Civics, Geography, History and Religious education has a history of being grouped as Social studies subjects.

Teaching is largely an emotional practice (Denzin 1984; Hargreaves 1998) and we know that teachers find that it is challenging to deal with controversial issues and this can lead teachers to avoid addressing them (e.g Ojala 2019; Anker and von der Lippe 2018, Pollak et al 2018). Even though it is a challenge for the teachers, it is important to help students learn how to engage in democratic dialogue with those holding opposing views (cf Zembylas och Kambani 2012). Within social studies, pupils and teachers engage in topics that allows for controversies of different characters. In this paper, controversial issues in education are understood as situated. That is, situated in relations between teachers and pupils, inbetween students in a context of surrounding community and society, or situated in relation to other objects as material objects, statements, information etcetera (e.g. Blennow 2021). The purpose is to further understand what role emotions play in teachers’ didactical considerations and actions concerning controversial issues in social studies teaching. How does teachers reason concerning pupils emotional expressions? What considerations of the teachers own emotions comes to the fore? The ambition is to deepen the understanding of the teachers’ considerations as a knowing-in-action (Schön 1983) (compare Persson 2022).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The data analysed for this paper were collected through interviews with 18 teachers, both men and women, actively teaching social studies in secondary school. The teachers were between 25 and 55 years old and had taught for 1 up to 26 years. There were teachers in both small and large schools in small and large cities/villages from anywhere in Sweden and the informants were found via professional and personal networks (convenience sample). In semi structured interviews, the teachers were asked to elaborate on their experiences of occasions perceived as succeeding and failing in dealing with controversial issues in social studies teaching (Lantz 2007). That is, we did not specifically ask how the teachers experience and handle emotions in their teaching. The question concerning the role of emotions was instead formulated in relation to the empirical material, as we saw how emotions were addressed by the teachers in the narration of their practice. The process of analysis can thus best be described as inductive. In the next stage we set out to identify what the teachers expressed concerning their experiences of emotions in their pedagogical practice and didactical reasoning followed by a process of arranging the excerpts in themes. In the analysis, we focused on the statements made by the teachers and did not seek to analyse or categorise each teachers stance. Before the interviews, the teachers were informed of the project and how the information obtained would be stored and used. After having given opportunity to ask question, and to decline participation, they gave their consent. The interviews were transcribed verbatim. In the transcription the teachers were made anonymous and all references to school and the geographic location was removed.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
When the teachers adress emotions during the interviews the teachers' focus is predominantly on their pupils  Themes that reoccur are that emotions are a resource in social studies teaching as they serve as a vehicle for motivation and interest, and thereby learning, but; also that emotionally loaded views, stances and positions can and should be challenged by increased knowledge about the controversial issue, and finally; that if and how emotional a pedagogical situation becomes is related to the representations among the group of students and to the social context of surrounding local community. The teachers own emotions also plays out in the teachers’ didactical reasoning. The emotions experienced by the teachers are at times explicitly referred to when a teacher explains what he/she does or avoid doing. Being uneasy, or reluctant are emotions that at times makes the teachers avoid a certain content or teaching method. Several teachers describe the importance of being in control of ones’ own emotions and not get in a confrontational situation, which can further radicalise the student. Emotions seem to constitute an integrated and important part of the teachers pedagogic reasoning. However, emotions are also seen as standing in the way for knowledge and constructive situations of teaching and learning.  Tentatively, it seems like the teachers find that the emotions can be altered and monitored through knowledge, in the terms of a scientific discourse of rationality that is opposed to emotions.
References
Anker, T., & Lippe, M. (2018). Coming to Terms with Terrorism?: A Case Study on how Schools are Dealing with the Terror Attacks of 22 July 2011 in Oslo and Utøya. Religion and dialogue in the city, 247-262.

Blennow, K. (2021). Förnuft och känsla: Om emotioners roll i kunskapsprocessen i samhällskunskap. Nordidactica: Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, 11(2021: 2), 1-19.

Cooling, T. (2012). What is a controversial issue? Implications for the treatment of religious beliefs in education. Journal of Beliefs & Values, 33(2), 169–181. https://doi.org/10.1080/13617672.2012.694060

Council of Europe (2015). Teaching Controversial Issues. Professional development pack for the effective teaching of controversial issues. [Huddleston, T. & Kerr, D. (2015). Teaching controversial issues. Living with Controversy. Teaching Controversial Issues Through Education for Democratic Citizenship and Human Rights (EDC/HRE). Training Pack for Teachers: Council of Europe.]

Denzin, N. K. (1984). On understanding emotion. Transaction Publishers.

Hand, M. (2008). What should we teach as controversial? Defense of the epistemic criterion. Educational Theory, 58(2), 213–228.

Hargreaves, A. (1998). The emotional practice of teaching. Teaching and Teacher Education, 14(8), 835–854. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0742-051X(98)00025-0

Lantz, A. (2007). Intervjumetodik. Den professionellt genomförda intervjun. Studentlitteratur.

Larsson, A., & Larsson, L. (2021). Controversial Topics in Social Studies Teaching in Sweden. Nordidactica: Journal of Humanities and Social Science Education, (1), 1-21.

Larsson, A., & Lindström, N. (2020). Controversial societal issues in education: Explorations of moral, critical and didactical implications. Acta Didactica Norden, 14(4),
Ljunggren, C., Unemar Öst, I., & Englund, T. (Eds.) (2015). Kontroversiella frågor: Om kunskap och politik i samhällsundervisningen [Controversial issues: On knowledge and politics in the education about society]. Malmö: Gleerups.

Ojala, M. (2019). Känslor, värden och utbildning för en hållbar framtid: Att främja en kritisk känslokompetens i klimatundervisning. Acta Didactica Norge -tidsskrift for fagdidaktisk forsknings-og utviklingsarbeid i Norge, 13(2), 1-17. doi:10.5617/adno.6440

Persson, A. (2022). Mycket mer än en metod. Lärare samtalar om arbetet med kontroversiella frågor i geografiundervisningen. Utbildning & Demokrati–tidskrift för didaktik och utbildningspolitk, 31(1), 5-30.

Schön, Donald (1983): The Reflective Practitioner. New York: Basic Books Inc.

Stradling, Robert (1984): The teaching of controversial issues: An evaluation. Educational Review 36(2), s 121–129.

Zembylas, M., & Kambani, F. (2012). The teaching of controversial issues during elementary-level history instruction: Creek-Cypriot teachers' perceptions and emotions. Theory & Research in Social Education, 40(2), 107–133.
 
5:15pm - 6:45pm27 SES 13 B: Science and Scientific Literacy in and out of School
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Kari Sormunen
Paper and Ignite Talk Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Vision III of (Scientific) Literacy, (Science) Education and Bildung, and Implications for Teachers’ Didactical Choices

Jesper Sjöström

Malmö University, Sweden

Presenting Author: Sjöström, Jesper

One point of departure in this paper is an awareness that we are living in the Anthropocene era. Based on this, education, including science education, needs to be re-visioned. Since the first use of the term by Hurd in 1958, many different definitions of scientific literacy have been put forward. One and a half decade ago Roberts (2007) suggested two visions of scientific literacy and science education. To simplify, Vision I can be described as science without society (internal view), whereas Vision II is about contextual application of scientific knowledge in life and society (external view). As a complement to the two well-spread visions by Roberts, a Vision III has been suggested (e.g. Aikenhead, 2007; Yore, 2012; Liu, 2013; Sjöström & Eilks, 2018). This paper tries to systemize what different scholars have meant with the three different visions, especially focusing on Vision III. Furthermore, the paper elaborates on different ways in how the three visions relate to each other. The three visions are also discussed in relation to curriculum theory (e.g. Deng, 2020) and different curriculum emphases, educational-philosophical frameworks, and worldview perspectives.

Recently, Valladares (2021) discussed different interpretations of scientific literacy, including Vision III. She started discussing fundamental and derived senses of scientific literacy (part 2 of her paper) as well as Vision I and Vision II (part 3). After that follows a part (part 4) about Vision III; it has the heading “A Transformative Vision of Scientific Literacy”. She writes (2021, p. 565): “This new vision integrates three innovative aspects: 4.1: a fusion of the fundamental and derived senses of scientific literacy (Yore, 2012); 4.2: an introduction of the notions of science engagement and participation (Liu, 2013); and 4.3: the inclusion of a political and emancipatory agenda aligned with values such as equity and social justice (Santos, 2009).” With reference to Liu (2013, p. 29), Siarova et al. (2019) describe Vision III as: ”Scientific engagement – social, cultural, political, and environmental issues”. According to Tan (2016, p. 6), Yore (2012) interprets a Vision III-scientific literate person as one who: “1) understand core ideas through scientific inquiry, 2) have fundamental scientific principles rooted by critical thinking skills and 3) participates from a scientific perspective in socioscientific issues.” Siarova et al. (2019, p. 15) regard Vision III as “the broadest interpretation of scientific literacy”. It can, according to them, be explained as: science embedded in society and societal issues; action in the form of scientific engagement in various social, cultural, political, and environmental issues and contexts; and means to prepare students to become informed, responsible and active citizens and therefore it is needed by all students.

Recently, Salinas et al. (2022, p. 9) described Vision III as: “Implies a politicized and action-based (e.g., climate change activism) knowledge aiming at promoting the development of critical thinking for dialogic emancipation and socio-eco justice. This vision emphasizes transdisciplinarity and sustainability; is oriented towards praxis and action”. This conference paper asks if this is a exhaustive description of Vision III and, if not, what needs to be added?

“Bildung” is a central concept in central European/Scandinavian educational theory. It has a long and multifaceted history of ideas including for instance humanistic values and the ideas of critical-democratic citizenship. In this paper Vision III of scientific literacy and science education, as it is presented in the international literature, is examined. Furthermore, implications of a Vision III-view on Bildung and teachers’ didactical choices are discussed.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The method used in this paper is a systematic search and review of the literature and those publications referring to key publications, mainly those contributing to conceptualization of Vision III. Based on the found literature, the questions and aims of the paper are discussed and a multifaceted view of Vision III is elaborated on.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Vision I has a structure of science- and/or a scientific skills-emphasis and Vision II an everyday life- and/or a decision making-emphasis. Finally, a reconsidered Vision III can be seen as having an ethico-socio-political- and a relational-existential-emphasis. All three visions have A and B versions. These can be described as: structure of science-emphasis (Vision IA), scientific skills-emphasis (Vision IB), everyday life-emphasis (Vision IIA), decision making-emphasis (Vision IIB), ethico-socio-political-emphasis (Vision IIIA), and relational-existential-emphasis (Vision IIIB).
There are at least three different ways in how the three visions can be seen as relating to each other: (a) parallel complementary visions, (b) leveled visions – with increased sophistication, and (c) Vision III bridges Vison I and II from critical perspectives.
The Vision III-version suggested by Sjöström and Eilks (2018) can be seen as synonymous to an eco-reflexive Bildung-orientation. It integrates cognitive and affective domains and includes philosophical-moral-existential alternatives (see also: Sjöström, 2018) as well as politicization to address complex socio-scientific issues. From such a perspective Vision III can be seen as synonymous to critical science education for sustainability.
If there is time, some examples of “didaktik models” grounded in European didactics (Ligozat, Klette & Almqvist, 2023) and a Vision III-view will be presented. How these models can support teachers in their didactical choices will also be mentioned.
The paper presentation will be finished with a suggestion of a novel and multifaceted way of viewing Vision III, that is, main elements of a reconsidered Vision III, including not only socio-eco-engagement and participation for transformation and a better world, but also for instance a deep understanding of science and its processes, wonder and appreciation of the living world, indigenous science, transdisciplinarity, intersectionality perspectives, futures thinking, and responsible science knowing-in-action.

References
Aikenhead, G. S. (2007). Expanding the research agenda for scientific literacy. In C. Linder et al. (eds.) Promoting scientific literacy: Science education research in transaction (pp. 64-71). Uppsala University.
Deng, Z. (2020). Knowledge, content, curriculum and Didaktik: beyond social realism. Routledge: London & New York.
Ligozat, F., Klette, K., & Almqvist, J. (eds.) (2023). Didactics in a changing world: European perspectives on teaching, learning and the curriculum. Cham: Springer.
Liu, X. (2013). Expanding notions of scientific literacy: a reconceptualization of aims of science education in the knowledge society. In N. Mansour & R. Wegerif (eds.), Science education for diversity – Theory and practice (pp. 23-39). Dordrecht: Springer.
Roberts, D. A. (2007). Scientific literacy/science literacy. In S. K. Abell & N. G. Lederman (Eds.), Handbook of research on science education (pp. 729–780). Mahwah: Lawrence Erlbaum.
Salinas, I., Guerrero, G., Satlov, M., & Hidalgo, P. (2022). Climate change in Chile’s school science curriculum. Sustainability, 14(22), 15212.
Santos, W. L. D. (2009). Scientific literacy: a Freirean perspective as a radical view of humanistic science education. Science Education, 93(2), 361-382.
Siarova, H., Sternadel, D. & Szönyi, E. (2019). Research for CULT Committee – Science and Scientific Literacy as an Educational Challenge. European Parliament, Policy Department for Structural and Cohesion Policies. https://www.europarl.europa.eu/thinktank/en/document/IPOL_STU(2019)629188 (visited September 26, 2022)
Sjöström, J. (2018). Science teacher identity and eco-transformation of science education: comparing Western modernism with Confucianism and reflexive Bildung. Cultural Studies of Science Education, 13(1), 147-161.
Sjöström, J., & Eilks, I. (2018). Reconsidering different visions of scientific literacy and science education based on the concept of Bildung. In: Y. Dori, Z. Mevarech, D. Baker (eds.), Cognition, Metacognition, and Culture in STEM Education – Learning, Teaching and Assessment (pp. 65-88). Cham: Springer.
Tan, P. (2016). Science education: defining the scientifically literate person. SFU Educational Review, 9. https://doi.org/10.21810/sfuer.v9i.307
Valladares, L. (2021). Scientific literacy and social transformation. Science & Education, 30(3), 557-587.
Yore, L. D. (2012). Science literacy for all: More than a slogan, logo, or rally flag! In K. C. D. Tan & M. Kim (eds.), Issues and challenges in science education research (pp. 5-23). Dordrecht: Springer.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Ignite Talk (20 slides in 5 minutes)

What We Know About Conceptual Learning in Open Inquiry Settings in Science Education

Elisabeth Hofer, Simone Abels

Leuphana University Luneburg, Germany

Presenting Author: Hofer, Elisabeth

Inquiry-based learning (IBL) has been considered an essential component of science education for several years (e.g., Abrams et al., 2008). A considerable number of studies has shown that IBL positively influences students’ attitudes towards science as well as their learning of science (e.g., Blanchard et al., 2010; Furtak et al., 2012). The skills addressed by IBL meet the requirements stated in science standards and curricula (e.g., NGSS Lead States, 2013) and foster the acquirement of scientific literacy (Roberts & Bybee, 2014). Depending on learning objectives, degree of openness, and instructional support, IBL can be implemented in a variety of forms (e.g., Abrams et al., 2008; Blanchard et al., 2010). Open inquiry settings (OIS) that give students the opportunity to pursue their own questions and design and conduct investigations in a self-determined (but scaffolded) manner seem to be particularly motivating (Jiang & McComas, 2015). Beyond that, OIS do not only foster students’ ability to apply science concepts and methods independently, but also address their diversity by allowing for individual learning paths (e.g., Abels, 2014). However, many science teachers are sceptical about the implementation of OIS, fearing that conceptual learning will be neglected (e.g., Hofer et al., 2018).

In the field of science education, conceptual learning is traditionally determined by assessing which and how many concepts students have acquired during a certain period of time or by a certain point in time, how elaborated these concepts are, and how they are related to each other (Amin et al., 2014). This perspective on conceptual learning is what Scott et al. (2007) call acquisition metaphor. According to this, conceptual learning is a process of acquiring and accumulating “basic units of knowledge [concepts] that can be accumulated, gradually refined, and combined to form ever richer cognitive structures” (Scott et al., 2007, p. 5).
In OIS, however, science concepts are not presented in an isolated way, detached from the context, but are developed by the students as part of the inquiry process. Learning in OIS is therefore rather a process of developing participation in the practices of a specific community (participation metaphor) than acquiring and accumulating concepts. Consequently, established assessment tools and methods for investigating conceptual learning are only applicable to a limited extent (Cowie, 2012) resulting in challenges concerning educational research.

Data from PISA 2015 indicate that IBL and especially OIS still rarely find their way into European science classrooms. Beyond that, there seems to be a negative correlation between the frequency of implementing rather open instructional approaches, such as OIS, and students’ level of scientific literacy (e.g., Forbes et al., 2020). To put it in a nutshell: The more often students learn in OIS, the lower their scientific literacy. These results, however, are based on students’ self-reports and do not consider any further information concerning the implementation of OIS. Other studies investigating students’ outcomes in IBL (see e.g., meta-studies by Furtak et al., 2012; Lazonder & Harmsen, 2016) do either focus on procedural and epistemic skills or are limited to IBL with lower degrees of openness. Yet, there seems to be only little empirical evidence about students’ conceptual learning in open inquiry settings.

Hence, this study aims at identifying empirical studies on OIS in science education and synthesising what science education research actually knows about students’ conceptual learning in OIS. In so doing, the following research question is to be answered:
What are the findings on conceptual learning of primary and secondary science students in OIS that have been obtained from empirical studies so far?


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
To answer the research question, we conducted a systematic literature review according to the procedure suggested by Fink (2019). For this purpose, we started with a keyword-based search on ERIC database and Web of Science (WoS), as these two databases represent a full indexing system focused on education (ERIC) and the most “recognized”, high-ranking papers (WoS). To determine the keywords, we derived central terms from relevant literature, searched literature databases for synonymous terms, and discussed the list of keywords with experts in the field. Finally, the keywords were organised in three components: (1) conceptual learning, (2) IBL / OIS and (3) science education. For example, we entered the following input for the component conceptual learning into ERIC database using Boolean logic: (concept* OR content* OR subject*) AND (learn* OR develop* OR understand* OR construct* OR build*).

The keyword-based search (for titles and abstracts) resulted in a number of N = 596 records. To be considered in the further review process, papers were required to meet the following eligibility criteria (Rethlefsen et al., 2021):
•    Level of science education: primary or secondary school
•    Publication date: since 2003 (last 20 years)
•    Publication language: English
•    Publication type: only peer reviewed original research papers
•    Accessibility: online accessible

By applying these criteria as filters to the databases, the number of records was limited to N = 163. To prove the content-related eligibility, the remained records were screened by title and abstract in a first step (resulting in N = 30 records) and by full-text read in a second step (resulting in N = 8 records).
The finally selected papers were then analysed in terms of study context, design and methodology (descriptive analysis) and study results and findings (qualitative analysis). As we were interested in both the WHAT and the HOW, the qualitative analysis was guided by the following questions:
•    What do students learn (limited to the conceptual domain)?
•    Is it possible to identify relationships between students’ conceptual learning and the way of how OIS are implemented in a particular case?
•    What are the theoretical models and frameworks (regarding conceptual learning and OIS) these studies rely on?

The whole review process was documented following the reporting guidelines stated by the PRISMA group (Rethlefsen et al., 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The eight studies included in the full-text analysis were conducted in six countries (three European) and were published between 2011 and 2020. Five of them were quasi-experimental studies (three with control group), two design-based studies and one case study. In the quantitative studies, conceptual learning was considered exclusively from the perspective of acquisition, whereas the qualitative studies also included aspects referring to the participation perspective (Scott et al., 2007). This was also reflected in the data collection methods – pre-post-test questionnaires vs. triangulation of diverse data material.

In general, it can be stated that OIS have a high amount of “active learning time” and positively influence students’ conceptual learning. Well-structured and scaffolded OIS were proved to result in significant gains in conceptual knowledge, being even more effective than instructional lectures. However, it was emphasised in all studies that the need for scaffolding in OIS increases with the complexity of both concepts and the learning product (e.g., portfolio, poster) – particularly for students with little prior knowledge. Introducing tiered scaffolds and providing feedback enable students to deal with new concepts and embed them in their existing conceptual knowledge, hence, contribute to increasing and stabilising learning effects. Beyond that, in-depth analyses of qualitative data showed that OIS might allow for individual learning paths whilst still creating a common knowledge base.

The results of this review study show that there is still a lack of empirical data on conceptual learning in OIS. The study findings partly agree with the PISA data, but also contradict them in several aspects. Additionally, the complexity of OIS comes with methodological challenges: loss of multilayeredness and multiperspectivity in quantitative studies vs. limited feasibility and comparability in qualitative studies. Thus, to allow profound conclusions about conceptual learning in OIS, more and methodologically diverse studies are required.

References
Abels, S. (2014). Inquiry-based science education and special needs – Teachers’ reflections on an inclusive setting. Sisyphus, 2(2), 124–154.
Abrams, E., Southerland, S., & Evans, C. (2008). Introduction: Inquiry in the Classroom: Identifying Necessary Components of a Useful Definition. In E. Abrams, S. Southerland, & P. Silva (Eds.), Inquiry in the Classroom: Realities and Opportunities (pp. xi–xlii). IAP.
Amin, T., Smith, C., & Wiser, M. (2014). Student conceptions and conceptual change: Three overlapping phases of research. In N. Lederman & S. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education Volume II (pp. 71–95). Routledge.
Blanchard, M., Southerland, S., Osborne, J., Sampson, V., Annetta, L., & Granger, E. (2010). Is inquiry possible in light of accountability?. Science Education, 94(4), 577–616.
Cowie, B. (2012). Focusing on the Classroom: Assessment for Learning. In B. Fraser, K. Tobin, & C. McRobbie (Eds.), Second International Handbook of Science Education (pp. 679–690). Springer Netherlands.
Fink, A. (2019). Conducting research literature reviews: From the internet to paper. Sage.
Forbes, C., Neumann, K., & Schiepe-Tiska, A. (2020). Patterns of inquiry-based science instruction and student science achievement in PISA 2015. International Journal of Science Education, 42(5), 783–806.
Furtak, E., Seidel, T., Iverson, H., & Briggs, D. (2012). Experimental and quasi-experimental studies of inquiry-based science teaching a meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 82(3), 300–329.
Hofer, E., Abels, S., & Lembens, A. (2018). Inquiry-based learning and secondary chemistry education—A contradiction? Research in Subject-Matter Teaching and Learning, 1, 51–65.
Jiang, F., & McComas, W. (2015). The effects of inquiry teaching on student science achievement and attitudes. International Journal of Science Education, 37(3), 554–576.
Lazonder, A., & Harmsen, R. (2016). Meta-analysis of inquiry-based learning: Effects of guidance. Review of Educational Research, 86(3), 681–718.
NGSS Lead States. (2013). Next generation science standards. NAP.
Rethlefsen, M., Kirtley, S., Waffenschmidt, S., Ayala, A., Moher, D., Page, M., & Koffel, J. (2021). PRISMA-S: an extension to the PRISMA statement for reporting literature searches in systematic reviews. Systematic reviews, 10(1), 1-19.
Roberts, D., & Bybee, R. (2014). Scientific literacy, science literacy, and science education. In N. Lederman & S. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education (Vol. 2, pp. 545–558). Routledge.
Scott, P., Asoko, H. & Leach, J. (2007). Student conceptions and conceptual learning in science. In S. A. Abell & N. G. Lederman (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education (pp. 31-56). Routledge.


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Out-of-school Science Teaching and Teachers' Use of Their Textbook: A Mixed-method Study Among Norwegian Secondary School Teachers

Marianne Isaksen

UiT The Arctic University of Norway, Norway

Presenting Author: Isaksen, Marianne

Opportunities to learn science outside the classroom form an important contribution to science education (Rennie, 2014). Arenas outside the school provide authentic contexts for teaching, which complement teaching in the classroom and in the science laboratory (Braund & Reiss, 2006). Various terms, such as field trips, outdoor education, education outside the classroom and udeskole/uteskole (Denmark/Norway) are used to address utilising nature and local environments as an educational approach. In this article, I use the term "out-of-school education", and by this I mean using physical settings outside the classroom in a learning context. Examples of such settings include museums, science centres, universities, local companies, farms and fisheries, school grounds and natural landscapes as forest and riparian habitats. This definition is in line with Frøyland and Remmen (2019), and includes arenas that are designed for educational purposes and those that are not. There are several arguments for making use of nature and local environments in school science education. Braund and Reiss (2006) highlight how out-of-school settings can improve science learning through:

1. Improved development and integration of concepts.

2. Extended and authentic practical work.

3. Access to rare material and to 'big' science.

4. Attitudes to school science: stimulating further learning.

5. Social outcomes: collaborative work and responsibility for learning. (p. 1376)

In addition, the health benefits of being physically active in nature are often highlighted when using out-of-school settings (Morag & Tal, 2012).

Making use of nature in teaching science has been central to Norwegian curriculum since 1939 (Normalplan for byfolkeskolen, 1939), and is also prevalent in today's National Curriculum (Kunnskapsløftet 2020 (LK20)) (Ministry of Education and Research, 2019). In Norway, textbooks are designed in line with the official curriculum's (see Cuban, 1995) aims. Still, teachers have freedom of choice in terms of which materials or other teaching resources to use and are not obligated to use a science textbook. Hence, textbooks are not a part of the official curriculum, but are an interpretation of the official curriculum by the textbook author(s). The fact that the textbooks are designed in line with current curricula, in addition to being adapted to teaching in school and offering progression in a subject that is adapted to a secondary-level course, makes textbooks valuable for teachers (McDonald, 2016). Although teachers combine their textbook use with other teaching and learning resources, the textbook is often a first choice in planning and plays an essential role as a structuring element in teaching lessons (McDonald, 2016; Trygstad et al., 2013). Recent studies also show that textbooks are central as an idea bank for science teachers, especially for finding practical and inquiry activities for teaching (Isaksen et al., 2022).

Moving science teaching out of the classroom can be one type of practical activity. Despite the many positive aspects of using out-of-school settings in education (e.g. Braund & Reiss, 2006; Morag & Tal, 2012), it appears that using out-of-school settings is often de-prioritised; teachers experience a number of obstacles when using out-of-school settings, such as it being more time consuming than classroom teaching, more economic constraints and poor curriculum fit (Anderson et al., 2006).

This study's purpose is to contribute knowledge about the relationship between science teachers' use of and orientation towards textbooks, and the utilisation of local actors and the local environment in teaching. I ask the following research questions:

  • To what extent are out-of-school settings utilised in secondary school science teaching?
  • In what ways can using science textbooks be an obstacle or a driving force for utilising out-of-school settings?

Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
This paper reports a mixed method study among secondary school science teachers in Norway. An 'explanatory (sequential) design' is used (Creswell & Plano Clark, 2007, p. 72), where a teacher survey formed the basis for subsequent interviews with respondents. A pilot study has been carried out.
To gain an overview of trends regarding teachers' use of textbooks and out-of-school teaching in science, a digital survey was conducted in 2018 and 2020 among science teachers at secondary schools in two counties, one in south Norway and one in north Norway (N = 108 or 47% response rate). It was designed with science textbooks and practical activities as a starting point. Constructs have been developed to determine the teachers' affiliation with their textbook (Textbook orientation, six items) (Isaksen & Thorvaldsen, 2022), their use of nature (two items) and local actors (five items), as well as the extent to which the teachers perceived that their textbook stimulated using given arenas in teaching (Textbook nature, two items and Textbook local actors, four items, respectively). Response options were given on 5- and 6-point Likert scales. The reliability of the constructs were tested using the reliability coefficient Cronbach's alpha (CA). The recommended CA should be between 0.7 and 0.9 (Streiner, 2003). The strength of covariation between variables is measured using Pearson's correlation coefficient r (Cohen & Holliday, 1982). Survey data has been analysed with the help of SPSS Statistics 26 for Windows.
In autumn 2020, six survey respondents were selected by quota sampling (Gobo, 2004), based on their score on the construct textbook orientation, to participate in digital interviews via Zoom or Teams. Each interview lasted approximately 1.5 hours. Two central themes discussed were out-of-school activities in science teaching and the teachers' use of and views on their textbook. The teachers were shown three examples of out-of-school activities from two different textbooks. Interview data has been coded and analysed by the author using NVivo, where a reflexive thematic analysis has been carried out (Braun & Clarke, 2019). The analysis aims for an open approach where the analysis process started with transcribing the data material and conducting inductive coding. Data material was read through several times where codes were further developed, and finally developed into some central themes that represent key aspects in the interview material.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Quantitative findings show that teachers make little use of out-of-school settings in science teaching. The local environment is used, on average, 2-3 times per six months (mean = 2.73, SD = 0.82), while local actors are not used annually (mean = 1.32, SD = 0.39). Less use of the latter may be because schools in northern Norway (often rural schools) have limited access to science centres, museums, etc. There are no significant correlations between science teachers' orientation towards their textbook and whether they utilise settings outside school. This implies that teachers' orientation towards their textbook is not a central factor to their using out-of-school settings. Explanations of limited teaching out of school must therefore be other than the use of textbooks. Preliminary analysis of interview data supports this, as time constraints and financing costs for transport are highlighted as key obstacles to making use of out-of-school settings. These have been obstacles in other countries as well (Anderson et al., 2006).
The teachers reported that their textbook, to a small extent, encourages using local actors in teaching (Textbook local actors, mean = 1.70, SD = 1.00, scale 1–6), and to a somewhat greater extent, to use the local environment in teaching (Textbook nature, mean = 2.82, SD = 1.18, scale 1–6). In the interviews, this is explained by that textbooks have few suggestions for activities outside of school and should have a greater focus on out-of-school education if it is to have a stimulating impact on teaching.
Science textbooks are a central resource for teachers, especially for inspiring practical activities (Isaksen et al., 2022). They can be a tool with the potential to inspire science teachers to use out-of-school settings. It is therefore important that textbooks contain a selection of suggestions for activities outside of school.

References
Anderson, D., Kisiel, J., & Storksdieck, M. (2006). Understanding Teachers' Perspectives on Field Trips: Discovering Common Ground in Three Countries. Curator: The Museum Journal, 49(3), 365-386. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2151-6952.2006.tb00229.x
Braun, V., & Clarke, V. (2019). Reflecting on reflexive thematic analysis. Qualitative research in sport, exercise and health, 11(4), 589-597. https://doi.org/10.1080/2159676X.2019.1628806
Braund, M., & Reiss, M. (2006). Towards a More Authentic Science Curriculum: The contribution of out-of-school learning. International journal of science education, 28(12), 1373-1388. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500690500498419
Cohen, L., & Holliday, M. (1982). Statistics for Social Scientists. Harper & Row.
Creswell, J. W., & Plano Clark, V. L. (2007). Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods Research. SAGE.
Cuban, L. (1995). The hidden variable: How organizations influence teacher responses to secondary science curriculum reform. Theory into practice, 34(1), 4-11. https://doi.org/10.1080/00405849509543651
Frøyland, M., & Remmen, K. B. (2019). Utvidet klasserom i naturfag. Universitetsforlaget.
Gobo, G. (2004). Sampling, representativeness and generalizability. In C. Seale, G. Gobo, J. F. Gubrium & D. Silverman (Eds.), Qualitative Research Practice. SAGE Publications, Limited.
Isaksen, M., & Thorvaldsen, S. (2022). Hva stimulerer utforskende undervisning i naturfag? Et studium av rollen for læreboken i noen norske ungdomsskoler. Nordic Studies in Science Education, 18(3), 337 - 352. https://doi.org/10.5617/nordina.9350
Isaksen, M., Ødegaard, M., & Utsi, T. A. (2022). The science textbook - an aid or obstacle for inquiry-based science teaching? [Manuscrips submitted for publication]. Department of Education, UiT The Arctic University of Norway
McDonald, C. V. (2016). Evaluating Junior Secondary Science Textbook Usage in Australian Schools. Research in Science Education, 46(4), 481-509. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11165-015-9468-8
Ministry of Education and Research. (2019). Læreplan i naturfag [Natural science subject curriculum] (NAT01 04). Laid down as regulations. National Curriculum for Knowledge Promotion in Primary and Secondary Education and Training (LK20). https://www.udir.no/lk20/nat01-04?lang=nob
Morag, O., & Tal, T. (2012). Assessing Learning in the Outdoors with the Field Trip in Natural Environments (FiNE) Framework. International journal of science education, 34(5), 745-777. https://doi.org/10.1080/09500693.2011.599046
Normalplan for byfolkeskolen. (1939). https://www.nb.no/nbsok/nb/a772fcd5e1bbbfb3dcb3b7e43d6ccc60?lang=no#113
Rennie, L. J. (2014). Learning Science Outside of School. In N. G. Lederman & S. K. Abell (Eds.), Handbook of Research on Science Education, Volume II (pp. 120-144). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203097267-15
Streiner, D. L. (2003). Starting at the Beginning: An Introduction to Coefficient Alpha and Internal Consistency. J Pers Assess, 80(1), 99-103. https://doi.org/10.1207/S15327752JPA8001_18
Trygstad, P. J., Smith, S. P., Banilower, E. R., & Nelson, M. M. (2013). The Status of Elementary Science Education: Are We Ready for the Next Generation Science Standards? Horizon Research, Inc. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/ED548249.pdf


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Development of the Skill of Interpreting Data and Applying Scientific Evidence in Adolescents Aged 15-16 Using the PBL Method

Inna Axyonova1, Irina Issayeva2

1Branch "Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics of the city of Taraz" AEO "NIS"; 2Municipal state institution "Secondary school 2 of Arshaly settlement of the education department in the Arshaly district of the education department of the Akmola region"

Presenting Author: Axyonova, Inna; Issayeva, Irina

National and international standards of science education require the transformation of modern approaches and teaching methods. Researchers of the Autonomous Organization of Education "Nazarbayev Intellectual Schools" (2022) determined that only 53% of students aged 15-16 can complete assignments in the field of scientific interpretation of evidence data, requiring developed skills in interpreting data and applying scientific evidence, reasoning based on scientific data and theories.

Following the basic principles of equal rights for all to receive quality education and access to education (Law on Education of the Republic of Kazakhstan) and the fourth goal in the field of sustainable development to ensure quality education (United Nations), the authors of the study focused on data on the level of development of skills in interpreting data in adolescents 15-16 years old from urban and rural areas.

Most teenagers aged 15-16 in Kazakhstan study in mainstream schools with standardized curricula, 50% of which live in rural areas (UNICEF, 2020). However, there are schools in the country where education is carried out according to their own programs, for example, the network of the Autonomous Organization of Education "NIS". Despite significant differences in learning conditions, as the results of PISA show (Irsaliyeva S.A., 2020), all students in Kazakhstan have difficulties in completing tasks that require the skill of analyzing and interpreting data.

In 2022, for the first time, the authors used an evaluation sheet in the form of an experiment protocol, which made it possible to determine that 75% of the students of the NIS FMN in Taraz and 25% of the students of the secondary school in the village of Arshaly are able to manage the evidence of the experiment, which is 50% on average. 70% of NIS students and 35% of Arshaly village are able to create explanations in the form of discussion of results, planning ways to improve the experiment and formulating conclusions, which is 52.5% on average.

An analysis of educational programs used in public schools and NIS showed that the amount of practical work required for data interpretation and quantitative analysis increases from grade to grade: from 6% in grade 8 to 40% in grade 10. Accordingly, the success of learning and mastering the educational goals of the educational program depend on the level of development of skills in interpreting data and applying scientific evidence in adolescents aged 15-16. In addition, the analysis of interviews with students showed that most of them do not understand the practical application of the knowledge and skills acquired in the course of laboratory work at school. The authors also noticed that the results of achieving learning goals in practical work are much higher if students work in a team. All this contributed to the choice of teaching method, which should be focused on the connection of students' research activities with real life, creating conditions for data collection and interpretation, teamwork. All these requirements are met by the method of problem-based learning (PBL), which is confirmed by the results of research by Conway, J. and Little, P. (2000).

Thus, the research question was formulated: to what extent the method of problem-based learning (PBL) can contribute to the development of data interpretation skills and the application of scientific evidence in adolescents 15-16 years old. The main goal of our study is to develop the skills of interpreting data and applying scientific evidence before and after using the PBL method in the lessons of chemistry, biology and physics among students of 15-16 years old of the NIS FMN in Taraz and secondary school No. 2 in the village of Arshaly.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was conducted on the basis of the Branch "Nazarbayev Intellectual School of Physics and Mathematics of the city of Taraz" AEO "NIS" and Municipal state institution "Secondary school 2 of Arshaly settlement of the education department in the Arshaly district of the education department of the Akmola region from 2022 to 2023. As research tools, we used an evaluation sheet in the form of an experiment protocol, which allows you to determine the level of development of research skills: setting research projects (the skill of formulating a research question, the skill of formulating a hypothesis), research planning (defining variables, the skill of experiment planning), evidence management (distribution variables, correct presentation of data), creating explanations (discussing the results, planning ways to improve the experiment, formulating conclusions), evaluation procedure (discussing the hypothesis, assessing the reliability of the results, planning the next stage of the study). The protocol completed by students is evaluated on the following scale: 0 points - difficult, 1 point - performs with errors, 2 points - coped.
To establish the effectiveness of the use of the PBL method in the lessons of chemistry, physics and biology, a “Lesson Observation Sheet” was developed.
To analyze the reasons causing difficulties in the process of interpreting the research data, a conversation was conducted with the students, which was recorded on video.
The study involved 90 students aged 15-16 studying in Russian. The study was conducted at the lessons of chemistry, biology and physics by two teachers - the authors of this study.
The study was conducted in strict accordance with all ethical principles and standards. Students took part in the study voluntarily and could end their participation at any time. The school administration gave its consent to conduct the study. The names of the study participants are not disclosed and are confidential.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
As a result of the two-year use of the method of problem-based learning in the lessons of chemistry, physics and biology in the NIS FMN in Taraz and the secondary school No. 2 in the village of Arshaly, significant results were achieved. The level of ability to manage the evidence of the experiment in students of the NIS FMN in Taraz increased by 15% (from 75 to 90%) and by 10% in students of the general education school in the village of Arshaly (from 25 to 35%). The skill of creating explanations in the form of discussing the results, planning ways to improve the experiment and formulating conclusions among NIS students increased by 15% (from 70 to 95%) and by 15% (from 35 to 50%) among students from the Arshaly village.
The results indicate the possibility of developing this skill in students using the method of problem-based learning (PBL), regardless of the place of residence and the level of complexity of the educational program.
This is because the structure of the PBL method focuses on solving the learning problem. The problem presented to students allows them to see the connection between learning and life and motivates students to find a solution. In the process of developing an understanding of the problem, students develop the skills of analyzing facts, generating ideas and planning their research activities. The development of skills in the interpretation of data and the application of scientific evidence, argumentation based on scientific data and theories occurs at the stage of solving a problem through research, data analysis and processing of results.
Thus, the study demonstrates for the first time the effectiveness of using the method of problem-based learning in the classroom when conducting practical and laboratory work.

References
Report on the results of the Monitoring "Science Literacy" (2022) TUSFGU AEO "NIS"
Agenda for sustainable development. Official website of the UN https://www.un.org/sustainabledevelopment/ru/
Law of the Republic of Kazakhstan On Education (with amendments and additions as of 01/12/2023), Article 3. Principles of state policy in the field of education.
Analytical report "The results of Kazakhstan in international studies of the quality of education: a study of the reasons for the backlog." - Center for Analysis and Strategy "Beles", ed. Irsalieva S.A., 2020. - 308 p.
Statistical collection "Children of Kazakhstan" Children of Kazakhstan: Statistical collection. Astana 2017. Statistics Committee of the Ministry of National Economy of the Republic of Kazakhstan. United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF)
Conway, J. and Little, P. (2000) “From Practice to Theory: Reconceptualising Curriculum Development for Problem-based Learning,” in Problem-based Learning: Educational Innovations across Disciplines. Selected papers from the Second Asia-Pacific Conference on Problem-based Learning, Singapore.
Davydov, V. (1996) Developmental Learning Theory / Ros. acad. Education, Psychological Institute, Intern. Association "Developing Education" - M.: INTOR.
Vygotsky L. (1935) Mental development of children. M.; L.: GIZ.
Vygotsky L. (2005) Psychology of human development. - M.: EKSMO.
Brown, A.L., Ash, D., Rutherford, M., Nakaguwa, K., Gordon, A., and Campione, J.C. (1993). Dissemination of knowledge in the classroom. In G. Saloman (Ed.), Distributed Cognition: Psychological and Educational Considerations (pp. 188–228). Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press.Barrett Terry (2013) Learning about the problem in problem-based learning (PBL) by listening to students’ talk in tutorials: a critical discourse analysis study, Journal of Further and Higher Education, 37:4, 519-535.
Creswell, J. W. (2014). Research Design: Qualitative, Quantitative and Mixed Methods Approaches (4th ed.). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage.
Sarah-Jayne Blakemore (2019) Inventing ourselves the secret life of the teenage brain. Black Swan.
Wells, S., Warelow, P., & Jackson, K. (2009). Problem based learning (PBL): A conundrum. Contemporary Nurse, 33(2), 191-201.
Yehle, Karen S. and Plake, Kimberly, "Self-Efficacy and Educational Interventions in Heart Failure: A review of the Literature" (2010). School of Nursing Faculty Publications. Paper 19.
Zimmerman Barry J. (2002) Becoming a Self-Regulated Learner: An Overview. Theory Into Practice. 41. 64-70.
 
Date: Friday, 25/Aug/2023
9:00am - 10:30am27 SES 14 B: Students' Experiences, Needs and Challenges
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Laura Tamassia
Paper Session
 
27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Relationships and Interactions in University Students' Learning Trajectories

Maria Domingo-Coscollola2, Sandra Soler-Campo1, Juana M Sancho-Gil1

1UB, Spain; 2UIC, Spain

Presenting Author: Sancho-Gil, Juana M

We live in a globalised world where Information and Communication Technologies allow our communication to take place immediately. The vast majority of today's college students were born after the advent of the Internet. They have grown up connected to virtual environments and have access to more information than any other generation (Seemiller & Grace, 2017). Moreover, they live in an increasingly digital world that transforms people's lifestyles by reshaping personal, educational and professional environments. In this increasingly digital world, the human relationship with technology has changed considerably (Marín & Castañeda, 2022, p. 16). As stated by Acevedo-Gutiérrez, Cartagena-Rendón, Palacios-Moya, and Gallegos-Ruiz (2019), the introduction of digital technology in education has impacted the improvement of education quality. It has meant the opening of services, the personalisation and flexibilisation of conditions in training, given the creation of strategies to support learning. However, according to UNESCO (2020), the excessive use of digital technology is increasing the isolation of university students, becoming one of the main concerns.

At present, each person inhabits their learning ecosystem with multiple interactions. Thus, today's society's distinctive features cause changes in how new generations learn and access knowledge. They also influence how they relate and their personal and social interactions (Pérez-Escoda et al., 2016). For example, Castro et al. (2019) argue that this generation tends to communicate, relate, generate and share content through networks in real-time, but without boundaries between public and private. Currently, young people use multimodal forms of communication and information search (McCrlinde & Wolfinger, 2011), giving preference to non-textual content platforms (Geraci et al., 2017).

Universities must face challenges related to these new scenarios, heavily influenced by corporations, and consider the new students' profiles. Educators and researchers are key players in meeting these challenges, particularly in their relationship with a student body that grows and learns differently. (Castro et al., 2019). To address these challenges, it seems necessary to understand young people and hence the need to deepen and understand the changes taking place in the meaning they give to learning and knowledge, both at the University and outside it. That is why we set out to carry out research that would offer ways of understanding the question: how do young people learn inside and outside the University? What are their conceptions, strategies, technologies and contexts of learning? What is the role of relationships and interactions during their learning processes?

This paper builds on the research project [project name], whose main objective is to address the above challenges by exploring, through participatory and inclusive research, how, where, with what and when university students learn.


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
[Project] has been developed following a participatory and inclusive type of research (Bergold & Thomas, 2012; Nind, 2014). [Project]  project intends to know the learning needs of current university students and how to meet them. To this end, we contacted students of different profiles to study their learning life experiences and inquire about them.
In the last 20 years, this generation has been considered the best prepared in history (Howe & Strauss, 2000). But in return, also superficial, unable to pay attention, more fearful, conservative and less prepared for adult life (Carr, 2010; Desmurguet, 2020; Twenge, 2017).
In the first phase, fifty university students participated in the [Project] project, 28 from Catalonia and 22 from the Basque Country. Of these, 30 are women, and the rest are men, a sample close to the distribution in Spanish universities in the 2019-20 academic year (Ministerio de Universidades, 2021, p. 25). With each of them, we held four meetings to explore and build their learning lives (Erstad & Sefton-Green, 2012).
In the first meeting, we explained to each participant the research goals and the type of engagement for all involved. They signed the ethical protocols. Then, we shared different statements, some contradictory, obtained from scientific publications and media discourses on the attitudes of today's young people towards education and society.
In the second meeting, they shared a reconstruction of their learning trajectories from childhood to the present. Through textual, multimodal and rhizomatic narratives, they highlighted moments, places, people, activities, objects, frames, turning points, and everything they considered fundamental in their learning trajectories.
The third focused on the moments, methods, and strategies they develop and use in their daily learning, whether academic or non-academic, inside and outside the University. After compiling and conceptualising the information generated, for the fourth and last session, the researchers wrote and shared with the students a draft of their learning trajectories so that they could review and validate it, thus contributing to the final version of the text. We recorded and transcribed all meetings' content. Almost all meetings took place during the COVID-19 pandemic but fortunately, most were face-to-face.
Throughout all the sessions, we emphasised the relationship with institutions, digital technology and people, both as motivators of learning and distractors. Our contribution builds on the analysis of the meetings' content based on concepts derived from the theoretical basis of the research and those arising from the participants' productions.

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Our research participants live in an analogical and virtual universe that influences their learning and relationships. They state that the COVID-19 pandemic has influenced their personal and social life and pedagogical relationships. Students generally explained that they missed social contact and interaction with their teachers and peers. They perceived online communication and collaboration as more strained due to more screen time and a lack of non-verbal communication. They also experienced a greater sense of isolation and anxiety.
They point out that, in the special moments of the COVID-19 pandemic, the University did not prioritise accompaniment and care as emotional and affective dimensions of learning. Thus, some students were not motivated to participate in online learning and showed different levels of psychological distress, from moderate to severe (Arënliu & Bërxulli, 2020). Others had negative experiences connecting from familiar environments that were not conducive to digital distance learning (Killian, 2020). Also, participants discovered new possibilities for learning, collaboration, and sharing and identified severe limitations of online teaching and learning. This last point is in line with Pineda (2018), who concludes that there is a significant relationship between the use of digital educational resources and autonomous learning, taking into account the categories of motivation, self-direction, and self-efficacy.
Participants value the ability of people to interact and collaborate. Interactional practices are generally considered a central factor in developing well-being, productivity and innovations at work (e.g. Kauppi et al., 2019). Thus, the importance of learning interactional skills has also increased (Kauppi et al., 2019). Learning interaction skills can be addressed in various ways with approaches that facilitate effective and active collaboration and interaction and the learning of such competence.
The current university context needs more research to become more inclusive, participatory, and humane institutions where meaningful and responsible learning and education occur.

References
Arënliu, A., & Bërxulli, D. (2020). Rapid Assessment: Psychological Distress Among Students in Kosovo During the COVID-19 Pandemic. Research Gate. https://bit.ly/3bt6Yfv
Bergold, J., & Thomas, S. (2012). Participatory Research Methods: A Methodological Approach in Motion. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 13(1), 191-222.
Carr, N. (2010). The Shallows: What the Internet Is Doing to Our Brains. W. W. Norton & Company.
Desmurget, M. (2020). La fábrica de cretinos digitales. Península.
Erstad, O., & Sefton-Green, J. (Eds.). (2012). Identity, Community, and Learning Lives in the Digital Age. Cambridge University Press.
Geraci, J., Palemerini, M., Cirillo, P., & McDougald, V. (2017). What teens want from their schools: A National Survey of High School Student Engagement. Thomas B. Fordham Institute.
Howe, N., & Strauss, W. (2000). Millennials Rising: The Next Great Generation. Vintage Original.
Kauppi, S., Muukkonen, H., Suorsa, T., & Takala, M. (2020). I still miss human contact, but this is more flexible-Paradoxes in virtual learning interaction and multidisciplinary collaboration. British Journal of Educational Technology, 51(4), 1101-1116. https://doi.org/10.1111/bjet.12929
Killian, J. (2020). College students, professors adjust to COVID-19 life. NC Policy Watch, 1. https://bit.ly/3A3cTCg
Marín, V. I., & Castañeda, L. (2022). Developing Digital Literacy for Teaching and Learning. In O. Zawacki-Richter & I. Jung (Eds.), Handbook of Open, Distance and Digital Education (pp. 1-20). Springer.
McCrindle, M., & Wolfinger, E. (2009). ABC of XYZ: Understanding the Global Generations. UNSW Press.
Ministerio de Universidades. (2021). Datos y Cifras del Sistema Universitario Español. Publicación 2020-2021. Secretaría General Técnica del Ministerio de Universidades. https://bit.ly/3jW9tuW
Nind, M. (2014). What is Inclusive Research? Bloomsbury.
Pérez-Escoda, A., Castro-Zubizarreta, A., & Fandos, M. (2016). Digital Skills in the Z Generation: Key Questions for a Curricular Introduction in Primary School. Comunicar, 49, 71-79. https://doi.org/10.3916/C49-2016-07
Pineda , M. I. (2018). Uso de Recursos Educativos Digitales y aprendizaje autónomo de estudiantes. Antioquia.
Seemiller, C., & Grace, M. (2016). Generation Z goes to college. Jossey Bass.
Twenge, J. M. (2017). IGen: Why today's super-connected kids are growing up less rebellious, more tolerant, less happy -and completely unprepared for adulthood- and what that means for the rest of us. Simon and Schuster.
UNESCO. (2020). COVID-19 y educación superior: De los efectos inmediatos al día después. Análisis de impactos, respuestas políticas y recomendaciones. Instituto Internacional para la Educación Superior en América Latina y el Caribe. https://bit.ly/3RYc1E9


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

"Processes Creating Preconditions for the Exclusion of Gamers in School: Point of View of the Gamers"

Birute Vityte, Ona Monkeviciene

Vytautas Magnus University, Lithuania

Presenting Author: Vityte, Birute; Monkeviciene, Ona

The gamers are a unique group of students who feel that their uniqueness comes from their self-identification with the phenomenon that represents them—i. e. digital games—and who prioritise digital game-based learning (DGBL) strategies. Research has shown the educational value of digital games as a motivational and learning aid and has revealed their significance in learning both general skills and various school subjects such as Physics, Biology, Mathematics, etc. (Tobias, Fletcher, Dai, Wind, 2011; Van Eck, 2006, 2015). DGBL has some features that are beneficial for teaching and learning: learning within a context relevant to the student (Van Eck, 2006), immersion in the activity (Egenfeldt-Nielsen, Meyer, Sørensen, 2011), immediate feedback (Van Eck, 2006; Adams, 2009), enjoyment and motivation (Plass, Homer, Kinzer, 2015), personalisation (Kickmeier-Rust et al., 2011), and learning from each other (Egenfeldt‑Nielsen, Meyer, Sørensen, 2011). However, according to researchers, some parents and teachers still doubt the positive impact of DGBL and are questioning whether it is useful to students and whether it does not distract them from serious learning (Kirstavridou, Kousaris, Zafeiriou, Tzafilkou, 2020). In school, there is a clear dissonance between the learning approaches and methods desired by the students of the upcoming generation and the approaches and methods they are offered (Paul, Hansen, Taylor, 2005). A failure to satisfy the needs of students creates preconditions for the exclusion of certain student subgroups (e. g. the gamers) by not embracing and not applying learning methods that are acceptable to them. Studies show contrast between the growing number of students who play digital games and declining enthusiasm and motivation for school (Turkay, Hoffman, Kinzer, Chantes, Vicari, 2014). It could be assumed that the gamers represent the group of unmotivated students who spend more time playing digital games than formally studying in school. It is important to analyse what are the reasons that reduce the motivation of the gamer group to study in the formal education process, which of their learning needs are not being met and what kind of learning process would be acceptable to them.

Our study based on the classical Grounded Theory unexpectedly revealed certain processes that create preconditions for the exclusion of the gamers as a subgroup of students in school. The following processes emerged: Stereotyping of digital games and gamers, Power Without Authority, Domination, Hyper-Intellectualisation, Standardisation and Hyper-Care. These processes reveal how the exclusion of the gamers is cultivated in school. They demonstrate the learning needs of a specific group of students, their expectations for school and the mismatch between the said expectations and the characteristics of formal education. The study data also shows that these processes are related to the transfer of behaviours which are characteristic of the gamers (and considered undesirable in school) to digital games. The gamers use digital games to experiment with things that are taboos in school: they choose games with aggressive content (because it is frowned upon by teachers) and explore the consequences of more aggressive solutions and hostile actions (provoke conflicts, allow themselves to act aggressively, explore limit states, conduct social experiments, etc.) For them, it is a counterbalance to the processes cultivated in school such as Hyper-Care, over-emphasising of intellectual activities, or sterile educational content (not containing certain controversial topics).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study was based on the classical Glaser`s version of the Grounded Theory. The basis of the classical GT version is the emergence of theory from the data. It is an inductive reasoning method that creates a theory through the systematic collection, synthesis, analysis and conceptualisation of data. The researchers move in their study field without a predefined study problem; the study problem and its resolutions emerge from research data (Glaser, 2018, Glaser, Holton, 2004).
The following data were used: 21 interviews with gamers; 1 interview with an art critic and expert teacher; 1 focus group with 8th grade students of gymnasium (all of them have played or play digital games); observations at video game culture exhibition GameOn in 2015 and 2019; observations at Animation and Games Festival BLON in 2019; informal observations at Tallinn University during the Course on the Creation of Serious [digital] Games; informal conversations with the developers, players and researchers of digital games from November 2017 to January 2018 during the author`s internship at the Digital Games Research Group of the IT University of Copenhagen; written interviews with 8 art teachers and 3 art teachers-to-be; comments on Facebook; informal correspondence with interview participants.
The data of this study were analysed in the following stages: substantive coding that includes open coding and selective coding, and theoretical coding. Data analysis stages were accompanied by continuous memoing. All steps, i.e. data collection, open coding, theoretical sampling, memoing, conceptualisation, etc. were carried out simultaneously in a cyclic manner, with the author repeatedly returning to the first steps. The stages were repeated until data categories were saturated. The literature review had not been performed until processes that create preconditions for the exclusion of gamers in school emerged and were conceptualised; only then literature was used as one of data sources (Glaser, 1998).
Research ethics was followed: all participants were informed about the purpose for which their data were collected and their right to withdraw from the study at any stage. The parents of minors were informed in writing about the study purpose and their written consents allowing their children to participate were obtained. All identifying personal information of participants was changed. All participants took part voluntarily and gave their consents. The study complied with the Regulation on the Assessment of Conformity of Scientific Research to the Main Principles of Professional Research and Ethics approved by Vytautas Magnus University Senate (MTAPTPEPVN, 2021).

Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
Processes that cultivate the exclusion of gamers in school emerged during the study. The main one is the stereotyping of digital games which makes the gamers who identify themselves with games also feel stereotyped and stigmatised. The stereotypes (digital games are harmful, reduce the creativity of children or cause addiction) cause the rejection of digital games as unsuitable for education and the negative image of gamers at school: when playing, they do not think, they shoot in the game to shoot in reality, they are obese. This create preconditions for the gamers to feel rejected and misunderstood.
According to them, Power Without Authority means that teachers have formal power but no authority (wise people do not work as teachers, teachers hate children, they think in old-fashioned ways). Therefore, gamers consider teachers incompetent, unable to meet their needs and unaware of innovations.
During Hyper-Intellectualisation process, “intellectual” powers and subjects such as Mathematics or English are praised and emphasised, while other subjects such as Arts or Physical Education are undervalued. This process rejects innovative or non-standard phenomena including digital games as “non-intellectual”.
Standardisation process maintains strict regulations, typical methods and assessment standards in school, eliminates possibility to be creative, rejects non-standard learning methods such as digital games and opposes to the individuality of students.
Domination process emphasises the importance of teachers creating unequal relationship. The students are only allowed to be passive participants, which makes the gamers despise school and choose another space—digital games—where they can be active.
Hyper-Care is an intense process of care, supervision and protection in school manifesting as the elimination of “threatening” stimuli, also eliminating certain modes of action: experimenting, acting without unknowing consequences, etc. This approach treats digital games as unsafe, unsuitable for learning and creates an environment without any competition, challenge or intrigue.  

References
1.Egenfeldt-Nielsen, S., Meyer, B., ir Sørensen, B. H. (Red.). (2011). Serious games in education: A global perspective. Aarhus University Press.
2.Glaser, B. G. (1998). Doing grounded theory: Issues and discussion. Sociology Press.
3.Glaser, B. G. (2018). Getting started. Grounded Theory Review, 17(1), 3–6. Sociology Press. http://groundedtheoryreview.com/2018/12/27/getting-started/
4.Glaser, B. G., ir Holton, J. (2004). Remodeling grounded theory. Forum: Qualitative Social Research, 5(2), 1–17. https://doi.org/10.17169/fqs-5.2.607
5.Kickmeier-Rust, M., Mattheiss, E., Steiner, C., ir Albert, D. (2011). A psycho-pedagogical framework for multi-adaptive educational games. International Journal of Game-Based Learning, 1(1), 45–58. http://doi.org/10.4018/ijgbl.2011010104
6.Kirstavridou D., Kousaris K., Zafeiriou C., ir Tzafilkou K. (2020). Types of game-based learning in education: A brief state of the art and the implementation in Greece. The European Educational Researcher, 3(2), 87-100. https://files.eric.ed.gov/fulltext/EJ1265904.pdf
7.MTAPTPEPVN. (2021). Regulation on the Assessment of Conformity of Scientific Research to the Main Principles of Professional Research and Ethics. Resolution No. SEN-N-17 of 24 March 2021 by the Senate of Vytautas Magnus University. https://www.vdu.lt/wp-content/uploads/2021/04/Moksliniutyrimu-atitikties-pagrindiniams-tyrimu-profesionalumo-ir-etikos-principams-vertinimonuostatos.pd
8.Paul, N., Hansen, K. A., ir Taylor, M. (2005). ‘Modding’ education: Engaging today’s learners. The International Digital Media and Arts Association Journal, 2, 69–74.
9.Plass, J. L., Homer, B. D., ir Kinzer, C. K. (2015). Foundations of Game-Based Learning. Educational Psychologist, 50, 258–283.
10.Tobias, S., Fletcher, J. D., Dai, D. Y., ir Wind, A. P. (2011). Review of research on computer games. Iš S. Tobias ir J. D. Fletcher (Red.), Computer games and instruction (p. 127–221). IAP Information Age Publishing. https://psycnet.apa.org/record/2011-11269-006
11.Turkay, S., Hoffman, D., Kinzer, C. K., Chantes, P., ir Vicari, C. (2014). Toward understanding the potential of games for learning: Learning theory, game designcharacteristics, and situating video games in classrooms. Computers in the Schools, 31(1–2), 1–2. https://doi.org/10.1080/07380
569.2014.890879
12.Van Eck, R. (2006). Digital game-based learning: It's not just the digital natives who are restless. EDUCAUSE Review, 41(2), 16–30. https://er.educause.edu/articles/2006/1/digital-gamebased-learning-its-not-just-the-digital-natives-who-are-restless
13.Van Eck, R. (2015). Digital game-based learning: Still restless after all these years. EDUCAUSE Review, 50(6), 13–28. http://er.educause.edu/articles/2015/10/digital-game-based-learning-still-restless-after-all-these-years


27. Didactics - Learning and Teaching
Paper

Learner Experiences and Possibilities and Constraints in Live-streamed Museum Lessons on Animals

Minna Seppänen Panas

University of Gothenburg, Sweden

Presenting Author: Seppänen Panas, Minna

During the pandemic of COVID-19 in-place lessons at museums were stopped and a remote, live-streamed lesson format was developed and launched.The learners, their teachers, the museum teacher, and the objects of learning are roomily separated, and the lesson takes place on a screen. With that in mind, I have surveyed how live-streaming shapes the instruction of animals at a natural history museum. The research questions were:

  1. What experiences do learners, class teachers and museum teachers have with a live-streamed lesson?
  2. What affordances of resources allow or constrain the teaching and learning of animals in a live-streamed museum lesson?
  3. What, if any, impact does a class teacher have on the interactions between learners and the museum teacher?

The first research questions aimed to investigate participants' experience of the activity and learning outcome of a live-streamed lesson as a new lesson experience, with the second research question to see possibilities or constraints in remoteness and the use of didactical resoursec (affordances).The overarching aim of this study is to investigate how a live-streamed museum lesson formats through material and didactical affordances.

The objects were 76 learners in ages 9 to 12 years in grades 3 (n=27), grade 5 (n=27) and grade 6 (n=21) from five classes in three municipal schools in Sweden, their class teachers (n=3) and one museum teacher who led the lessons and two other museum teachers.

The lower age limit was at grade 3 to be sure the learners could read and write independently to answer the questions. The higher age limit was at grade 6 as the lesson content on animals aligned with the curriculum contents up to grade 6. I selected two lesson themes for my study: "A giraffe, an elephant and a rhino" and "Wild animals in Sweden ".

The theoretical framework is rooted in a sociocultural perspective (Vygotsky, 1978) and Designs for learning (Selander & Björklund Boistrup, 2021). The sociocultural approach comes with the concept of appropriation, making words into somebody's intellectual and cultural property. The sociocultural theory and designs for learning perspective point out that communication is mediated by semiotic modes of speech, gestures, objects, or environments. The theoretical background is complemented by the ecological approach to visual perception (Gibson, 2015) and the concept of affordances (Gibson & Pick, 2000) as resources in the learning environment. either allowing or constraining activity. ‘When no constraints are put on the visual system, people look around, walk up to something interesting and move around it so as to see it from all sides and from one vista to another.’ (Gibson, 2015, p. 2). Moreover, the use of senses, not only the audiovisual but also touch, is lacking in live-streamed lessons. Still, there is a need to actively engage learners in a live-streamed lesson, for example hands-on (Gaylord-Opalewski & O’Leary, 2019).


Methodology, Methods, Research Instruments or Sources Used
The study uses qualitative and quantitative methods. Data comes from a questionnaire to the learners and their teachers, written interview questions to the three museum teachers that have been involved in the planning of the lessons and five screen recordings. Learners and their class teachers filled in the questions directly after live-streaming. The museum teachers answered the written questions about their experiences after one and a half terms of experiences of live-streamed lessons. The questionnaire to the learners and their teachers had closed-ended questions which I analysed for the percentage distribution of the learners’ audiovisual experience, and used a 4-Point Likert Scale (Likert,1932) without a neutral choice for their selfestimation of their activity level. The open-ended questions of the learners’ own appreciated learning outcomes were grouped in two main categories that I found in their answers. I analysed the interactions in the screen recordings using reflexive thematic analysis (Braun & Clarke, 2020). The themes developed from open coding of the teacher's interactions with participants and artefacts, as seen in the transcripts of the screen recordings and the open-ended questions. I transcribed the screen recordings following the correct Swedish everyday language. I started studying the data in the video recordings with an inductive bottom-up approach to understanding what happened in the lessons, and what means of instruction about animals were performed. The themes showed patterns of behaviour that could be explained by the analytical perspective of multimodality (Kress & Selander, 2012; Selander & Björklund Boistrup, 2021). The analyses showed signs of design to overcame a roomy separation. To analyse the learners’ responses and initiative-taking I used the Interaction analysis of Amidon (1968) that I modified by adding the class teacher as a participant in the matrix. According to the method records of actions are taken every 3:rd second and made notes for in the matrix. The counts of interactional acitivities gave a quantitative description of the participants responses and initiatives. NVivo was used to tag and name data items.
Conclusions, Expected Outcomes or Findings
The museum teacher mediated the biological content by semiotic modes of speech, gestures, objects, positionings and the environment. Findings showed that the perceptions of the mounted animals were impacted by the limitations of the flat screen, for example, the lack of the objects' three-dimensionality. The learners showed engagement in the lesson by expressing joyfulness and activity by asking and answering questions. Yet there were differences in the learners' response and initiative. The class teacher type 1 engaged by asking questions and suggesting ideas and the teacher type 2 mainly helped learners to speak louder. It showed that the teacher type 2 had learners who took more initiative, while the learners of the type 1 teacher were more responsive. One finding was about lacking the possibility to look around and examine an object from all sides. However, the museum teacher’s responsiveness is critical to help learners to perceive the objects through the handling of space and surfaces to help distinguish the details and sizes of the objects.
Generally, the learners desired to use more senses. The learners’ assessments of their learning outcomes showed mostly single animal names, but there were fewer examples of deep factual learning. The analysis showed that the learners’ expectations were high of the museum as an expert institution and the museum teacher as more knowledgeable than their science teacher. The participants appreciated the knowledge contribution and the possibility of ‘visiting’ the museum but preferred to visit the museum in place, to stroll around, see more animals, see details and touch.
There are misconceptions about what a visitor can do at a museum, which indicates that many learners have never visited a museum. The live-streamed lessons allow a broader audience to get knowledge of species not acquainted with and contribute to understanding biodiversity conservation in a European context.  

References
Amidon, E. (1968). Interaction analysis. Theory into Practice, 7(5), 159-167.
Braun, V., and Clarke, V. (2021). Conceptual and design thinking for thematic analysis.
          Qualitative Psychology (Washington, D.C.), 9(1), 3-26.
Gaylord-Opalewski, K., and O'Leary L. (2019). "Defining Interactive Virtual
          Learning in Museum Education: A Shared Perspective." Journal of Museum Education
          44.3 229-41. Web.
Gibson, J. J. (2015). The Ecological Approach to Visual Perception. Psychology Press
          Classic Editions. Web.
Gibson, E., & Pick, A. (2000). An ecological approach to perceptual learning and
          development. Oxford; New York: Oxford University Press.
Kress, G., and Selander S., (2012). "Multimodal Design, Learning and Cultures of
          Recognition." The Internet and Higher Education 15.4 265-68. Web
Likert, R. (1932). "A Technique for the Measurement of Attitudes." Archives of
           Psychology 22:5-55.
Selander S., and Björklund Boistrup L. (2021). Designs for Research, Teaching and
           Learning. Taylor and Francis. Web.
Vygotskij, L., and Cole, M. (1978). Mind in society: The development of higher
          psychological processes.
 
3:30pm - 5:00pm27 SES 17 B: Promoting Literacy Across Grades
Location: James McCune Smith, TEAL 507 [Floor 5]
Session Chair: Nikolaj Elf
Paper Session

 
Contact and Legal Notice · Contact Address:
Privacy Statement · Conference: ECER 2023
Conference Software: ConfTool Pro 2.6.150+TC
© 2001–2024 by Dr. H. Weinreich, Hamburg, Germany